# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # Jeana Jiang, 2022 # Miao Zhou , 2022 # liAnGjiA , 2022 # zhao yonghui, 2023 # Emily Jia , 2023 # John Lin , 2023 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 # Gary Wei , 2024 # Mandy Choy , 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Jeffery CHEN , 2024 # zpq001 , 2024 # Connie Xiao , 2024 # mrshelly , 2024 # Datasource International , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # Chloe Wang, 2025 # Raymond Yu , 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-02-20 08:51+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Raymond Yu , 2025\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "供应链" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " "product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " "connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " "by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" "通过**Odoo条形码**，用户可以为单个产品和产品类别分配条形码，并使用这些条形码跟踪库存动态。连接条形码扫描器，可以通过扫描条形码触发特定的库存流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode `_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程：条形码`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "日常作业" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " "always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " "adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" "在仓库中，数据库中记录的库存盘点可能并不总是与实际的真实库存盘点一致。在这种情况下，可以调整库存，以调节差异，确保数据库中记录的库存数量与仓库中的实际数量相符。在" " Odoo 中，*条形码* 应用程序可用于调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "这些调整可使用兼容 Odoo 的条形码扫描仪或 Odoo 移动应用程序实时完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" "有关与 Odoo 兼容的条形码移动扫描仪以及 *库存* 和 *条形码* 应用程序的其他硬件列表，请参阅 `Odoo 清单 - 硬件页面 " "`_。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "启用条码应用程序" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "要使用*条形码*应用程序创建和应用库存调整，**必须**通过在*库存*应用程序的设置中启用该功能来安装。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`条形码` " "部分，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 选项旁边的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." msgstr "勾选复选框后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" "After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "保存后，在 :guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 选项下会出现一个新的下拉菜单，标有 :guilabel:`条形码命名法`，可选择 " ":guilabel:`默认命名法` 或 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`。每个命名法选项决定扫描仪在 Odoo 中如何解析条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "还有一个 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` 内部链接箭头，以及一组用于打印条形码指令和条形码演示表的 :guilabel:`打印` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "在库存应用程序设置中启用条形码功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" "有关设置和配置 :guilabel:`条形码` 应用程序的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`设置条形码扫描仪 <../setup/hardware>` 和 " ":doc:`激活 Odoo 中的条形码 <../setup/software>` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" msgstr "进行库存调整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" " dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" "首先导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序 --> 扫描条形码` 面板，其中将显示不同选项，包括 " ":guilabel:`操作`、:guilabel:`库存调整` 和 :guilabel:`批量传输` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "要创建和应用库存调整，请单击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:` 库存调整` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "这样做会导航至 *条形码库存客户操作* 页面，在顶部标题部分标为 :guilabel:`库存调整`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." msgstr "带有扫描仪的条形码应用程序启动屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" "To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "要开始调整，首先扫描*源位置*，即需要调整计数的产品在仓库中的当前位置。然后，扫描产品条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "可以多次扫描特定产品的条形码，以增加调整中该产品的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" "If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "如果数据库中**未**启用仓库*多位置*功能，则无需扫描源位置。只需扫描产品条形码即可开始库存调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "另外，也可点击产品线最右侧的 :guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 图标更改数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" "Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " ":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" "这样做会打开一个带有键盘的单独窗口。编辑 :guilabel:`数量` 行中的数字可更改数量。此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 " ":guilabel:`-1` 按钮可增加或减少产品数量，数字键也可用于增加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" "In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " "was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " "`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" "在下面的库存调整中，扫描了源位置`WH/Stock/Shelf/2`，将其分配给该位置。接着，产品 [FURN_7888] Desk Stand " "with Screen 的条形码被扫描了3次，增加了调整中的数量。可以通过扫描其他特定产品的条形码，将其添加到此调整中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." msgstr "条形码库存客户端操作页面，可进行库存调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "要完成库存调整，请单击页面底部带复选标记的绿色 :guilabel:`✅应用` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 msgid "" "Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "应用后，Odoo 会返回到 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。右上角会出现一个绿色小横幅，确认调整已生效。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 msgid "Did you know?" msgstr "您知道吗？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "Odoo 的 *条形码* 应用程序提供带有条形码的演示数据，用于探索应用程序的功能。这些数据可用于测试目的，并可在应用程序的主屏幕上打印。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" "To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " "click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" "要访问此演示数据，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 并单击扫描仪上方信息弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`库存条形码表单` " "和 :guilabel:`库存指令`（以蓝色粗体高亮显示）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." msgstr "在条码应用程序主屏幕上弹出演示数据提示。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" msgstr "手动将产品添加到库存调整中" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "当无法获得地点或产品的条形码时，仍可使用 Odoo *条形码* 执行库存调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "为此，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序 --> 条形码扫描 --> 库存调整`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "要在此调整中手动添加产品，请点击屏幕下方的白色 :guilabel:` ➕ 添加产品` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." msgstr "这将跳转到一个新的空白页面，在此必须选择所需的产品、数量和来源地。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "在条形码库存客户端操作页面上添加产品的小键盘。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" "First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " "stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " "product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " "clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" "首先，单击 :guilabel:`产品` 行，选择需要调整库存数量的产品。然后，手动输入该产品的数量，方法是直接更改 :guilabel:`数量` " "行中的 `1`，或点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮来增加或减少产品数量。数字键盘也可用于添加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" "Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " "`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "数字键盘下方是 :guilabel:`位置` 行，默认为 `WH/Stock`。单击该行可显示下拉菜单，选择库存调整的 :guilabel:`源位置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "准备就绪后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "要应用库存调整，请单击页面底部带复选标记的绿色 :guilabel:`✅应用` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "Default barcode nomenclature" msgstr "默认条形码命名法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10 msgid "" "Define *barcode nomenclatures* to ensure Odoo correctly recognizes and " "categorizes barcodes. When scanned, a barcode matches the **first** rule " "with a matching pattern, based on regular expressions. A barcode is " "successfully read if its prefix and/or length matches the defined rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" "For instance, at a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` " "station, product weight barcodes in the European Article Number (EAN) " "format, which begin with `21` and have five digits specifying the weight, " "are used to weigh products and generate a barcode depicting the weight and " "price. The `21` and five-digit weight is the barcode pattern used to " "identify the barcode and can be customized to ensure Odoo correctly " "interprets all barcodes for the business." msgstr "" "例如，在 :doc:`POS <.../.../.../sales/point_of_sale>`站点，欧洲商品编号（EAN）格式的产品重量条形码（以 " "`21` 开头并有五位数字指定重量）用于称重产品并生成描述重量和价格的条形码。 `21` 和五位数重量是用于识别条形码的条形码模式，可进行自定义，以确保" " Odoo 能正确解释企业的所有条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "Barcodes are also commonly used with Odoo's **Inventory** and **Barcode** " "apps." msgstr "条形码也常用于 Odoo 的 **库存** 和 **条形码** 应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo **Barcode** supports |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), and :doc:`GS1" " ` formats. This document exclusively focuses on " ":ref:`default rules and patterns in Odoo `, which use |UPC| and |EAN| encoding." msgstr "" "Odoo **条形码** 支持 |EAN|、通用产品代码（UPC）和 :doc:`GS1` 格式。本文档只关注 " ":ref:`Odoo 中的默认规则和模式 `，其中使用 " "|UPC| 和 |EAN| 编码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:29 msgid "" "To use |UPC| and |EAN| barcodes for uniquely identifying products across the" " entire supply chain, they **must** be `purchased from GS1 " "`_." msgstr "" "要在整个供应链中使用 |UPC| 和 |EAN| 条形码唯一标识产品，它们 **必须** 从GS1 " "`_购买。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "" "In Odoo, custom barcode patterns can be defined to recognize barcodes " "specific to the company. Barcodes do not need to be purchased if used only " "within the company, such as in the :ref:`example " "` where the barcode is written in the " "|EAN| format." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，可定义自定义条形码模式以识别公司特定的条形码。如果条码仅在公司内部使用，则无需购买，例如在 :ref:`示例 " "` 中，条形码以 |EAN| 格式书写。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick the" " :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` checkbox. Doing so installs the **Barcode** app" " in the database." msgstr "" "要使用默认术语，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`条形码` 部分，勾选 " ":guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 复选框。这样就会在数据库中安装 **条形码** 应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field, ensure " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` is selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "然后，在 :guilabel:`条形码命名法` 字段中，确保选择 :guilabel:`默认命名法`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected." msgstr "启用条形码设置，选择默认命名法。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "With the **Barcode** module installed, and the :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` selected, the barcode actions using |UPC| and |EAN|, detailed " "in the :ref:`default nomenclature list `, are available for use. And, by default, Odoo " "automatically handles |UPC|/|EAN| conversion." msgstr "" "安装 **条形码** 模块并选择 :guilabel:`默认术语` 后，可使用条码操作 |UPC| 和 |EAN|，详情请参见 :ref:`默认术语列表" " `。默认情况下，Odoo 会自动处理 " "|UPC|/|EAN| 转换。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "Example: product weight barcode" msgstr "例如：产品重量条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 msgid "" "To better understand how barcode nomenclature is used to identify products " "in Odoo, this example where product weight barcodes in |EAN| format are used" " to allow a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` business to " "automatically print barcodes, and calculate the price using the weight of " "the item." msgstr "" "为了更好地理解在 Odoo 中如何使用条形码命名法来识别产品，本例中使用了 |EAN| 格式的产品重量条形码，以允许 :doc:`POS " "<.../../../sales/point_of_sale>` 业务自动打印条形码，并使用项目重量计算价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:66 msgid "To set up barcodes for weighted products, the following rule is used:" msgstr "要为加权产品设置条形码，需要使用以下规则：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "规则名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "条码模式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo 中的字段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "Weighted Barcodes 3 Decimals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "(21)....{NNDDD}" msgstr "(21)....{NNDDD}" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr ":guilabel:产品表单上的`条形码`字段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "To better understand the barcode pattern for weighted products, consider the" " barcode, `2112345000008`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 msgid "`21`: code that identifies this a barcode for weighted products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "`12345`: five digits (denoted by `.....` in the table above) that identify " "the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "`00000`: five digits (denoted by `{NNDDD}` in the table) representing the " "weight of the product. On the product form, the five weight values **must** " "be `00000`. The first two digits are whole number values, and the last three" " digits are decimal values. For example, \"13.5 grams\" in the `{NNDDD}` " "format is `13500`." msgstr "" "`00000`：五位数字（表中用”{NNDDD}\"表示），代表产品重量。在产品表格中，五个重量值 **必须** " "为`00000`。前两位数是整数值，后三位数是小数值。例如，“13.5 克” 的“{NNDDD}” 格式为 “13500”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 msgid "" "`8`: `check digit `_ " "for `211234500000`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "Together, these components make up a 13-character |EAN| - 13 barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 msgid "" "To configure the product barcode for `Pasta Bolognese`, the |EAN| barcode " "for weighted products, `2112345000008`, is entered in the " ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form (accessible by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "desired product). In addition, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to " ":guilabel:`kg`." msgstr "" "要为 “肉酱意大利面” 配置产品条形码，应在产品表单（可进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` " "并选择所需产品）的 :guilabel:`条形码` 字段中输入加权产品的 |EAN|条形码 " "2112345000008。此外，:guilabel:`计量单位`被设置为 :guilabel:`kg`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Barcode field on the product form." msgstr "产品表格上的条形码字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:101 msgid "" "Next, a customer's bowl of pasta is weighed to be `1.5` kilograms. This " "generates a new barcode for the pasta, according to the weight: " "`211234501500`, which has a check digit of `2`. The new barcode is " "`2112345015002`." msgstr "" "接下来，顾客的一碗意大利面被称重为 `1.5`公斤。这将根据重量为意大利面生成一个新的条形码：“211234501500”，其校验数位为 " "“2”。新的条形码是 `2112345015002`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Generated barcode that includes a weight of 1.5 kg." msgstr "生成的条形码包括 1.5 千克的重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109 msgid "" "Ensure the products scan properly, by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations`. Next, click any operation type," " such as :guilabel:`Receipts`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button to " "create a draft stock move. Scan the product weight barcode, such as " "`2112345015002`, and if the intended product appears, the barcode setup is " "correct." msgstr "" "通过导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序 --> 操作` 确保产品扫描正常。然后，点击任何操作类型，如 " ":guilabel:`收据`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮创建库存移动草稿。扫描产品重量条形码，如 " "`2112345015002`，如果目标产品出现，则条形码设置正确。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Show successfully scanned barcode." msgstr "显示成功扫描的条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "创建规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122 msgid "" "Adding new rules is necessary for |UPC| and |EAN| formats that are **not** " "in Odoo's default list, since barcodes cannot be read successfully if there " "are unknown fields." msgstr "有必要为不在 Odoo 默认列表中的 |UPC| 和 |EAN| 格式添加新规则，因为如果存在未知字段，则无法成功读取条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125 msgid "" "While new rules can be created, Odoo fields do **not** auto-populate with " "information from these rules. `Custom development " "`_ is required for this functionality." msgstr "" "虽然可以创建新规则，但 Odoo " "字段**不会**自动填充这些规则中的信息。此功能需要`_定制开发。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129 msgid "" "To create a rule, first enable :ref:`developer mode `. Then," " navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode " "Nomenclatures`, and select :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "要创建规则，首先启用 :ref:`开发者模式`。然后，导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置" " --> 条形码命名法`，并选择 :guilabel:`默认命名法`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133 msgid "On this page, configure the following optional fields:" msgstr "在此页面中，配置以下可选字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion`: determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode should " "be automatically converted when matching a rule with another encoding. " "Options include :guilabel:`Always` (the default option), :guilabel:`Never`, " ":guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UPC/EAN 转换`：决定在匹配另一种编码规则时，是否自动转换|UPC|/|EAN|条形码。选项包括 " ":guilabel:`总是`（默认选项）、:guilabel:`从不`、:guilabel:`EAN-13 至 " "UPC-A`、:guilabel:`UPC-A 至 EAN-13`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`: ensure this checkbox is **not** ticked, as " "the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, *not* " "GS1 encoding." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`是 GS1 命名法`：确保此复选框未被选中，因为 :guilabel:`默认命名法` 使用 |UPC| 和 |EAN| " "编码，*不是* GS1 编码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields." msgstr "默认命名法页面设置字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:145 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up " "window to create a new rule." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`默认命名法` 页面，点击表格底部的 :guilabel:`添加行`，弹出 :guilabel:`创建规则` 窗口，创建新规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:148 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents." msgstr "内部使用 :guilabel:`规则名称` 字段来标识条形码所代表的内容。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning " "the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table." msgstr ":guilabel:`序列`字段表示规则的优先级，即值越小，规则在表格中出现的位置越靠前。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of " "information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`," " :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)." msgstr "" "条形码 :guilabel:`类型` 字段表示系统可理解的不同信息分类（如 " ":guilabel:`包装`、:guilabel:`批次`、:guilabel:`位置`、 :guilabel:`优惠券` 等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses. " "This rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The " "available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, " ":guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`编码` 字段指定条形码使用的编码。只有当条形码使用该特定编码时，本规则 **才** 适用。可用的 :guilabel:`编码` " "选项有：:guilabel:`EAN-13`、:guilabel:`EAN-8`、:guilabel:`UPC-A` 和 " ":guilabel:`GS1-28`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:161 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters" " or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the " "product. Sometimes, when a certain amount of digits are required, the number" " of `.` is shown. `N` represents whole number digits, and `D` represent " "decimal digits." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`条形码图案` 字段表示系统如何识别包含产品信息的字母或数字序列。有时，当需要一定数量的数字时，会显示 `.` 的数字。`N` " "代表整数位数，`D` 代表小数位数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "`1...` represents any 4-digit number that starts with 1. `NNDD` represents a" " two digit number with two decimal points. For example, `14.25` is 1425." msgstr "`1...` 表示任何以 1 开头的四位数。 `NNDD` 表示带有两个小数点的两位数。例如，`14.25` 表示 1425。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click " ":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules." msgstr "" "填写信息后，点击 :guilabel:`保存和新建` 按钮保存规则，并立即开始创建另一条规则。或者，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` " "保存规则，并返回规则表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177 msgid "Default nomenclature list" msgstr "默认术语清单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` " "rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions." msgstr "下表包含 Odoo 的 :guilabel:`默认命名法` 规则列表。条形码模式以正则表达式编写。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Encoding" msgstr "编码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "Priced Product" msgstr "标价产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "EAN-13" msgstr "EAN-13" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "23.....{NNNDD}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Discount Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 msgid "Discounted Product" msgstr "折扣的产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:232 msgid "Any" msgstr "任意" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "22{NN}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199 msgid "Weighted Product" msgstr "称重的产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201 msgid "21.....{NNDDD}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202 msgid "Customer Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Client" msgstr "客户端" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "042" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "Coupon" msgstr "优惠券" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209 msgid "043|044" msgstr "043|044" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210 msgid "Cashier Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Cashier" msgstr "收银员" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "041" msgstr "041" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:214 msgid "Location barcodes" msgstr "位置条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "414" msgstr "414" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:218 msgid "Package barcodes" msgstr "包装条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package" msgstr "服务包" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "PACK" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:222 msgid "Lot barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" msgstr "批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:226 msgid "Magnetic Credit Card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "信用卡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:229 msgid "%.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:230 msgid "Product Barcodes" msgstr "产品条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "单位产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:233 msgid ".*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:236 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` contains `.*`, it means it can contain " "any number or type of characters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`" msgstr ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "GS1 条形码命名法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates various product " "and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global " "Trade Item Numbers `_ (GTIN), " "purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce " "product listing." msgstr "" "`GS1术语`_将各种产品和供应链数据整合到一个条形码中。Odoo 接收企业购买的`唯一全球贸易项目编号" " `_ (GTIN)`，以实现全球运输、销售和电子商务产品清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "" "Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify " "essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity " "information, and more." msgstr "配置 GS1 术语，以扫描密封箱的条形码并识别基本产品信息，如 |GTIN|、批号、数量信息等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from " "GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" "|GTIN| 是唯一产品标识，必须从 GS1 `_购买才能使用 " "GS1 条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" "`所有 GS1 条形码`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Odoo 默认 GS1 规则`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr ":ref:`为什么我的条形码不起作用？ `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "设置条形码命名" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " "check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " ":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" "要使用 GS1 命名法，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后在 :guilabel:`条形码` " "部分，选中 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器`。然后，从默认条码命名选项中选择 :menuselection:`条形码命名 --> 默认 GS1 " "命名。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择 GS1，然后单击外部链接查看 GS1 规则列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43 msgid "" "The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is " "accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`条形码命名法`选项右侧的:guilabel:`➡️ (箭头)`图标，可查看 Odoo 默认支持的 GS1 *规则* 和 " "*条形码图案* 列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 " ":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the " "information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the " "corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`打开：术语表` 弹出式表格中，查看和编辑 Odoo 中可用的 GS1 :guilabel:`规则名称`。该表包含所有可浓缩为 " "GS1 条形码的信息，以及相应的:guilabel:`条形码图案`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's " "discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `. Once " "enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 " "Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "将 GS1 设置为条码命名法后，还可通过启用 :ref:`开发者模式` 后可发现的隐藏菜单访问 " ":menuselection:`条形码命名法` 设置。启用后，导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 条形码命名法`" " 菜单，最后选择 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "在 Odoo 中使用 GS1 条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" "For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a " "`unique GTIN `_ as an " "internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| " "is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated " "*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters " "must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems" " along the supply chain." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中使用 GS1 条形码进行产品识别时，企业会从 GS1 处获得一个 `唯一 GTIN " "`_，作为国际通用的产品标识符。该|GTIN|按照 GS1 " "指定的*条形码模式*与特定产品细节相结合。条形码图案的数字和字母排列必须符合 GS1 的规定，以便供应链上的全球系统准确解读。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "" "Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier " "`_ (A.I.). " "This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the " "barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as " "detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list `. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables " "Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a" " fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, " "have flexible length." msgstr "" "每个条形码都以一个 2-4 位数的 `应用标识符 " "`_ " "（A.I.）开头。这个必要的前缀普遍表示条形码包含何种信息。Odoo 遵循 GS1 规则识别信息，详见 :ref:`默认 GS1 规则清单 " "`。包含列表中的相关 |AI| 使 Odoo " "能够正确解释 GS1 条形码。虽然大多数条形码模式都有固定的长度要求，但某些模式（如批次和序列号）的长度灵活可变。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 " "barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode." msgstr "对于未置于 GS1 条形码末尾的弹性长度条形码图案，使用 FNC1 分隔符 (`\\\\x1D`) 来结束条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead " "of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, " "use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`." msgstr "" "举例说明： 批号条形码模式长度为 20 个字符。与其创建 20 个字符的批号条形码，如 `LOT00000000000000001`，不如使用 FNC1" " 分隔符使其更短： `LOT001/x1D`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " "and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to" " product information and configuring the workflow." msgstr "" "请参阅 :ref:`GS1 命名列表 `，查看所有条码模式和规则的综合列表。否则，请参阅 :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "`，了解将 |GTIN| 组合到产品信息和配置工作流的具体示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`批量工作流程 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`非单位数量工作流程 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98 msgid "" "GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, " "beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. " "Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list " "` auto-fills corresponding" " data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" "GS1 规则是条形码中包含的信息特定格式，以|AI|开头，包含规定长度的字符。扫描 :ref:`默认 GS1 " "清单` 中的 GS1 条形码，会自动将相应数据填入 " "Odoo 数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, " "non-standard GS1 formats." msgstr "在 Odoo 中添加 GS1 条形码规则可确保准确解释独特的非标准 GS1 格式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" "To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. " "Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，首先打开:ref:`开发者模式` 并导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 " "--> 条形码命名法` 中的:guilabel:`条形码命名法` 列表。然后，选择:guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`列表项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." " The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " "classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " "product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " ":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " "smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " "the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " "based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法` 页面，选择表格底部的 :guilabel:`添加一行`，打开一个窗口以创建新规则。内部使用 " ":guilabel:`规则名称` 字段来标识条形码代表的内容。条形码 :guilabel:`类型` " "是系统可理解的信息分类（如产品、数量、保质期、包装、优惠券）。guilabel:`序列`表示规则的优先级；这意味着数值越小，规则在表格中出现的位置越靠前。Odoo" " 会按照此表的顺序排列，并使用根据顺序匹配到的第一条规则。`条形码模式` 是系统识别包含产品信息的字母或数字序列的方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "填写信息后，单击 :guilabel:`保存并创建`按钮，制定另一条规则，或单击:guilabel:`保存并关闭`，保存并返回规则表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "条形码故障排除" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "由于 GS1 条形码的使用具有挑战性，因此当条形码无法按预期工作时，可以尝试进行以下检查：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " "setup section ` for more " "details." msgstr "" "确保 :guilabel:`条形码命名法` 设置为 :menuselection:`默认 GS1 命名法`。跳转到 :ref:`命名设置部分 " "` 获取更多详情。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" " :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " "settings ` and :ref:`on the product " "`." msgstr "" "确保条形码中扫描的字段已在 Odoo 中启用。例如，要扫描包含批次和序列号的条形码，请确保在 :ref:`Odoo 设置 " "` 和 :ref:` 产品 ` 中启用 :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " "typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " "included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" "请省略括号`()`或括号`[]`等标点符号。这些通常用于示例以方便阅读，**不应**包含在最终条形码中。有关构建 GS1 条码的更多详情，请参阅 " ":ref:`本章节` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." " :ref:`This section ` details how to " "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" "当单个条码包含多个编码字段时，Odoo 需要在条码术语中列出所有规则，以便 Odoo 读取条码。 :ref:`本节 " "` 详细说明了如何在条码术语中添加新规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure " "out which field is causing the issue." msgstr "逐个测试包含多个编码字段的条形码，找出导致问题的字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, " "start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot " "number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode." msgstr "测试包含 |GTIN|、批号和数量的条形码时，首先单独扫描 |GTIN|。然后，用批号测试 |GTIN| ，最后，尝试扫描整个条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154 msgid "" "After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules " "` to Odoo's default list to recognize " "GS1 barcodes with unique specifications." msgstr "" "诊断出编码字段未知后，:ref:`添加新规则 ` 到 Odoo " "的默认列表，以识别具有独特规格的 GS1 条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" " necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted " "correctly." msgstr "" "虽然新字段将被读取，但如果没有开发者进行定制，这些信息将无法链接到 Odoo " "中的现有字段。然而，添加新的规则是必要的，以确保条形码中的其他字段被正确解释。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "GS1 术语清单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " "`check digit `_ as the " "final character." msgstr "" "下表包含 Odoo 的 GS1 规则默认列表。条码模式以正则表达式编写。只有前三条规则需要将`校验数位 " "`_作为最后一个字符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1内容类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "Odoo 字段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "序列运输容器代码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "数值标识符" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package name" msgstr "包裹名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "全球贸易项目编号（GTIN）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "所含贸易物品的 GTIN" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:3 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "包装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "发往/交付至全球位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "目的位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "发货/交付以供转运" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Source location" msgstr "源位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "实际地点的ID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "批次或批号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "字母数字名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "包装规格日期 （年月日）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "包装日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Date" msgstr "日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "包装日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "此日期前最佳（年月日）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "在此日期前食用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "在此日期前最佳" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "到期日期（年月日）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "到期日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "可变项目计数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Measure" msgstr "测量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "容器的单位数量（AI 02）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "净重：千克（kg）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "千克数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "长度单位米（m）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "数量单位米（m）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "净体积：升（L）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "数量单位升（L）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "净体积：立方米（m\\ :sup:`3`）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "数量单位立方米（m\\ :sup:`3`）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "长度单位英寸（in）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "数量单位英寸" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "净重/体积：盎司（oz）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "数量单位盎司（oz）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "净体积：立方英尺 (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "包装类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "包装类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Package type" msgstr "包裹类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode usage" msgstr "GS1 条形码使用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10 msgid "" "GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can " "interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized " "globally `, allowing scanners to understand and " "process supply chain data consistently." msgstr "" "GS1 " "条形码提供了一种标准化格式，条形码扫描仪可对其进行解读。它们以全球公认的:ref:`特定结构`对信息进行编码，让扫描仪能够一致地理解和处理供应链数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product " "identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, " "picking, and shipping." msgstr "Odoo *条形码* 可解释和打印 GS1 条形码，在收货、分拣和发货等仓库操作中自动识别和跟踪产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes " "provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate " "certain warehouse workflows." msgstr "以下部分包含 Odoo 如何使用企业提供的 GS1 条形码来识别常见仓库物品并自动执行某些仓库工作流程的示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique " "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their " "existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also " "provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "Odoo **不会** 创建 GS1 条形码。企业必须从 GS1 购买唯一的全球贸易项目编号 （GTIN）。然后，可以将现有的 GS1 " "条形码与产品和供应链信息（也由 GS1 提供）结合起来，在 Odoo 中创建条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26 msgid "`Purchase GTINs `_" msgstr "`购买全球贸易项目编号 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature `" msgstr ":ref:`GS1 命名法 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32 msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots" msgstr "配置产品、数量和批次条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its " "quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and " "Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:" msgstr "要创建包含产品信息、数量和批号的 GS1 条形码，需要使用以下条形码模式和应用标识符 (A.I.)：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "A.I." msgstr "A.I." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:78 msgid "Product" msgstr "产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "01" msgstr "01" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139 msgid "30" msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "批次号码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54 msgid "" "First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots " "` by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking " "the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` heading." msgstr "" "首先，:ref:`启用使用批次追踪产品 ` 通过导航至 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并勾选 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 标题下的 " ":guilabel:`可追踪` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " "the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " "`_, which is a universally " "recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1." msgstr "" "然后，通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` " "中的预期产品表单并选择产品，设置产品条形码。在产品表单中，单击 :guilabel:`编辑`。然后，在 :guilabel:`一般信息` 选项卡中，在 " ":guilabel:`条形码` 字段中填写唯一的 14 位 `全球贸易项目编号 (GTIN) " "`_，为 GS1 提供的普遍认可标识号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, " "as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that " "contains detailed information about the package contents." msgstr "" "在产品表单中，对于 |GTIN| 产品条形码模式，请省略 |AI| `01`，因为它仅用于将多个条形码编码为一个条形码，其中包含有关包装内容的详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72 msgid "" "To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit " "|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product " "form." msgstr "" "要记录产品`富士苹果` 的 GS1 条形码，请在产品表单的 :guilabel:`条形码` 字段中输入 14 位数字 " "|GTIN|`20611628936004` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "在产品表格的条形码字段中输入 14 位 GTIN。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80 msgid "" "To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the " "Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the " ":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "column, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要查看 Odoo 数据库中*所有*产品及其相应条码的列表，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 " ":guilabel:`条形码` 标题下，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器` 部分下的 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` " "按钮。在:guilabel:`条形码` 栏中输入 14 位的 |GTIN| ，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "从库存设置中查看产品条形码页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92 msgid "" "After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page," " specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under " ":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" "从设置页面激活按批次和序列号跟踪后，通过导航到产品表单上的 :guilabel:`库存` " "选项卡，指定在每个产品上应用此功能。在:guilabel:`追踪` 下，选择 :guilabel:`按批次` 单选按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "在产品表单的 \"库存\" 选项卡中按批次启用产品跟踪功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "扫描收据上的条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " "manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" "为确保在 Odoo 中对收货操作期间扫描的产品条形码进行准确的批次解释，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序以管理 " ":ref:`receipt picking process `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " "the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs " "(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" "从 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 面板，单击 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮，然后单击 :guilabel:`收据` " "按钮，查看要处理的供应商收据列表。从:abbr:`采购订单(PO)` 生成的收据已列出，但也可使用 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮直接通过 " ":menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序创建新收据操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" "在收据列表中，单击仓库操作（`WH/IN`），然后用条形码扫描仪扫描产品条形码和批号。扫描后的产品就会出现在清单上。使用 " ":guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 按钮打开一个窗口，手动输入特定批号的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to " "the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "下达 50 个苹果的:abbr:`采购订单（PO）`后，在*条形码*应用程序中浏览相关收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "" "Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For " "testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty " "Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "扫描包含 |GTIN|、数量和批号的条形码。为了使用条形码扫描仪进行测试，下面是第 2 批次中 50 个富士苹果的条形码示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "批次号0002中 50 个富士苹果。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "2D 矩阵" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "GS1 条形码（产品）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" msgstr "20611628936004" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138 msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "GS1 条形码（数量）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141 msgid "00000050" msgstr "00000050" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142 msgid "|AI| (lot)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144 msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)" msgstr "GS1 条形码（批号）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "完整 GS1 条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button to complete the reception." msgstr "" ":ref:`如果配置正确 `, `50/50` :guilabel:`单位` " "处理后将显示，并且 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮变为绿色。点击 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮完成接收。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "在 *条形码* 应用程序中扫描前台分拣页面上的产品条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160 msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity" msgstr "为产品和非单位数量配置条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "要创建包含以非单位数量（如公斤）计量的产品 GS1 条形码，可使用以下条形码模式：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "数量（公斤）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "310[0-5]" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "要确认数量在 Odoo 中得到正确解释，请使用适当的计量单位（:guilabel:`UoM`）在*采购*应用程序中下单购买产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`使用 UoMs 简化供应商单位转换 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" "下订单后，导航至 :menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序以 :ref:` 接收供应商货物 `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "在 *条形码* 应用程序中的收据上，通过扫描包含 |GTIN| 和以公斤为单位的桃子数量的条形码，接收`52.1 公斤`桃子的订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "52.1 公斤桃子" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "52.1 公斤桃子的 GS1 条形码二维矩阵。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "00614141000012" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "|AI|（公斤，小数点后一位数）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "3101" msgstr "3101" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "000521" msgstr "000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "0100614141000012 3101000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`" " button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "validation." msgstr "" ":ref:`如果配置正确`，`52.1 / 52.1` " ":guilabel:`kg` 则显示“52.1 / " "52.1”千克，并且:guilabel:`验证`按钮变为绿色。最后，按下:guilabel:`验证`按钮完成验证。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "扫描条形码屏幕，在条形码应用程序中进行接收操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "验证产品移动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225 msgid "" "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also " "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" "为进一步核实，接收的产品数量也记录在 :guilabel:`产品移动` 报告中，可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告" " --> 产品移动` 访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" " its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" " for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " "reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`产品移动`报告中的项目默认按产品分组。要确认收到的数量，请单击产品系列，打开其折叠式下拉菜单，显示该产品的*库存移动系列*列表。最新的库存移动与仓库接收参考编号（如" " `WH/IN/00013`）和条形码扫描中处理的数量相匹配，表明在*条形码*应用程序中处理的记录已正确存储在*库存*中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "创下了 52.1 公斤桃子的库存记录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "使用条形码处理收据和交付货物" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " "types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " "app." msgstr "*条形码*应用程序可用于使用条码扫描仪或 Odoo 移动应用程序，实时处理收据、交付和其他类型的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" "This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " "they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " "computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " "barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" "这样就可以在仓库发生操作时对其进行处理，而不必等待计算机对传输进行验证。通过这种方式处理业务有助于将条形码正确归属到相应的产品、拣选、位置等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " "enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "要使用 *条形码* 应用程序处理转账，必须在 *库存* 应用程序的设置中启用该功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`条形码` " "部分，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器` 功能旁边的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" "页面刷新后，:guilabel:`条码扫描仪`功能下将显示新选项：:guilabel:`条码命名法`（有相应的下拉菜单），可选择:guilabel:`默认命名法`或:guilabel:`默认" " GS1 命名法`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " "barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "还有一个 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` 内部链接箭头和一组 :guilabel:`打印` 按钮，用于打印条形码命令和条形码演示表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" "For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" " the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " ":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " "pages." msgstr "" "有关设置和配置 :guilabel:`条形码` 应用程序的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`设置条形码扫描仪 <../setup/hardware>` 和 " ":doc:`激活 Odoo 中的条形码 <../setup/software>` 文档页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" msgstr "扫描收据条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" " a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "要处理入库产品的仓库收据，首先需要创建采购订单 (PO)，并处理收据操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " "quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" "要创建一个:abbr:`PO（采购订单）`，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建一个新的询价单（RFQ）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" " menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" "在空白的:abbr:`RFQ（询价）`表单中，单击 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加供应商。然后，在 " ":guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`产品` 行，单击 :guilabel:`添加产品`，选择要添加到报价单中的所需产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" " to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "准备就绪后，单击表单顶部的 :guilabel:`保存'，然后单击 :guilabel:`确认订单'，将 :abbr:`RFQ（询价）'确认为 " ":Arts:`PO（采购订单）'。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "完成条形码产品采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "要处理和扫描仓库收据的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" " on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " "navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" "进入 :guilabel:`条形码应用程序` 后，会出现一个显示不同选项的 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。要处理收据，请单击屏幕底部的 " ":guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :menuselection:`操作` 概述页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " "select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " "barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`收据` 卡，并单击 :guilabel:`# 待处理` " "按钮，查看所有未处理的收据。然后，选择要处理的收据操作。这将导航到条形码传输屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "" "If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " "each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " "processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " "transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " "well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " "with the stock moves." msgstr "" "如果*只*使用条形码扫描器或 Odoo " "移动应用程序，可以轻松扫描相应操作类型的每次调拨所需的条形码进行处理。一旦扫描完成，可以继续扫描已存在调拨中的产品，并添加新的产品到调拨中。当所有产品都被扫描后，验证调拨以进行库存移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " "options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " "products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" " be validated at once." msgstr "" "在该屏幕上，将显示在该转账（**WH/IN/000XX**）中要处理的所有收据的概览。屏幕底部有 :guilabel:`添加产品` 或 " ":guilabel:`验证` 选项，这取决于是否需要在操作中添加产品，或是否需要一次性验证整个操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." msgstr "扫描传输中的收据概览。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " "clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " "can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" "要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+#` 按钮（本例中为 " ":guilabel:`+10`）表示收到该产品，或点击 :guilabel:`铅笔` 图标打开新屏幕编辑该产品系列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "在此屏幕中，将列出正在接收的产品。在产品名称下，:guilabel:`数量`行可以编辑。将该行中的`0`改为所需的数量，或点击 " ":guilabel:`/# 单元` 按钮（本例中为 :guilabel:`/10 单元`），自动填写从 :abbr:`PO（采购订单）` 中订购的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "" "In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " "Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " ":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " "the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " ":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" "在接收操作`WH/IN/00019`中，预计将接收`条码产品`的`10 个单位`。`[BARCODE_PROD]`是产品表单上设置的 " ":guilabel:`内部参考`。扫描`条形码产品`的条形码以接收一个单位。然后，点击 :guilabel:`铅笔` 图标，手动输入收到的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." msgstr "产品线编辑器，可在条形码应用程序中进行单独传输。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " "can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" "此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮可添加或减少产品数量，还可使用 :guilabel:`数字键盘` " "添加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " "product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " "locations to choose from." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`数字键` 下方是 :guilabel:`位置` 行，默认为 " "`WH/Stock`，除非产品本身列出了其他*位置*。点击该行可显示一个下拉菜单，其中有更多位置供您选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " "product line." msgstr "准备就绪后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认对产品系列所做的更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " "closed out." msgstr "" "然后，在包含该转账（**WH/IN/000XX**）中要处理的所有收据的概览页面中，点击收据产品线上的 :guilabel:`+#` 按钮，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`验证`。收据现已处理完毕，可关闭 :guilabel:`条码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "" "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " "be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." msgstr "要处理出库产品的仓库交付，首先需要创建一个销售订单（SO），并处理一个交付操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "" "要创建一个:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建一个新的报价单（RFQ）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "" "From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " ":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" "在空白报价表中，单击 :guilabel:`客户` " "字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加客户。然后，在:guilabel:`订单行'选项卡下的:guilabel:`产品'行，单击:guilabel:`添加产品'，选择要添加到报价单的所需产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " "order)`." msgstr "" "准备就绪后，单击表单顶部的:guilabel:`保存`，然后单击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，将报价确认为:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." msgstr "完成条形码产品销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "要处理和扫描仓库交货的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " "click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" " navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" "进入 :guilabel:`条形码应用程序` 后，会出现一个显示不同选项的 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。要处理交货，请单击屏幕底部的 " ":guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :guilabel:`操作` 概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " "select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " "transfer screen." msgstr "" "在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡，然后单击 :guilabel:`#待处理` " "按钮，查看所有未处理的送货单。然后，选择需要处理的交货单。这将导航到条形码传输屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." msgstr "条形码应用程序仪表板中的操作概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" " options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" " products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " "should be validated at once." msgstr "" "在该屏幕上，将显示在该传送（**WH/OUT/000XX**）内要处理的所有交货的概览。屏幕底部有 :guilabel:`添加产品` 或 " ":guilabel:`验证` 选项，这取决于是否需要在操作中添加产品，或是否需要一次性验证整个操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " "product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " "to edit that product line." msgstr "" "要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+1` 按钮，表示已交付该产品，或点击 " ":guilabel:`铅笔图标`，打开新屏幕编辑该产品系列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" "在此屏幕中，将列出正在交付的产品。在产品名称下，可以编辑 :guilabel:`数量` 行。将该行中的`0`改为所需的数量，或点击 " ":guilabel:`/# Units` 按钮（本例中为 :guilabel:`/10 Units`），自动填写从 :abbr:`SO （销售订单）` " "中订购的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " "product itself." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`数字键` 下方是 :guilabel:`位置` 行，默认为`WH/Stock`，除非产品本身列出了其他位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "" "This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " "Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" " from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "这是产品被用于交货而被取出的位置。点击这一行可以弹出下拉菜单，显示其他可供选择的库存位置（如果该产品在仓库中存放于多个位置）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "" "For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " "rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " "operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "对于有多个不同存储位置、入库规则和移库策略的仓库，在使用*条形码*应用程序时，可为各种操作类型添加额外的步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "然后，在包含该转账（**WH/OUT/000XX**）中所有待处理收据的总览页面中，点击收货产品线上的 :guilabel:`+#` 按钮，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`验证`。至此，交货已处理完毕，*条形码* 应用程序可以关闭。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "概览：验证正在转移中的交货情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "创建和处理带条形码的转账" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" " products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " "numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" "compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" "*条形码*应用程序可用于处理所有类型产品的内部转账，包括使用批号或序列号追踪的产品转账。可使用与 Odoo 兼容的条形码扫描仪或 Odoo " "移动应用程序实时创建转让。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" "有关与 Odoo 兼容的条形码移动扫描仪以及 *库存* 应用程序的其他硬件列表，请参阅 `Odoo 库存 - 硬件页面 " "`_。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "" "When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " "nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "页面刷新后，:guilabel:`条码扫描仪`功能下将显示新选项：:guilabel:`条码命名法`（有相应的下拉菜单），可选择:guilabel:`默认命名法`或:guilabel:`默认" " GS1 命名法`。所选术语将改变扫描仪在 Odoo 中如何解析条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" msgstr "扫描条形码进行内部传输" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "" "To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " "**must** be enabled." msgstr "要创建和处理仓库中产品的内部转移，必须启用 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" " the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`仓库` " "部分，点击 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 旁边的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "然后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "创建内部调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "" "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " "transfer created, and an operation to process." msgstr "要处理现有的内部调拨，首先需要创建一个内部调拨，并进行相应的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "" "To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " "Process` button." msgstr "" "要创建内部转账，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序`。在 :guilabel:`库存概览` 面板中，找到 " ":guilabel:`内部转移` 卡，然后点击 :guilabel:`0 待处理` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " "navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "然后，点击结果页面左上角的 :guilabel:`创建`。这将导航到一个新的 :guilabel:`内部转移` 表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "" "On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " "as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " "Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " "the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" "在此空白表单中，:guilabel:`操作类型` " "自动列为:guilabel:`内部转账`。在该字段下，:guilabel:`源位置`和:guilabel:`目的地位置`默认设置为:guilabel:`WH/Stock`，但也可更改为产品从哪个位置转移和转移到哪个位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "" "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." msgstr "空白内部转账表格，注明来源地和目的地。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "" "Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " "transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " "tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " "add to the transfer." msgstr "" "一旦选择了所需的位置，就可以将产品添加到调拨中。在 :guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`产品` 行，单击 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`，然后选择要添加到传输中的所需产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " "internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " "the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" "准备就绪后，点击表格顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，保存新的内部转账。保存后，点击 :guilabel:`详细操作` 图标（四行，在 " ":guilabel:`产品` 行的最右边），打开 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." msgstr "弹出内部转账详细操作窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "在弹出窗口中点击 :guilabel:`添加行`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " "moved." msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`至` 列中，将位置从 :guilabel:`WH/Stock` 改为产品应移动的不同位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " "quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" " pop-up window." msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`已完成` 栏中，将数量改为所需的传输数量。准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" msgstr "扫描条形码进行内部调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "要处理和扫描用于内部调拨的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr "进入 :guilabel:`条形码应用程序` 后，会出现一个显示不同选项的 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "" "To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" " the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " "overview page." msgstr "要处理内部调拨，请单击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :menuselection:`操作` 概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " "the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " "transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " "the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`内部调拨` 卡，点击 :guilabel:`# To Process` " "按钮，查看所有未完成的内部转账。然后，选择需要处理的操作。这将导航到条形码转账屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "" "When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " "a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" " a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" "在不使用*库存*应用程序的情况下（**仅**使用条形码扫描仪或 Odoo " "移动应用程序），可以使用*条形码*应用来轻松扫描每个相应操作类型的调拨条码以进行处理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "" "Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " "scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " "products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " "moves." msgstr "扫描完成后，可以扫描现有转移中的产品，也可以将新产品添加到转移中。扫描完所有产品后，验证转移以继续进行库存移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" " screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " ":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " "operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" "在该屏幕上，将显示该特定内部调拨（**WH/INT/000XX**）中要处理的所有产品的概览。屏幕底部有 :guilabel:`添加产品` 或 " ":guilabel:`验证` 选项，这取决于是否需要将产品添加到操作中，或是否需要一次性验证整个操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." msgstr "然后，扫描产品的条形码，处理内部调拨。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "" "Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" " line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " "of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " "clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" "或者，要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+ 1` 按钮，可在传输中增加该产品的数量，或点击 " ":guilabel:`铅笔图标`，可打开一个新屏幕编辑该产品系列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " "displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " "the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" "在产品的弹出窗口中，产品和要处理的单位用数字键盘显示。在产品名称下，:guilabel:`数量`行可以编辑。将该行中的数字改为内部传送表中列出的传送数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "" "In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " "`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " "`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " "form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " "Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " "transferred quantities." msgstr "" "在内部调拨操作 `WH/INT/000XX` 中，从 WH/Stock 移动了 50 个单位的转移产品到 `WH/Stock/Shelf " "1`。`[TRANSFER_PROD]`是设置在产品表单上的:guilabel:`内部参考`。扫描转移产品的条码以接收一个单位。之后，点击:guilabel:`铅笔图标`手动输入已调拨的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " "to add quantity, as well." msgstr "此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮可添加或减少产品数量，数字键也可用于添加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "" "Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " "whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," " in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" " a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" "在数字键的下方有两个:guilabel:`位置`行，显示了之前在内部调拨表单中指定的位置，此例是`WH/Stock` and " "`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`。点击这些行可以显示一个下拉菜单，提供其他可供选择的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" " been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "然后，在概览页面（**WH/INT/000XX**）中，点击 :guilabel:`验证`。收据现已处理完毕，*条形码* 应用程序可以关闭。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " "containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." msgstr "*条形码* 应用程序还可用于扫描内部转账中包含唯一批号和序列号的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "" "From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " "number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " "quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " "shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " "barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" "在条形码传输屏幕上，扫描批次或序列号的条形码，Odoo " "就会自动将产品数量增加到数据库中记录的数量。如果不同产品共用同一批次或序列号，请先扫描产品条形码，然后再扫描批次/序列号的条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" msgstr "从零开始创建转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 msgid "" "In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" "created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " "transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "除了处理和扫描现有的、以前创建的内部转账条形码外，*条形码* 应用程序还可用于从头开始创建转账，只需扫描打印的操作类型条形码即可。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " "to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " "sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " "scanner." msgstr "" "Odoo 的 *条形码* " "应用程序提供带有条形码的演示数据，用于探索应用程序的功能。这些数据可用于测试目的，并可从应用程序的主屏幕打印。要访问此演示数据，请导航至 " ":menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 并点击扫描仪上方信息弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`库存条码表`（以蓝色粗体高亮显示）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 msgid "" "To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " "the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " "different options is presented." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，首先导航到 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 。进入 *条形码* 应用程序后，会出现一个 " ":guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕，显示不同的选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 msgid "" "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " "scan the product barcode." msgstr "使用 USB 或蓝牙条形码扫描仪时，可从该屏幕直接扫描产品条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 msgid "" "When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " "Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " "opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" " the device being used." msgstr "" "使用智能手机作为条码扫描器时，请点击 :guilabel:`轻点扫描` 按钮（位于屏幕中央的相机图标旁边）。将打开一个 " ":guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 弹出屏幕，启用所使用设备的摄像头。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "" "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " "so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "将相机对准打印的操作类型条码进行扫描。这样做可以处理条形码，并导航到条形码传输屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " "transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " "listed on the page." msgstr "" "在该页面中，将显示在特定内部转账（**WH/INT/000XX**）中处理的所有产品的概览。不过，由于这是一个从头开始创建的新转账，页面上不应该列出任何产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "" "To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " "manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " "Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " "product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" "要添加产品，请扫描产品条形码。如果没有条形码，请点击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:`添加产品` " "按钮，手动将产品输入系统，并添加要传输的产品和产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " "transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "然后，在概览页面（**WH/INT/000XX**）中，点击 :guilabel:`验证`。至此，内部传输已处理完毕，*条形码* 应用程序可以关闭。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "设置你的条码扫描器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with " "Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "请按照本指南选择和设置与 Odoo 的 *库存* 和 *条形码* 应用程序兼容的条形码扫描仪。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." msgstr "条形码扫描仪示例图像。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17 msgid "Scanner types" msgstr "扫描仪类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:19 msgid "" "Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which " "scanner type best meets the needs of the business. There are three main " "types, each with their own benefits and use cases:" msgstr "在安装条形码扫描仪之前，必须确定哪种扫描仪类型最符合企业的需求。主要有三种类型，每种类型都有各自的优点和使用案例：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for " "businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout in a" " grocery store. Ensure the chosen USB scanner is compatible with the " "keyboard layout of the computer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26 msgid "" "**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them an " "ideal cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, " "Odoo is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle " "operations, and check stock directly through their mobile devices." msgstr "" "**蓝牙扫描仪***与智能手机或平板电脑配对，是一种理想的高性价比便携式条形码扫描仪。在这种情况下，智能手机上安装了 " "Odoo，仓库操作员可以直接通过移动设备处理业务和检查库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:30 msgid "" "**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode " "scanner. First, ensure the device can run the Odoo mobile app properly. " "Recent models that use Android OS with the Google Chrome browser, or Windows" " OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, testing is crucial due to the" " variety of available models and configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:36 msgid "" "`Compatible hardware with Odoo Inventory " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 msgid "" "When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations " "are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo." msgstr "设置条形码扫描仪时，请确保以下配置正确无误，以便扫描仪能够通过 Odoo 正确解释条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "键盘布局" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "" "When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the " "operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. " "Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), " "with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use." msgstr "" "使用 USB 条形码扫描仪时，请将其键盘布局与操作系统的布局相匹配，以便正确解释字符。一般来说，扫描模式应设置为接受 USB " "键盘（HID），并根据正在使用的键盘设置语言。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:51 msgid "" "To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard " "wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual." msgstr "要为**Zebra**扫描仪配置键盘布局，请在扫描仪的用户手册中扫描所需语言的键盘楔形条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout." msgstr "键盘布局用户手册示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "" "Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual." msgstr "Zebra 扫描仪用户手册中的键盘语言设置示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "自动回车" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental" " double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include" " a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)" " after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the " "barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one." msgstr "" "Odoo 的默认扫描间隔为 100 " "毫秒，以防止意外重复扫描。为了与条码扫描仪同步，可以设置扫描仪在每次扫描后添加一个*回车符*（:dfn:`类似于键盘上的\"Enter\"键`）。Odoo" " 将回车符解释为条码输入的结束，因此 Odoo 会接受扫描并等待下一次扫描。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:67 msgid "" "Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure " "it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix" " ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`." msgstr "" "通常情况下，扫描仪默认包含回车符。请通过扫描用户手册中的特定条形码（例如CR suffix ON或Apply Enter for " "suffix）确认是否已设置回车符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:71 msgid "Zebra scanner" msgstr "Zebra 扫描仪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:73 msgid "" "When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are" " set to prevent errors." msgstr "使用 Zebra 扫描仪时，请确保设置了以下按键配置，以防出错。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:75 msgid "" "Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the " ":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the icon for the app is a light blue barcode). On" " the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to " "access the Zebra scanner's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:79 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` option, and ensure the " ":guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." msgstr "在 Zebra 扫描仪的 DataWedge 应用程序中显示按键选项" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:86 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options page, and select " ":guilabel:`Key event options`. Here, ensure the :guilabel:`Send Characters " "as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo中启用条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" "条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" "如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "设置产品条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "设置库位条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" "如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "条码格式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " "Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " "their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," " GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " "barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" "大多数零售产品使用 EAN-13 条形码，也称为 GTIN（全球贸易识别码）。公司使用 GTIN 来唯一标识其产品和服务。GTIN 和 UPC " "通常是同义词，GTIN 指的是条形码代表的数字，而 UPC 指的是条形码本身。有关 GTIN 的更多信息，请访问 GS1 网站。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "" "In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." " This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " "and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " "it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " "license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" "要为物品创建 GTIN，公司必须拥有 GS1 公司前缀。该前缀是出现在每个 GTIN " "开头的数字，将标识该公司是条形码的所有者，以及条形码上出现的任何产品。要了解有关 GS1 公司前缀的更多信息，或购买前缀许可证，请访问 GS1 " "公司前缀页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "" "Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " "However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " "possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" "Odoo 用户可以使用 GTIN 条形码来识别他们的产品。不过，由于 Odoo 支持任何数字字符串作为条形码，因此也可以定义自定义条形码供内部使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" " system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " "replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "Odoo *库存* 既是库存应用程序，也是仓库管理系统。用户可通过该应用程序轻松管理交货时间、自动补货、配置高级路线等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "`Odoo教程：库存 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5 msgid "Product management" msgstr "产品管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:9 msgid "Configure product" msgstr "配置产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:11 msgid "A group of products in Odoo can be further defined using:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:13 msgid "" ":doc:`Units of measure (UoM) `: a standard quantity for " "specifying product amounts (e.g., meters, yards, kilograms). Enables " "automatic conversion between measurement systems in Odoo, such as " "centimeters to feet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:17 msgid "" "*Ex: Purchasing fabric measured in meters but receiving it in yards from a " "vendor.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`configure/package`: A physical container used to group products " "together, regardless of whether they are the same or different." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:22 msgid "" "*Ex: A box containing assorted items for delivery, or a storage box of two " "hundred buttons on a shelf.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:25 msgid "" ":doc:`configure/packaging`: groups the *same* products together to receive " "or sell them in specified quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:28 msgid "*Ex: Cans of soda sold in packs of six, twelve, or twenty-four.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:31 msgid "Comparison" msgstr "比较" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:33 msgid "" "This table provides a detailed comparison of units of measure, packages, and" " packaging to help businesses evaluate which best suits their requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:40 msgid "Feature" msgstr "功能" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:41 msgid "Unit of measure" msgstr "计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:3 msgid "Packages" msgstr "包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:44 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "目的" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:45 msgid "Standardized measurement for product units (e.g., cm, lb, L)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:46 msgid "Tracks the specific physical container and its contents" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:47 msgid "" "Groups a fixed number of items together for easier management (e.g., packs " "of 6, 12 or 24)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:48 msgid "Product uniformity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:49 msgid "Defined per product; saved as one |UoM| in the database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:50 msgid "Allows mixed products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:51 msgid "Same products only" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:52 msgid "Flexible" msgstr "弹性" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:53 msgid "Converts between vendor/customer |UoMs| and database |UoM|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:54 msgid "Items can be added or removed from the container" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:55 msgid "Quantities are fixed (e.g., always packs of 6, 12 or 24)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:56 msgid "Complexity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:57 msgid "Simplest for unit conversions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:58 msgid "More complex due to container-level inventory tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:59 msgid "Simpler; suitable for uniform product groupings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:60 msgid "Inventory tracking" msgstr "库存追踪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:61 msgid "" "Tracks product quantities within the warehouse in the specific |UoM| defined" " in the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:63 msgid "Tracks package location and contents within the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:64 msgid "Tracks grouped quantities but not individual items' locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:65 msgid "Smooth barcode operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:78 msgid "Not available" msgstr "不可用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:67 msgid "" "Requires scanning both the package and individual items for reception. (even" " if there are 30 items in a package). Can enable the :ref:`Move Entire " "Packages ` feature to update " "the package's contained items' locations, when moving the package" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:71 msgid "" "Scanning a packaging barcode automatically records all included units. (e.g." " 1 pack = 12 units)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:73 msgid "Product lookup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:75 msgid "" "Scanning a product's barcode identifies its typical storage location in the " "Odoo database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:76 msgid "Barcode identifies grouped quantity, not storage location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:77 msgid "Unique barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:79 msgid "Unique barcodes for individual packages (e.g. Pallet #12)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:80 msgid "Barcodes set at the packaging type level (e.g. for a pack of 6)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:81 msgid "Reusability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:87 msgid "Not applicable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:83 msgid "" "Can be disposable or reusable, configured via the :ref:`Package Use " "` field" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:85 msgid "Disposable only" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:86 msgid "Container weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:88 msgid "" "Weight of the container itself is included in the *Shipping Weight* field of" " a package (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:90 msgid "Weight of the container is defined in the *Package Type* settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:91 msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:92 msgid "" "Requires manual adjustments to track |UoMs| via lots (See :ref:`use case " "` for details)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:94 msgid "Applies only to contained products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:95 msgid "Applies to both contained products and the container" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:96 msgid "Custom routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:98 msgid "Cannot be set" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:99 msgid "" "Routes can define specific warehouse paths for a particular packaging type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:102 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "用例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:104 msgid "" "After comparing the various features, consider how these businesses, with " "various inventory management and logistics workflows, came to their " "decision." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:108 msgid "Pallets of items using packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:110 msgid "" "A warehouse receives shipments of soap organized on physical pallets, each " "containing 96 bars. These pallets are used for internal transfers and are " "also sold as standalone units. For logistical purposes, the pallet's weight " "must be included in the total shipping weight for certain deliveries. " "Additionally, the pallet requires a barcode to facilitate tracking, and the " "number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when " "the pallet is received." msgstr "" "某仓库接收以实体托盘运输的香皂货物，每托盘标准装载96块。这些托盘既用于内部调拨，也可作为独立销售单元。出于物流需求，对于某些货件，托拍的重量必须包含在总发货重量中。此外，托盘须配置专属条形码实现全链路追踪，并且到货验收时需同步登记香皂单品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116 msgid "" "After evaluating various options, *product packaging* was the most suitable " "solution. Packaging enables assigning a barcode to a pallet, identifying it " "as a \"pallet type\" containing 96 soap bars. This barcode streamlines " "operations by automatically registering the grouped quantity. Key " "distinctions include:" msgstr "" "在对各种方案进行评估后，*产品包装*是最合适的解决方案。通过包装，可以为托盘分配一个条形码，将其识别为包含 96 " "块肥皂的\"托盘类型”。该条形码可自动登记分组数量，从而简化操作。主要区别包括" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:121 msgid "" "**Warehouse tracking limitations**: Odoo tracks only the total quantity, not" " the number of packagings. For instance, if a pallet with 12 and 24 " "quantities is received, Odoo records 36 quantities, not the pallet details." msgstr "" "**仓库追踪限制**：Odoo 只追踪总数量，而不是容器数量。例如，如果收到一个包含 12 和 24 个数量的托盘，Odoo 会记录 36 " "个数量，而不是托盘的详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:124 msgid "" "**Packaging barcodes are type-specific, not unique**: Barcodes represent " "packaging types (e.g., \"pallet of 96 soap bars\") but do not uniquely " "identify individual pallets, such as Pallet #1 or Pallet #2." msgstr "" "**包装条形码是特定类型的，不是唯一的**：条形码代表包装类型（如 \"96 块肥皂的托盘\"），但不能唯一标识单个托盘，如 1 号托盘或 2 号托盘。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:129 msgid "Capture product information using barcode" msgstr "使用条形码捕获产品信息" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:131 msgid "" "An Odoo user expects the **Barcode** app to display the typical storage " "location of a product by scanning a barcode for a container." msgstr "Odoo 用户希望 **条形码** 应用程序通过扫描容器的条形码，来显示产品的典型存放位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:134 msgid "" "*Packages* was the most suitable. When the :ref:`appropriate setting is " "enabled `, scanning a package " "barcode displays its contents in the **Barcode** app." msgstr "" "*包裹*是最合适的。当 :ref:`启用 ` " "中的适当设置时，扫描包裹条形码会在 **条形码** 应用程序中显示其内容。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:138 msgid "" "Packages represent physical containers, enabling detailed tracking of the " "items they hold. Scanning a package provides visibility into its contents " "and facilitates operations, like inventory moves." msgstr "包裹代表物理容器，可对其所装物品进行详细追踪。扫描包裹可以查看其中的物品，方便库存移动等操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:145 msgid "Track different units of measure in storage" msgstr "追踪存储中的不同计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:147 msgid "A fruit juice distributor tracks multiple |UoMs| for their operations:" msgstr "以一家果汁经销商为例，在运营时需要追踪多个计量单位：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:149 msgid "Fruits are purchased in tons." msgstr "水果以吨为单位采购。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:150 msgid "Juice is produced and stored in kilograms." msgstr "果汁以千克为单位生产和存储。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:151 msgid "Small samples are stored in grams for recipe testing." msgstr "用于配方测试的小样品以克为单位存储。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:153 msgid "" "*Unit of Measure* was most suitable. Odoo automatically converts tons to " "kilograms during receipts. However, since Odoo tracks only one |UoM| per " "product in the database, the company uses lot numbers to differentiate " "|UoMs|:" msgstr "" "“计量单位”是最合适的解决方案。Odoo 系统在收货时会自动将吨转换为千克。但是，由于 Odoo " "数据库中每种产品只能追踪一种计量单位，因此公司使用批号来区分不同的计量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:157 msgid "LOT1: Grams (g)" msgstr "批次1：克（g）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:158 msgid "LOT2: Kilograms (kg)" msgstr "批次2：千克（kg）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:160 msgid "" "Manual inventory adjustments are required to convert between lots, such as " "subtracting 1 kg from LOT2 to add 1,000 g to LOT1. While functional, this " "workaround can be time-consuming and prone to errors." msgstr "批次之间的转换需要手动调整库存，例如从批次2中减去 1 kg，再向批次1中添加 1 kg。这种工作方法虽然实用，但耗时且容易出错。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:7 msgid "" "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " "can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "*包装*是盛放一个或多个产品的物理容器。包装也可用于储存散装物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:10 msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" msgstr "包裹通常用于以下目的：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " "`." msgstr ":ref:`将产品分组以便批量移动`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Shipping to customers `: " "configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight " "requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" " carrier shipping specifications." msgstr "" ":ref:`向客户发货 `：配置包装类型，以符合运输承运商的尺寸和重量要求，简化包装流程，并确保符合承运商的运输规范。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:16 msgid "Storing items in bulk." msgstr "批量存储物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:18 msgid "" "*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by" " enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" "*包装使用*是 Odoo " "中包装单表单上的一个字段，只有在启用批量转移和包装功能后才会显示。请按以下步骤操作（:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "设置`）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable" " Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring " "packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." msgstr "" "默认情况下，包装表单上的*包装用途*字段设置为*一次性包装*。只有在为 " ":ref:`集群拣货` 配置包装时，**才能**将该字段更改为 " "*可重复使用包装*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:25 msgid "" "*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping " "cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>`, based on real shipping" " weight. Create package types to include the weight of the package itself " "(e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping cost " "calculations." msgstr "" "*包装类型* 是一个可选功能，用于 :doc:`根据实际运输重量计算运输成本 " "<.../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>` " "。创建包装类型，将包装本身的重量（如箱子、托盘、其他运输容器）纳入运费计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:31 msgid "" "While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " "be used in any workflow involving storable products." msgstr "" "虽然包裹常用于 :doc:` 三步交货路线 " "<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`，但它们也可用于任何涉及可储存产品的工作流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:40 msgid "" "To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " ":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要使用包裹，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`操作` 标题下，激活 " ":guilabel:`包裹` 功能。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "在库存 > 配置 > 设置中激活*包裹*设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:50 msgid "" "When moving packages internally, the *Move Entire Packages* feature can be " "enabled on an operation type to update a package's contained item's location" " upon updating the package's location." msgstr "在内部移动数据包时，可在操作类型上启用 *移动整个数据包* 功能，以便在更新数据包位置时，更新数据包所含项目的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:53 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types` and select the desired operation this feature will apply " "to (may have to set it for multiple)." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 操作类型`（库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "操作类型），然后选择此功能适用的所需操作（可能需要设置为多个）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:56 msgid "" "On the operation type page, in the :guilabel:`Packages` section, tick the " ":guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox." msgstr "在操作类型页面的 :guilabel:`包裹` 部分，勾选 :guilabel:`移动整个包裹` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:62 msgid "Pack items" msgstr "包装物品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:64 msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" msgstr "可通过以下方式将产品添加到包裹中：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:66 msgid "" "Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations " "` icon on the product " "line." msgstr "" "点击产品线上的每个 :ref:`详细操作` 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:68 msgid "" "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " "button to place everything in the transfer into a package." msgstr "" "使用 :ref:`放入包裹 `按钮将传输中的所有内容放入一个包中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:74 msgid "Detailed operations" msgstr "详细操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:76 msgid "" "On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a" " package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "在任何仓库转移（如收据、交货单）中，点击 :guilabel:`操作` 标签中的 :guilabel:`⦙≣（列表）`图标，将产品添加到包裹中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." msgstr "在产品行中显示 “详细操作” 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:83 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "打开 :guilabel:`产品` 的 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:85 msgid "" "To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an " "existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," " then select :guilabel:`Create...`." msgstr "" "要将 :guilabel:`产品` 放到包裹中，请点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，并将产品分配到 " ":guilabel:`目的地包裹`。选择一个现有软件包，或输入新软件包的名称创建一个新软件包，然后选择 :guilabel:`创建...`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93 msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." msgstr "为 “目的地包裹” 字段指定一个包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93 msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." msgstr "12 个 `隔音屏风` 被放置在 `PACK0000001` 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the " ":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the " ":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." msgstr "" "然后，在 :guilabel:`已完成` 列中指定要放入包中的产品数量。重复上述步骤，将 :guilabel:`产品` 放入不同的包装中。完成后，点击 " ":guilabel:`确认` 关闭窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:100 msgid "" ":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`将一份订单分多个包裹寄送<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:106 msgid "Put in pack" msgstr "放入包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:108 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse" " transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " "in that newly-created package." msgstr "或者，在任何仓库转移上单击 :guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮，创建一个新包裹，并将转移中的所有项目放入新创建的包裹中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and" " other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "如果在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用了*包裹*功能，则收据、送货单和其他传送表格上会出现 " ":guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120 msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." msgstr "点击 “放入包装” 按钮的图像。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120 msgid "" "In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was " "clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " "in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." msgstr "" "在批量传输`BATCH/00003`中，点击 :guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮创建了一个新的包裹`PACK0000002`，并在 " ":guilabel:`目标包裹` 字段中将所有项目分配给它。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:128 msgid "" "Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and " "weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " "shipping costs." msgstr "" "通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 包裹类型` " "创建包裹类型，以便设置自定义尺寸和重量限制。此功能主要用于计算运费中的包裹重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:133 msgid "" ":doc:`Shipping carriers " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`运输承运商<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:136 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " "blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`包裹类型` 列表中，点击 :guilabel:`新建` 可打开一个空白的软件包类型表单。表单字段如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:139 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`软件包类型`（必填）：定义软件包类型的名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). " "The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " ":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`尺寸`：以毫米（mm）为单位定义封装的尺寸。从左到右的字段定义了 :guilabel:`长度`、:guilabel:`宽度` 和 " ":guilabel:`高度`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." msgstr ":guilabel:`重量`：空包裹（如空箱子、托盘）的重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:145 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty " "package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the " ":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " "form." msgstr "" "Odoo 计算包裹重量的方法是将空包裹的重量加上物品的重量，这些重量可在每个产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡中的 " ":guilabel:`重量` 字段中找到。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`：包裹中允许的最大装运重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:150 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " "scan." msgstr ":guilabel:`条形码`：定义条形码，以便通过扫描识别软件包类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " "at all companies." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：指定一家公司，使该软件包类型**仅**在所选公司可用。如果在所有公司都可用，则将该字段留空。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " "type." msgstr ":guilabel:`承运商`：指定此包裹类型的预期运输承运商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:154 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr ":guilabel:`承运商代码`：定义与包裹类型相关的代码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." msgstr "FedEx 快递 25 公斤箱的包裹类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:163 msgid "Cluster packages" msgstr "集群包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:165 msgid "" "To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " "makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" "要使用*集群包裹*，首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并激活位于 :guilabel:`操作` " "部分的 :guilabel:`批量传输` 功能。这样做可使*包裹使用*字段在包裹表单上可见。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "在 “库存” > “配置” > “设置” 中激活*批量传输*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:174 msgid "" "Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" " so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" "进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 包裹` 添加新软件包。然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`，或选择一个现有软件包。此操作将打开包裹表单，其中包含以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹参考编号`（必填）：包裹名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:179 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " "to the customer `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`包裹类型`：用于 :ref:`配置装运箱，以便向客户送货 " "`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:183 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" " pickings." msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹类型` 对于配置集群采摘的包裹来说是不必要的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " "measuring it on a scale." msgstr ":guilabel:`装运重量`：用于输入经磅秤测量后的包裹重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:187 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " "available at all companies." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：指定一家公司，使包裹**仅**在所选公司可用。如果包裹在所有公司都可用，则将该字段留空。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：软件包的当前位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹日期`：包裹创建日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for " "moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " "used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`包裹用途`：如果包裹用于在仓库内移动产品，则选择 :guilabel:`可重复使用`；如果包裹用于将产品运送给客户，则选择 " ":guilabel:`一次性`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." msgstr "显示包裹表单以创建集群包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:199 msgid "" ":doc:`Using cluster packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`" msgstr ":doc:`使用集群包裹<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding " "multiple units of a specific product." msgstr "在 Odoo *库存*中，*包裹* 指的是容纳特定产品多个单位的一次性容器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:8 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a " "12-pack, or a case of 36, **must** be configured on the individual product " "form. This is because packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" "举例来说，对于汽水罐的不同包装形式，比如 6 罐装、12 罐装或者 36 " "罐装箱，必须在具体产品的表单中进行配置。这是因为包装规格是针对具体产品制定的，而不是通用的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:13 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" "包装可与 Odoo :ref:`条形码 ` " "结合使用。从供应商处接收产品时，扫描包装条形码会自动将包装中的单位数添加到产品的内部计数中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:20 msgid "" "To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " "enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要使用包裹，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后，在 :guilabel:`产品` 标题下启用 " ":guilabel:`产品包裹` 功能，并点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"." msgstr "通过选择“产品包裹”来启用包裹功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:31 msgid "Create packaging" msgstr "创建包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:33 msgid "" "Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the " ":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page." msgstr "包装可直接在产品表单上创建，或从 :guilabel:`产品包裹` 页面创建。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:37 msgid "From product form" msgstr "从产品表单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:39 msgid "" "Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product." msgstr "通过前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 -> 产品 -> 产品`，然后选择所需的产品，在产品表单上创建包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:42 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the " "table, fill out the following fields:" msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`库存` 标签下，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`包裹` 部分，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`填加行`。在表格中填写以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on " "sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹`（必填）：在销售/采购订单中作为产品包裹选项显示的包裹名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the " "packaging." msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹内数量` （必填）：包裹中的产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the" " product." msgstr ":guilabel:`测量单位`（必填）：量化产品的测量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "sales orders." msgstr ":guilabel:`销售`：为用于销售订单的容器选中此选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "purchase orders." msgstr ":guilabel:`采购`：如果容器用于采购订单，请选中此选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:53 msgid "" "Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by " "clicking the :guilabel:`(sliders)` icon to the far-right of the column " "titles in the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired " "options from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`包裹` 部分列标题最右侧的 :guilabel:`（滑块）` 图标，并从出现的下拉菜单中选择所需的选项，即可访问下面 " ":guilabel:`包裹` 表中的其他字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Show the additional options menu's icon: sliders." msgstr "显示附加选项菜单的图标：滑块。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or " "pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app `. Leave " "blank if not in use." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`条形码`：使用:ref:`条形码应用程序` " "在库存移动或拣选中追踪包装的标识符。如果不使用，则留空。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：表示包装仅在所选公司提供。留空表示包装在所有公司都可用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:67 msgid "" "To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin" " by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` " "to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings." msgstr "" "要为六件 `葡萄汽水` 创建包装类型，首先点击 :guilabel:`添加行`。在行中，将 :guilabel:`包装` 命名为`6件`，并将 " ":guilabel:`包含数量` 设置为`6`。对其他包装重复此过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "为产品制作 6 个包装箱。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:76 msgid "From product packagings page" msgstr "从产品包装页面" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:78 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要查看已创建的所有包裹，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品包裹`。这样就会显示 " ":guilabel:`产品包裹` 页面，其中包含已为所有产品创建的所有包裹的完整列表。点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建新包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:84 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " "product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` " "of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" "`葡萄汽水` 和 `健怡可乐` 这两种汽水产品配置了三种类型的包装。在 :guilabel:`产品包装` 页面上，每种产品可以作为包含 6 个产品的 " "`6罐装`、包含 12 个产品的 `12罐装` 或包含 32 个产品的 “整箱” 进行销售。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "产品的不同包装清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:93 msgid "Partial reservation" msgstr "部分保留" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:95 msgid "" "After :ref:`completing the packaging setup " "`, packagings can be reserved " "in full or partial quantities for outgoing shipments. Partial packaging " "flexibility expedites order fulfillment by allowing the immediate shipment " "of available items, while awaiting the rest." msgstr "" "在 :ref:`完成` " "包装设置后，可为出货预留全部或部分数量的包装。部分包装的灵活性允许立即装运可用的项目，同时等待其他项目，从而加快了订单的执行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:100 msgid "" "To configure packaging reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, " "or select the desired product category." msgstr "" "要配置包装预订方法，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品类别`。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`，或选择所需的产品类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product category's form, in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, " ":guilabel:`Reserve Packagings` can be set to :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full " "Packagings` or :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings`." msgstr "" "在产品类别表单的 :guilabel:`物流` 部分，:guilabel:`保留包装` 可设置为 :guilabel:`只保留完整包装` 或 " ":guilabel:`保留部分包装`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:107 msgid "" "To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product " "Packaging` feature **must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the" " :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` " "checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要查看 :guilabel:`保留包装` 字段，必须启用 :guilabel:`产品包装` 功能。要启用此功能，请进入 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，滚动到 :guilabel:`产品` 部分，勾选 " ":guilabel:`产品包装` 复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page." msgstr "在产品类别页面上显示保留包装字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:117 msgid "" "To better evaluate the options based on business needs, consider the " "following example:" msgstr "为了更好地评估基于业务需求的选项，请参考以下示例：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:119 msgid "a product is sold in twelve units per packaging." msgstr "一个产品以每包装12个单位进行销售。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:120 msgid "an order demands two packagings." msgstr "有一个订单需要2个包装。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:121 msgid "there are only twenty-two units in stock." msgstr "当前库存只有22个单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:123 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` is selected, only twelve units" " are reserved for the order." msgstr "当选择 :guilabel:`仅预留完整包装` 选项时，系统只会为该订单预留12个单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:126 msgid "" "Conversely, when :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings` is selected, twenty-" "two units are reserved for the order." msgstr "相反，选择 :guilabel:`保留部分包装` 时，将为订单保留 22 个单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:130 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "应用包装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:132 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is " "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` " "field." msgstr "" "在 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序中创建销售订单时，请指定产品应使用的包装。所选包装将显示在 " ":guilabel:`包装`字段下的:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:137 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "18 罐 `葡萄汽水` 产品使用三个 6 罐装包装进行打包。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "在销售订单明细行中分配包装。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:11 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" "在某些情况下，处理不同计量单位的产品是必要的。例如，公司可以从使用公制系统的国家/地区购买产品，然后在使用英制系统的国家/地区销售这些产品。在这种情况下，公司需要转换单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " "pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "单位换算的另一种情况是，公司从供应商那里购买大包装产品，然后以单个单位销售这些产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " "product." msgstr "在 Odoo 可以设置对一个产品使用不同的*计量单位（UoM）*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:23 msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the" " :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " "setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要在 Odoo 中使用不同的计量单位，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，在 " ":guilabel:`产品` 部分，激活 :guilabel:`计量单位` 设置。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "在库存设置中启用计量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:32 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "计量单位类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of " "measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can " "convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " "belong to the same category." msgstr "" "启用*计量单位*设置后，请在:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "计量单位类别`中查看默认计量单位类别。类别对于单位换算非常重要；**只有**当两个单位都属于同一类别时，Odoo " "才能将产品的单位从一种单位换算为另一种单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "设置测量单位类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:43 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" "每个计量单位类别都有一个参考单位。在 :guilabel:`计量单位类别`页面的 :guilabel:`计量单位`列中，参考单位以蓝色高亮显示。Odoo" " 使用参考单位作为任何新单位的基础。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product" " in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on " "the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` " "field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` " "field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than" " the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" "要创建新单位，首先从 :guilabel:`计量单位类别` 页面选择正确的类别。例如，要销售一盒有六个单位的产品，请点击 :guilabel:`单位` " "类别行。然后，在出现的类别页面上，点击 :guilabel:`计量单位` 选项卡中的 :guilabel:`添加行 `。然后，在 " ":guilabel:`计量单位` 字段中，命名新单位，如`每盒 6 个`，然后在 :guilabel:`类型` 字段中，选择适当的参考尺寸，如 " ":guilabel:`大于参考计量单位`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:54 msgid "" "If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally " "recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " "be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" "如果适用，输入 :guilabel:`UNSPSC 类别`，这是一个全球公认的`代码，由 GS1 " "`_管理，**必须**购买才能使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the " "new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" " box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`比率` 字段中，输入新的 |UOM| 中有多少个单位，例如在使用 `6-Pack` 的示例时输入 `6.00000`（因为一盒" " 6 个单位比参考单位 `1.00000` 大 6 倍）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "将产品从一个单位转换到另一个单位，只要它们属于同一类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:66 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "指定产品的计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:68 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" " page." msgstr "" "要在产品上设置计量单位，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 并选择产品，打开其产品表单页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " "The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " "inventory and internal transfers." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`一般信息` 选项卡中，编辑 :guilabel:`计量单位` " "字段，指定产品销售的计量单位。指定的单位也是用于追踪产品库存和内部转移的单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:75 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " "the product is purchased in." msgstr "编辑 :guilabel:`购买 UoM` 字段，指定购买产品的计量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "单位换算" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different " ":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " "Measure)`." msgstr "当产品有不同的 :abbr:`UoM（计量单位）`和购买 :abbr:`UoM（计量单位）`时，Odoo 会自动转换计量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:86 msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" msgstr "这种情况有多种，包括：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:88 msgid "" ":ref:`Vendor orders `: purchase " "|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " "documents" msgstr "" "ref:`供应商订单 `：采购订单（PO）上的采购 |UOM| " "转换为内部仓库单据上的 |UOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:90 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatic replenishment `: " "generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " "below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" msgstr "" ":ref:`自动补货 `：当产品（在 |UOM| " "中追踪）的库存水平低于一定水平时生成 |PO|。但是， |PO| 是使用采购的 |UOM| 创建的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Sell products `: if a " "different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " "to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" msgstr "" ":ref:`销售产品 `：如果销售订单（SO）上使用了不同的 " "|UOM| ，则数量将转换为交货订单上仓库首选的 |UOM| 数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:100 msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" msgstr "按采购计量单位购买产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo " "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " "needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." msgstr "" "在*采购*应用程序中创建新的询价单（RFQ）时，Odoo 会自动使用产品的指定采购计量单位。如有需要，请手动编辑询价单上的 " ":guilabel:`UoM` 值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:106 msgid "" "After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "将 |RFQ| 确认为 |PO| 后，点击 |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "Odoo 会自动将采购计量单位转换为产品的销售/库存计量单位，因此交货收据的 :guilabel:`需求` 列会显示转换后的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:113 msgid "" "When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its " "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" " the quantity in units." msgstr "" "当产品的采购 :guilabel:`UoM` 为 `6 盒`，而销售/库存计量单位为 `单位` 时，|PO| 显示的数量为 6 " "盒，而收货单（和其他内部仓库单据）显示的数量以单位计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." msgstr "使用采购计量单位的采购订单图像。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:121 msgid "" "An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " "6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." msgstr "显示计量单位的收据图像。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:127 msgid "" "Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " "of Measure\": `Units`." msgstr "仓库收货时，记录的数量采用内部计量单位：`单位`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:6 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:135 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "也可使用 :guilabel:`补货` 按钮，直接从产品表单生成产品报价请求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:138 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The" " purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" " field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`补货` 后，会弹出补充助手框。如有需要，可在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中手动编辑采购计量单位。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`确认` 创建 |RFQ|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:143 msgid "" "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" " listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "**只有**在产品表单的 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡中列出至少 **一个** 供应商时，才能自动生成 |PO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." msgstr "点击补货按钮即可手动补货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:150 msgid "" "Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart " "button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted " "Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, " "click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " "purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." msgstr "" "点击产品表单上的 :guilabel:`预测` 智能按钮，导航到已创建的 |PO|。向下滚动到 :guilabel:`预测库存` 部分，在 " ":guilabel:`请求报价` 行中，点击 |RFQ| 参考编号，打开草稿 |RFQ|。如有必要，可直接在 |PO| 上编辑采购 |UOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "以不同的计量单位销售" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:160 msgid "" "When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses " "the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " "be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" "在*销售*应用程序中创建新报价单时，Odoo 会自动使用产品的指定计量单位。如有需要，可在报价单上手动编辑 :guilabel:`UoM`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:163 msgid "" "After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales " "order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the " "|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's " "inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " "shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" "报价单发送给客户并确认为销售订单（SO）后，点击销售订单顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。Odoo " "会自动将计量单位换算为产品的库存计量单位，因此交货的 :guilabel:`需求` 列会显示换算后的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:168 msgid "" "For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, " "but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" " boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" "例如，如果产品在 |SO| 上的 |UOM| 更改为`每盒 6 个`，但其库存计量单位是 `单位`，则 |SO| 显示的是以 6 " "盒为单位的数量，而送货显示的数量以“单个单位”为单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:280 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "库存计价" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（到岸成本） " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:7 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "Odoo 到岸成本功能允许用户将额外费用（运费、保险、关税等）计入产品成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:13 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " "gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " "costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" "首先，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 估值` 并激活 :guilabel:`到岸成本` 功能。Odoo " "还提供设置 :guilabel:`默认日记账` 选项，落地成本的会计分录将记录在其中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "在库存设置中激活到岸成本功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "向产品添加成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "接收供应商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "" "After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " "Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " "the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " "line." msgstr "" "供应商完成采购订单并发送账单后，单击采购订单上的 :guilabel:`创建账单` 在 Odoo " "中创建供应商账单。如果供应商账单包括到岸成本（如关税），请勾选供应商账单发票行中 :guilabel:`到岸成本` 列的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." msgstr "启用供应商账单项目中的到岸成本选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:35 msgid "" "For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " "Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " "bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " "information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" "对于始终是到岸成本的费用，可在 Odoo " "中创建到岸成本产品。这样，就可以将到岸成本产品作为发票项目快速添加到供应商账单中，而不用每次收到供应商账单时都手动输入到岸成本信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " "always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" " tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" "首先，在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 产品 --> 创建` 中创建一个新产品。接下来，命名到岸成本产品。然后，将 " ":guilabel:`产品类型` 设为 :guilabel:`服务`。到岸成本产品必须始终是服务产品类型。然后，转到 :guilabel:`采购` " "选项卡，选中 :guilabel:`是到岸成本` 旁边的复选框。最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 完成创建到岸成本产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "如果该产品始终为到岸成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " ":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " "product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " "the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " "the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " "lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " "the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "将到岸成本添加到供应商账单后（通过勾选发票行的 :guilabel:`到岸成本` 选项或在账单中添加到岸成本产品），单击账单顶部的 " ":guilabel:`创建到岸成本` 按钮。Odoo 会自动在 :guilabel:`附加费用` 产品行中创建已设定的到岸成本记录。在此，单击 " ":guilabel:`编辑` 并从 :guilabel:`调拨` 下拉菜单中选择分拣参考编号，以决定额外成本适用于哪个分拣。最后，点击 " ":guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:64 msgid "" "After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " "record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " "impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " "landed cost entry to the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:68 msgid "" "The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " "cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72 msgid "" "The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " "set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " "Costing)` method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost journal entry" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "" "Landed cost records can also be directly created in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " "necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "库存计价配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" "All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " "inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " "records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "公司的所有库存都会影响其存货的价值。这一价值应反映在公司的会计记录中，以准确显示公司及其所有资产的价值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " "inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts " "journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that " "warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method " "is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." msgstr "" "默认情况下，Odoo 使用定期库存估价（也称为手动库存估价）。这种方法意味着会计团队会根据公司的实际库存，记录日记账分录，仓库员工也会花时间清点库存。在" " Odoo 中，这种方法反映在每个产品类别中，其中 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 字段将默认设置为`标准价格`，而 " ":guilabel:`库存估值` 字段将设置为`手动`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "库存估价字段位于产品类别表单中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " "entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " "company's inventory." msgstr "另外，自动存货估价是一种综合估价方法，每当公司存货在不同地点之间发生存货移动时，就会创建日记账分录，从而实时更新存货价值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " "Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically " "checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" "鉴于日记账分录配置涉及额外步骤，建议专业会计师采用自动存货估价方法。即使在初始设置之后，也需要定期检查该方法，以确保准确性，并根据企业需求和优先事项不断进行调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "会计类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "会计分录取决于会计模式：*大陆*或*盎格鲁-撒克逊*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "激活 :ref:`开发者模式` 并导航至 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 以验证会计模式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 msgid "" "Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" " if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" " mode is in use." msgstr "然后，在搜索栏中查找 :guilabel:`盎格鲁-撒克逊会计`，查看该功能是否启用。如果**未**启用，则使用的是大陆会计模式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." msgstr "显示盎格鲁-撒克逊会计模式功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " "only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " "for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " "`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " "method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " "of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" "在*盎格鲁-" "撒克逊*会计中，销售成本（COGS）是在产品售出或交付时报告的。这意味着，只有在向客户开具产品发票时，才会将货物成本记为开支。因此，对于**手动**估值方法，请将当前资产类型的" " :guilabel:`开支账户` 设置为 `股票估值`；对于**自动**估值方法，请将 :guilabel:`开支账户` " "设置为*开支*或*收入成本*类型（如 `生产成本`、`销售成本`等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " "product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " "Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " "however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" "在*大陆*会计中，产品入库后立即报告货物成本。因此，:guilabel:`开支账户`可设置为*开支*或*收入成本*类型，但更常见的是设置为*开支*账户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:` 配置开支和库存账户的详细信息 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " "the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" "通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "产品类别`，更改库存估价选项。在:guilabel:`库存估价`部分，选择所需的:guilabel:`成本计算方法`和:guilabel:`库存估价`选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "不同的产品类别可以使用不同的估值设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "显示库存估价配置选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 msgid "Costing method" msgstr "成本方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 msgid "" "From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " ":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" msgstr "在产品类别的配置页面，选择所需的 :guilabel:`成本计算方法`：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "标准价格" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 msgid "" "The default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually " "defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation." " Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation is " "the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" "Odoo 的默认成本计算方法。产品成本在产品表单中手动定义，并使用该成本计算估值。即使采购订单上的采购价格不同，估价也是产品表单上定义的成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 msgid "Operation" msgstr "作业" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "单位成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "在手数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "入库价值" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "库存价值" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 msgid "0" msgstr "0" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 msgid "Receive 8 products for $10/unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 msgid "8" msgstr "8" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:224 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 msgid "Receive 4 products for $16/unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 msgid "12" msgstr "12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:116 msgid "4 * $10" msgstr "4 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "$120" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 msgid "Deliver 10 products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 msgid "2" msgstr "2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "-10 * $10" msgstr "-10 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122 msgid "$20" msgstr "$20" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Receive 2 products for $9/unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 msgid "4" msgstr "4" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "2 * $10" msgstr "2 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "$40" msgstr "$40" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Average Cost (AVCO)" msgstr "平均成本(AVCO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "" "Calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that " "product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this " "costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts " "based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "根据产品的平均成本除以现有库存总数来计算产品的价值。使用这种成本计算方法，存货估值是*动态*的，会根据产品的购买价格不断调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:162 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 msgid "Receive 2 products for $6/unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "$9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 msgid "2 * $6" msgstr "2 * $6" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 msgid "$36" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:170 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 msgid "How are unit cost and inventory value calculated at each step?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:244 msgid "When receiving four products for $16 each:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:174 msgid "" "Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value with " "the incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 msgid "" "Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the quantity on-" "hand: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 msgid "" "When delivering ten products, the average unit cost is used to calculate the" " inventory value, regardless of the purchase price of the product. " "Therefore, inventory value is :math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 msgid "Receive two products for $6 each:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 msgid "Inventory value: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:186 msgid "Unit cost: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the *Cost* field for products in " "the respective product category creates a new record in the *Inventory " "Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The *Cost* amount is " "then automatically updated, based on the average purchase price of both the " "inventory on-hand and the costs accumulated from validated purchase orders." msgstr "" "当选择 :guilabel:`平均成本（AVCO）` 作为 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 时，更改相应产品类别中产品的 *成本* " "字段中的数值，会在 *库存估价* 报告中创建一条新记录，以调整产品的价值。然后，*成本* " "金额会根据手头存货的平均采购价和有效采购订单累积的成本自动更新。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "First In First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 msgid "" "Tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time, and uses the " "real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase " "price is used as the cost for the next good sold, until an entire lot of " "that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an " "updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot." msgstr "" "实时追踪入库和出库物品的成本，并使用产品的实际价格来改变估价。最旧的采购价格被用作下一个售出货物的成本，直到该产品的整个批次售出。当下一个库存批次在队列中向上移动时，将根据该特定批次的估价使用更新的产品成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" "This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a " "variety of reasons, but it is highly sensitive to input data and human " "error." msgstr "由于种种原因，这种方法可以说是最准确的存货估价方法，但它对输入数据和人为错误非常敏感。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 msgid "$16" msgstr "$16" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-8 * $10" msgstr "-8 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-2 * $16" msgstr "-2 * $16" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 msgid "$32" msgstr "$32" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 msgid "$11" msgstr "$11" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 msgid "$44" msgstr "$44" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:246 msgid "" "Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value to the " "incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`." msgstr "库存价值的计算方法是将先前的存货价值与输入的价值相加： :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "When delivering ten products, eight units were purchased for $10, and two " "units were purchased for $16." msgstr "当交付十件产品时，八件产品的售价为 10 美元，两件产品的售价为 16 美元。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 msgid "" "First, the incoming value is calculated by multiplying the on-hand quantity " "by the purchased price: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:256 msgid "" "The inventory value is calculated by subtracting the incoming value from the" " previous inventory value: :math:`$144 - $112 = $32`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:258 msgid "" "Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the remaining " "quantity: :math:`$32 / 2 = $16`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 msgid "" "When receiving two products for $6, inventory value is :math:`$32 + $12 = " "$44`. Unit cost is :math:`$44 / 4 = $11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 msgid "" "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " "highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " "adjustments here." msgstr "改变成本计算方法会对存货估值产生很大影响。强烈建议在进行任何调整之前先咨询会计师。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:269 msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" msgstr ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:271 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " "value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " "from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " "change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " "changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" "当更改 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 时，使用 :guilabel:`标准` " "成本计算方法的库存产品**不会**改变价值；相反，现有单位保持其价值，此后任何产品移动都会影响平均成本，产品的成本也会改变。如果手动更改产品表单中 " ":guilabel:`成本` 字段的值，Odoo 将在 *存货估价* 报告中生成相应记录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 msgid "" "Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " "automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" " *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "Odoo 中的库存估价可设置为手动或自动更新。虽然*开支*账户对两者都适用，但*库存输入*和*库存输出*账户仅用于自动估值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " ":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " "details on configuring each account type." msgstr "" "有关配置每种账户类型的详情，请参阅 :ref:`开支 ` 和 " ":ref:`库存输入/输出 ` 章节。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Expense account" msgstr "支出科目" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "" "To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" " section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " "from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "要配置*开支账户*，请访问目标产品类别的 :guilabel:`账户属性`部分（:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "产品类别`）。然后，从 :guilabel:`开支帐户` 下拉菜单中选择一个现有账户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:298 msgid "" "To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " "|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " "based on the information below." msgstr "为确保所选账户为正确的 :guilabel:`类型`，请点击账户右侧的 |右箭头| 图标。然后根据以下信息设置账户类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371 msgid "Anglo-Saxon" msgstr "盎格鲁萨克逊" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 msgid "Automated" msgstr "自动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309 msgid "" "In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " ":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " "|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." msgstr "在盎格鲁-撒克逊会计自动库存估价中，将 :guilabel:`开支帐户` 设置为 `开支` 账户。然后，点击账户右侧的 |右箭头| 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " "Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." msgstr "在弹出窗口中，从 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`开支` 或 :guilabel:`收入成本`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." msgstr "显示**开支账户**字段和外部链接图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:206 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:322 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " "Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " "clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " ":guilabel:`Current Assets`." msgstr "" "要配置 :guilabel:`开支账户`，请从字段的下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`库存估值`。点击 |右箭头| " "图标确认账户类型，然后确保:guilabel:`类型`为:guilabel:`流动资产`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." msgstr "显示**开支账户**字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 msgid "Continental" msgstr "欧洲大陆" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:336 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " ":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." msgstr "将 :guilabel:`开支帐户` 设置为 :guilabel:`开支` 或 :guilabel:`收入成本` 帐户类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347 msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" msgstr "库存输入/输出（仅限自动操作）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" " Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" " Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" "要配置 :guilabel:`库存输入账户` 和 :guilabel:`库存输出账户`，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> " "配置 --> 产品类别` 并选择所需的产品类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:353 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " "These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`库存估值` 字段中，选择 :guilabel:`自动化`。这样就会出现 :guilabel:`账户库存属性` " "部分。这些账户定义如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr ":guilabel:`库存估价账户`：当产品启用自动库存估价时，此账户将保存产品的当前价值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " "automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." msgstr ":guilabel:`库存日记账`：当产品的库存估价发生变化时自动记账的会计分录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`库存输入账户`：除非源位置设置了特定的估价账户，否则所有入库库存移动的对应日记账项目都将记入此账户。这是特定类别中所有产品的默认值，也可直接在每个产品上设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`库存输出账户`：除非目的地设置了特定的估价账户，否则所有出库库存移动的对应日记账项目都将记入此账户。这是指定类别中所有产品的默认值，也可直接在每个产品上设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373 msgid "" "In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " "Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " "balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " "vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" "在盎格鲁-" "撒克逊会计中，:guilabel:`库存输入账户`和:guilabel:`库存输出账户`被设置为*不同*的:guilabel:`流动资产`账户。这样，交付产品和向客户开具发票会平衡*库存输出*账户，而接收产品和向供应商开具账单会平衡*库存输入*账户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " "right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " ":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "要修改账户类型，请点击股票输入/输出账户右侧的 |右箭头|图标。在弹出的窗口中，从 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉菜单中选择 " ":guilabel:`流动资产`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." msgstr "显示账户设置页面，突出显示**类型**字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 msgid "" "The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " "Asset* account type." msgstr "*库存输入*账户设置为`库存中期（收到）`，即*流动资产*账户类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391 msgid "" "In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " "Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" " and sold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:396 msgid "" "The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " "(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" " to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " "accounts are assigned to the **same** account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" msgstr "库存估值报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " ":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to " ":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" " at once." msgstr "" "开始时，进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> 资产负债表`。在仪表盘顶部，将 :guilabel:`截至` 字段值更改为 " ":guilabel:`今日`，并将 :guilabel:`选项` 筛选调整为 :guilabel:`展开全部`，以便一次性显示所有最新数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:414 msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " "to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting " ":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal " "entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the " ":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, " "filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "查看 Odoo 会计应用程序中的完整库存估值明细。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" msgstr "使用库存估价" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7 msgid "" "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "*存货估价*是计算手头存货价值的重要会计程序。一旦确定，存货估价金额就会被纳入公司的整体价值中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "在 Odoo 中，这一过程可以由仓库员工手动清点产品，也可以通过数据库自动完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17 msgid "" "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " "entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" "要使用 Odoo 自动生成库存估价条目跟踪，首先通过 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` 导航至 " ":menuselection:`产品类别` 列表，并选择所需的产品类别。在表单中，将 :guilabel:`库存估值` 设置为 " ":guilabel:`自动化`，将 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 设置为三个选项中的任意一个。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr ":doc:`设置库存估值 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "为了了解产品进出库存对公司整体价值的影响，请考虑以下产品和库存移动的情景。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "接收产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 msgid "" "To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" " the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " "desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" " icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" " link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" "要追踪入库产品（如简单的*表格*）的价值，请在产品本身配置产品类别。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 " "--> 产品` 并点击所需的产品。在产品表单中，点击 :guilabel:`➡️（右箭头）` 图标旁边的 :guilabel:` 产品类别` " "字段，打开编辑产品类别的内部链接。然后，将 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 设置为 :guilabel:`先进先出（FIFO）`，将 " ":guilabel:`存货估值` 设置为 :guilabel:`自动化`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" "也可访问 :guilabel:`产品类别` 面板，方法是导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` " "并选择所需的产品类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" "接下来，假设以每张 $10 的价格购买了 10 张桌子。这些桌子的 :abbr:`采购订单（PO）`将显示采购小计 $100，外加附加费用或税金。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "采购订单包含 10 张桌子，每桌价值 $10.00。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" " :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " "displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " "affected by this purchase." msgstr "" "选择 :guilabel:`验证`采购订单 \"后，:guilabel:`估值` " "智能按钮将启用。点击此按钮将显示一份报告，说明该采购如何影响表格的库存估值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr ":ref:`开发者模式` **必须**打开，才能看到 :guilabel:`验证` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` feature allows " "ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not" " accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "请参阅启用开发模式后收据上的估价智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " "product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" " the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" "有关包括所有产品装运、库存调整和仓库操作的库存估值的综合仪表板，请参阅 :ref:`库存估值报告 " "`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "产品发货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " "valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" "按照同样的逻辑，当一个表格运送给客户并离开仓库时，库存估价就会降低。同样， :abbr:`交货单（DO）`上的“估值” " "智能按钮也会像:abbr:`采购单（PO）` 一样显示库存估值记录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "产品发货后库存估值降低。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "库存估值报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " ":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " "with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" " :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" "要查看仓库中所有产品的当前价值，首先打开 :ref:`开发者模式` 并导航至 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 估值`。在 :guilabel:`库存估值` 仪表板上显示产品的详细记录，包括库存的" " :guilabel:`日期`、:guilabel:`数量`、 :guilabel:`单位价值` 和 :guilabel:`总价值`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" ":ref:`开发者模式` **必须**启用，才能看到 :guilabel:`报告` 下的 :guilabel:`估值` " "选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "显示多种产品的库存评估报告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" "up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " "date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" "位于 :guilabel:`库存估值` 页面左上角的 :guilabel:`位于 :guilabel:`库存估值` 页面左上角的 " ":guilabel:`库存估值` 按钮会弹出一个窗口。在该弹出窗口中，可查看和选择上一指定日期的产品库存估值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107 msgid "" "View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" "hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " "right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" "选择 :guilabel:`参考资料` 列值右侧的茶色 :guilabel:`➡️（右箭头）`按钮，查看产品库存值、库存移动和在手库存的详细记录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "更新产品单价" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " "represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" "对任何公司而言，交货时间、供应链故障和其他风险因素都可能导致隐形成本。虽然 Odoo " "试图准确反映库存估值，但*手动估值*可以作为更新产品单价的额外工具。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" "手动估值适用于购买和接收成本大于 0 的产品，或产品类别设置为 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 的 :guilabel:`平均成本 （AVCO）`" " 或 :guilabel:`先进先出（FIFO）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:127 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " ":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " "product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " "reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`库存估值` 仪表板上创建手动估值条目，首先导航到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> " "估值`。接下来，要启用*产品重估*功能，选择 :menuselection:`分组方式 --> 产品` 按产品组织所有记录。点击灰色的 " ":guilabel:`▶️（下拉三角形）`图标，显示下面的库存估价行项目，以及右边的茶色 :guilabel:`➕ (加号)`按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" " Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " "recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" "点击茶色的 :guilabel:`+ (加号)` 按钮，打开 " ":guilabel:`产品价格重估`表格。在这里，可以通过增加或减少每个产品的单价，重新计算产品的库存估值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:138 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" " only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr ":guilabel:`▶️（下拉三角形）` 和 :guilabel:`➕（加号）` 按钮只有在按产品分组后才可见。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148 msgid "" "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " "dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " "valuation records are identified by checking values in the " ":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " "value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " "for receipts)." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，自动库存估价记录也记录在 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> 会计 --> 日记账分录` " "仪表板中。在这个全面的会计分录列表中，库存估价记录是通过检查 :guilabel:`日记账` " "列中的值或查找与仓库操作参考（如收据的`WH/IN/00014`）相匹配的 :guilabel:`参考` 列值来识别的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " "accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " "of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:159 msgid "" "To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " "reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " "found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." " Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " "matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " "the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:176 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程：库存估值`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:6 msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "产品追踪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:8 msgid "" "*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " "in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " "there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " "inventory reports." msgstr "" "*批次号*和*序列号*是在 Odoo 中识别和追踪产品的两种方法。虽然这两种追踪方法有相似之处，但也有显著的区别，会影响收据、交货和库存报告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:12 msgid "" "A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " "pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "*批次*通常表示已收到、目前储存或已从仓库发货的某一特定批次的物品。但是，它也可以指一批内部生产的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:16 msgid "" "A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " or products." msgstr "*序列号*是按增量（或顺序）分配给物品或产品的唯一标识符，用于将其与其他物品或产品区分开来。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`" msgstr ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "启用批次和序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:26 msgid "" "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" " feature must be enabled." msgstr "要使用批次和序列号追踪产品，必须启用*批次和序列号*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:29 msgid "" "To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" "要执行次操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`追溯性` " "部分，并点击 :guilabel:`批量和序列号` 旁边的方框。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "在库存设置中启用批次和序列号功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:38 msgid "When to use lots" msgstr "何时使用批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:40 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" " back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " "or expiration dates." msgstr "批次适用于大量生产或接收的产品，如服装或食品。批次还可用于追溯产品组，这在管理产品召回或有效期时特别有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." msgstr "创建批次，其中包含产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:49 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " "end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " "cycles." msgstr "" "制造商为具有共同属性的产品组分配批号；这可能导致多种产品共享相同的批号。这有助于识别单个组中的多个产品，并允许对这些产品生命周期中的每个步骤进行端到端追溯。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:55 msgid "When to use serial numbers" msgstr "何时使用序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:57 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " "chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "为单个产品分配序列号的目的是确保每件产品在供应链中的历史都是可识别的。这对于为其销售和交付的产品提供售后服务的制造商尤其有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." msgstr "产品序列号列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " "letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." msgstr "序列号可以包含多种不同类型的字符：数字、字母、印刷符号或三种类型的混合字符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:321 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "追溯" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:72 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " "like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " "sent." msgstr "制造商和公司可以参考可追溯性报告，了解产品的整个生命周期。这些报告包括重要信息，如产品的来源（何时）、存储地点和送货对象。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:76 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " "serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "dashboard." msgstr "" "要查看产品的完整可追溯性，或按批次和/或序列号分组产品，请转至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "批次/序列号`。这样就会显示 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 面板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:80 msgid "" "From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " "by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " "have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "在这里，默认情况下会列出已分配批次或序列号的产品。这些产品还可以展开，以显示具体分配给它们的批次或序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:83 msgid "" "To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "要按批次或序列号分组，首先要删除右上角搜索栏中的任何默认筛选器。然后，单击 :guilabel:`分组方式`，并选择 " ":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，这将显示一个小型下拉菜单。从该迷你下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`应用`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:88 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " "expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " "unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " "product per serial number." msgstr "" "这样做会显示所有现有的批次和序列号，并且可以展开每个序列号以显示与该分配号码相关的所有产品数量。对于*不*重复使用的唯一序列号，每个序列号应该仅对应一个产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." msgstr "报告页面包含批次和序列号的下拉列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:97 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " "number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " "specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " "this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" " buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " "made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" "有关单个批号或序列号的其他信息，请点击批号或序列号的行项目，以显示该特定编号的 :guilabel:`批次` 或 :guilabel:`序列号` " "表格。在该表单中，点击:guilabel:`位置` 和 :guilabel:`追溯性` " "智能按钮，查看使用该序列号的所有库存。使用该批次或序列号进行的任何操作也可在此找到。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "到期日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " "of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，*有效期*可用于管理和追踪易腐产品从购买到销售的生命周期。通过使用到期日期，可以降低因为产品过期而造成的损失，并且有助于避免向客户提供过期产品的情况发生。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " "can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" " assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " "companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " "buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，只有使用*批次*和*序列号*追踪的产品才能分配过期信息。一旦分配了批号或序列号，就可以设置到期日期。这对经常或专门购买和销售易腐产品的公司（如食品制造商）特别有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "启用有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" "要启用*有效期*，请进入:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，然后向下滚动到:guilabel:`可追溯性`部分。然后，点击复选框启用 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" " be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "激活该功能后，将出现一个启用 :guilabel:`有效期`的新选项。点击复选框启用该功能，并确保 :guilabel:`保存` 更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "启用批次、序列号和有效期设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " "features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " ":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " "features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " "product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" "激活:guilabel:`批次和序列号`功能后，:guilabel:`在送货单上显示批次和序列号`、:guilabel:`在发票上显示批次和序列号`和:guilabel:`在送货单上显示有效期" " `等附加功能就会出现。激活这些功能有助于实现端到端的可追溯性，从而更容易管理产品召回、识别`不良`批次产品等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "配置产品的有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " "expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" "在 *库存* 应用程序的设置中启用 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 和 :guilabel:`有效期` 功能后，即可在单个产品上配置到期信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " "for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请转至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "产品`，然后选择要编辑的产品。选择产品后，将显示该特定项目的产品表单。进入产品表单后，点击左上角的 :guilabel:`编辑` 进行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " "information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " ":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" "要使用批次或序列号进行跟踪，或配置有效期信息，产品*必须*在 :guilabel:`一般信息`选项卡下将其 :guilabel:`产品类型`设置为 " ":guilabel:`可储存产品`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." msgstr "" "然后，单击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分。在这里，确保选中 " ":guilabel:`按照唯一序列号` 或 :guilabel:`按批次`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " "also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " "appears to the right." msgstr "" "一旦启用，就会出现一个新的 :guilabel:`有效期`复选框，也必须点击该复选框。两者都启用后，右侧会出现一个新的 :guilabel:`日期` " "字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " "to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "如果产品在激活批号或序列号追踪之前已有库存，则可能需要进行库存调整，以便为现有库存分配批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70 msgid "" "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" " recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" " the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "对于处理大量收货或交货的产品，建议使用批次进行跟踪，以便在出现任何问题时可追溯到同一批次的多个产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "有效期配置在产品表格上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " "information to configure for the product:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`日期` 字段下，可为产品配置四类到期信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " "(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " "become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr ":guilabel:`有效期`：收到产品（从供应商或生产后的库存）后的天数，在此天数内，货物可能变得危险，不应使用或消费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " "in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " "dangerous yet." msgstr ":guilabel:`最佳使用时间`：货物到期前的天数，商品开始变质，**尚未**变得危险。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr "guilabel:`移除时间`：到到期日之前的天数，商品应从库存中移除。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" " particular serial number." msgstr ":guilabel:`提醒时间`：指在到期日期之前的天数，在此期间应对特定批次或包含特定序列号的商品进行提醒。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90 msgid "" "The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " "date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " "manufactured in-house." msgstr "这些字段中输入的值会自动计算库存中商品的到期日期，无论是从供应商购买还是在内部生产。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "配置好所有有效期信息后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，保存所有更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " "expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " "receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " "they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" "如果 :guilabel:`日期` " "字段未填入任何过期信息值，则可在仓库收货和发货时手动分配日期（和批次）。即使分配了日期，也可以根据需要手动覆盖和更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" msgstr "在带有批次和序列号的收据上设置有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103 msgid "" "Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" " the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " "request for quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" "可直接从采购订单生成**入库**货物的有效期。要创建采购订单，请转到 :menuselection:`采购` 应用程序，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`，以创建新的询价单（RFQ）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107 msgid "" "Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`." msgstr "" "然后，通过添加 :guilabel:`供应商` 来填写信息，并通过点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 在 :guilabel:`产品` 行添加产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " "converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" "更改 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字，选择所需的订购数量，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`。这将把 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`" " 转换为采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " "to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "点击采购订单顶部的 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮，进入仓库收据表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " "The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." " The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " "assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" "在为订购的产品数量分配序列号之前点击 :guilabel:`验证` 会弹出 :guilabel:`用户错误` " "窗口。弹出窗口要求输入订购产品的批号或序列号。如果未指定批号或序列号，则无法验证 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." msgstr "验证无批号订单时弹出用户错误信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " "located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." msgstr "" "从此处，点击产品线最右侧的 :guilabel:`附加选项` 菜单（汉堡）图标。点击后，将出现 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130 msgid "" "In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " "number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." msgstr "在弹出窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，并在:guilabel:`批次/序列号名称` 字段下指定批次或序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " "the product form (if previously configured)." msgstr "根据产品表单上的配置（如果以前配置过），有效期会自动弹出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " "this date can be manually entered." msgstr "如果未配置产品表单上的 :guilabel:`日期` 字段，则可手动输入此日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140 msgid "" "After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" "确定有效期后，标记 :guilabel:`已完成` 数量，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。最后，点击 " ":guilabel:`验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "弹出详细操作，显示订购产品的有效期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`; and more." msgstr "" "验证收据后将出现 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮可查看更新的 " ":guilabel:`可追溯性报告`，其中包括：:guilabel:`参考资料` " "文档；正在追踪的:guilabel:`产品`；:guilabel:`批次/序列号 #` 等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" msgstr "为制成品设定有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155 msgid "" "Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " "To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " "(MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "也可以为内部生产的产品生成有效期。要为生产的产品指定有效期，需要填写制造订单（MO）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " ":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" "要创建一个 :abbr:`MO（制造订单）`，进入 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`。从 :guilabel:`产品` 字段下拉菜单中选择要生产的产品，然后选择要生产的 :guilabel:`数量`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "带有过期日期的产品制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167 msgid "" "To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" " the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " ":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" " materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "要制造产品，必须在 :guilabel:`产品` 列的行中有要消耗的材料。这可以通过为 :guilabel:`产品` 创建 " ":guilabel:`物料清单` 或点击 :guilabel:`添加行` 手动添加要消耗的材料来实现。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174 msgid "" "Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " "from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " "automatically assign a new lot number." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`批次号/序列号` 旁边，从下拉菜单中选择一个现有批号，或者点击绿色的 :guilabel:`+` 符号自动分配一个新批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177 msgid "" "Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" " :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中选择单位数，并点击 :guilabel:`标记为已完成`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " "form for that specific number." msgstr "" "点击分配的 :guilabel:`批次号/序列号` 字段中的 :guilabel:`外部链接` 图标。会出现一个弹出窗口，显示该特定编号的详细表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " "that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " "information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " "or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" "在弹出的 :guilabel:`日期` 选项卡下，会显示之前为产品配置的所有过期信息。同样的信息也可在特定产品的详细表单中找到，或进入 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "日期选项卡，包含特定批号的有效期信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" msgstr "销售有保质期的产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195 msgid "" "Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " "other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " "create a sales order." msgstr "销售有保质期的易腐产品的方法与其他类型的产品相同。销售易腐产品的第一步是创建销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " "quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "要执行此操作，请访问 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建` 创建新报价单，并在销售订单表单上填写信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201 msgid "" "Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " ":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" "添加一个 :guilabel:`客户`，点击 :guilabel:`添加产品`将所需产品添加到 :guilabel:`产品` 行，并为产品设置 " ":guilabel:`数量`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " "date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" "然后，点击 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`送货` 部分，将 :guilabel:`送货日期` " "更改为预期日期之后的日期，并点击 :guilabel:`绿勾` 图标确认日期。最后，点击:guilabel:`确认`，确认销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " "order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "然后，点击销售订单顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，查看仓库收据表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " "process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " "customer." msgstr "" "在仓库收据表单中，点击 :guilabel:`验证`，然后在弹出窗口中点击 :guilabel:`应用`，自动处理所有 :guilabel:` 完成` " "数量，并将产品交付给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215 msgid "" "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " "product form, then no alerts will be created." msgstr "如果产品在产品表单上设置的 :guilabel:`提醒日期` 之前交付，则不会创建提醒。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219 msgid "" "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " "set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " "of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " "remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " "expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " "Categories`." msgstr "" "要销售有保质期的易腐产品，产品存储的 :guilabel:`位置`的 :guilabel:`移除策略` 必须设置为 : " "abbr:`FEFO（先到期先出）`。如果一批易腐烂产品的库存不足，Odoo 将自动从下一个最短到期日的第二批产品中提取所需的剩余数量。移除策略也可在 " ":guilabel:`产品类别`上设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" msgstr "查看批次和序列号的有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231 msgid "" "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "要按批号查看（和/或分组）所有产品的有效期，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234 msgid "" "Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," " and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " "menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." msgstr "" "进入后，从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏移除任何默认搜索筛选器。然后，点击:guilabel:`分组方式`，选择 " ":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，并从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`到期日`参数。最后，点击 :guilabel:`应用`，以应用筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " "the assigned lot number." msgstr "这样做可以细分所有易腐产品、其保质期和指定的批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "在批次和序列号页面上按有效期分组。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "过期提醒" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "要查看过期提醒，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批量/序列号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " "form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " "related to the products." msgstr "" "然后，单击包含易腐产品的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`。这样就会显示序列号详情表。在序列号详情表单中，点击 :guilabel:`日期` " "选项卡，查看与产品有关的所有过期信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" "要编辑表格，请点击表格左上角的 :guilabel:`编辑`，然后将 :guilabel:`到期日`更改为今天（或更早），并点击 :guilabel:`" " 保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " "either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" "保存后，批号表单顶部会显示红色的 :guilabel:`过期提醒`，表示该批次的产品已过期或即将过期。从这里点击返回 " ":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 页面（通过面包屑导航）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "要查看新的过期提醒或已过期（或即将过期）产品的任何过期提醒，请从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中移除所有搜索筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "然后，点击 :guilabel:`筛选器`，选择 :guilabel:`过期提醒`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "过期产品的过期提醒。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "批次号码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:8 msgid "" "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " "typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," " shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "*批次*是在 Odoo 中识别和追踪产品的两种方法之一。它们通常代表接收、存储、运输或内部制造的特定批次产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:11 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " "properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "制造商为具有共同属性的产品组分配批号，便于对产品生命周期进行端到端追溯。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " "products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " "product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" "批次对管理大量生产或已接收产品非常有用，有助于追踪产品的组别，特别是在产品召回或 :doc:`过期时`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products by lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Then," " configure each product to be tracked by serial numbers on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:30 msgid "" "To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" " to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " "next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要使用批次追踪产品，请启用*批次和序列号*功能。进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，向下滚动到 " ":guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分，勾选 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 旁边的复选框。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr ":doc:`追踪失效日期 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:37 msgid "" ":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " "`" msgstr ":ref:`为批次和序列号打印 GS1 条形码 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:46 msgid "Track by lots" msgstr "按批次追踪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " "individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " "product to configure." msgstr "" "激活 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 功能后，配置单个产品以使用批次进行追踪。要执行此操作，进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 " "--> 产品 --> 产品`，选择要配置的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:52 msgid "" "On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " "the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" "在产品表单中，转到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分，选择 :guilabel:`追踪` 字段中的 " ":guilabel:`按批次` 选项。现在，新的或现有的批号可分配给新收到或生产的该产品批次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:57 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, use an :doc:`inventory adjustment " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` to assign " "lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "在产品表单上启用按批次追踪功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:66 msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "为发货和收货分配批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 msgid "" "Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " "` on the receipt form. When " "shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " "form." msgstr "" "在收货单上为 :ref:`入库产品` 分配新的批号。当装运 " ":ref:`出库产品 ` " "时，在送货单上选择具有特定批号的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:76 msgid "On receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:78 msgid "" "Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" " on receipts." msgstr "可直接在收据上为进货分配新的或现有的批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 msgid "" "To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " "`_ a |PO| for products tracked " "by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " "appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" "首先，进入 :menuselection:`采购` 应用程序，为按批号跟踪的产品创建并确认 " "`_ |PO| 。然后，点击页面顶部出现的 " ":guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮，导航到仓库收据表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " "card, and choosing the desired receipt." msgstr "" "或者，进入 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，点击 :guilabel:`收据` 看板卡，选择所需的收据，从而导航到现有收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers a " ":guilabel:`User Error`, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned " "before validating the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "添加批号/序列号用户错误弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 msgid "" "On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " "select the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon to the right of the product " "that is tracked by lot numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." msgstr "在产品行上显示子弹式列表图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 msgid "The bulleted list icon on the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, where the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Done` quantity are assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 msgid "" "The two ways to assign lot numbers are **manually** and **copy/paste**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:112 msgid "Manual assignment" msgstr "手动分配" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:114 msgid "" "To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and choose the" " location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and specify the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:119 msgid "" "To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " "additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Done` column" " matches the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` at the top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:128 msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:130 msgid "" "From a spreadsheet with all of the lot numbers received from the supplier " "(or manually chosen to assign upon receipt), click :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "and proceed to copy and paste the lot numbers, in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "在 excel 电子表格中复制批号清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 msgid "" "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line, with each lot number on its own " "line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:144 msgid "" "After clicking away from the text field, Odoo automatically generates the " "necessary lot number lines. The quantities in the :guilabel:`Done` column " "match the first entry. Manually adjust the :guilabel:`To` locations and " ":guilabel:`Done` quantities for each lot number, as needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:201 msgid "" ":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 msgid "On delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 msgid "" "Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" " for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." msgstr "Odoo 可以在送货单上指定选择哪些产品批号进行外运。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 msgid "" "To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " "that specific |SO|." msgstr "" "首先，在 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序中创建或选择一个现有报价。确认|SO|后，:guilabel:`交货`智能按钮可用。点击 " ":guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，查看特定 |SO| 的仓库表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" " Kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " "form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon to" " the right of the product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon" " reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, a " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is chosen, with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantity taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock in that " "particular lot)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 msgid "" "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " ":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " "total quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:184 msgid "" "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " "selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " "depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " "enough to fulfill the order." msgstr "" "根据所选的移除策略 :abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`、:abbr:`LIFO （后进先出）`，或 " ":abbr:`FEFO（先到期先出）`，交货订单自动选择的批次会有所不同。这也取决于订购数量，以及该批次的库存数量是否足以完成订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:192 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select a different :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" " Number`, apply the remaining :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up window. Lastly, click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:204 msgid "Lot management" msgstr "批次管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:206 msgid "" "Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" "通过 :menuselection:`库存管理应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号` 在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` " "仪表板中管理和查看产品的现有批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:209 msgid "" "By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " "menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" " to :ref:`modify or add details ` " "linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " "` from this page, by clicking " "the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" "默认情况下，批号按产品分组，选择每个产品的下拉菜单可显示现有批号。选择一个批号，可以 :ref:`修改或添加与该批号相关联的详细信息 " "`。也可以通过点击 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮，从该页面 " ":ref:`创建 ` 批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:219 msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." msgstr "显示 “批次/序列号” 仪表板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:219 msgid "" "Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " "dashboard." msgstr "在**批次/序列号**仪表板上显示按产品分组的批次号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:224 msgid "Modify lot" msgstr "修改批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:226 msgid "" "Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " "separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 仪表板上的批次，会显示一个单独页面，在此可提供有关批次的其他信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:230 msgid "" "Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " "the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " "under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " "number to any desired one." msgstr "" "Odoo 会自动生成一个新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 以跟随最新的编号。不过，也可以对其进行编辑，只需点击 " ":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 字段下的一行，并将生成的编号更改为任何所需的编号即可。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" msgstr "在批次表格中，可以修改以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: Change the lot number linked to the " ":guilabel:`Product`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: Records an alternative lot/serial number " "used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " "manufacturer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Specify the company where the lot number is available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Add extra details about the lot or serial number in" " this text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:243 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Quantity` fields **cannot** be " "modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the lot number form." msgstr "显示批号表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:251 msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" msgstr ":doc:`为批次设置有效期`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:256 msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" msgstr "产品的预留批号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 msgid "" "To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " "click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要为产品创建批号，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批号/序列号`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid "" "Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " "To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " "on receipts `." msgstr "" "创建批号是为产品保留批号，但**不会**分配批号。要分配批号，请参阅 :ref:`在收据上指定批号 " "` 部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " "number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " "on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" "虽然 Odoo 会自动生成一个新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 以跟随最新的编号，但可通过点击批次表单上 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`" " 字段下的行并更改生成的编号，将其编辑并更改为任何所需的编号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" "生成新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 后，点击 :guilabel:`产品` " "旁边的空白区域，显示一个下拉菜单。从该菜单中选择要分配新编号的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:276 msgid "The lot number, `0000011`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "带有指定产品的新批号创建表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:282 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " "product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " "product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" " a receipt `, or when making an " "inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "在创建、保存新批号并将其分配给所需产品后，该批号会保存为与产品相关联的现有批号，在 :ref:`为收据上的产品分配批号 " "` 时或进行库存调整时可以选择该批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:288 msgid "" "After creating the lot number, `0000011` appears as an option for `Drawer " "Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " "page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Show how to assign serial numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:296 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "管理不同操作类型的批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 msgid "" "By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " "existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " "numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " "order." msgstr "默认情况下，只能在接收产品时创建新的批次，而不能使用现有的批次号。对于销售订单，只能使用现有的批号，不能在发货单上创建新的批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:302 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" "要更改在任何操作类型上使用新（或现有）批号的功能，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "操作类型`，然后选择所需的操作类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:306 msgid "" "On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " "to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " "ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" "在操作类型表单的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`部分，勾选 :guilabel:`新建` " "复选框，以便在此操作类型中创建新的批号。如果只能选择现有批号，请选择 :guilabel:`使用现有批号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "启用操作类型表单上的可追踪性设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:315 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "对于涉及按批次跟踪的产品的仓库间转移，启用 :guilabel:`使用现有批次/序号` 仓库收据选项可能很有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:323 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" " was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "制造商和公司可以参考可追溯性报告，了解产品的整个生命周期：产品从哪里来、何时到达、在哪里储存、送货对象和时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:326 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" "要查看产品的完整可追溯性或按批次分组，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。这样就会显示 " ":menuselection:`批次/序列号` 仪表板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:330 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "默认情况下，这里将列出已分配批号的产品，并可展开以显示这些产品已分配的批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:333 msgid "" "To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down menu, select " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " "the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "批号和序列号追踪报告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "Traceability report" msgstr "追溯报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:347 msgid "" "To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " "line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " "form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." msgstr "" "要查看批号的完整库存移动报告，请从 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 仪表板中选择批号行。在批号表单中，点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` " "智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." msgstr "显示批次的追溯报告，展示库存的变动情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:356 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " "Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " and products." msgstr "" "*序列号*是在 Odoo 中识别和追踪产品的两种方法之一。序列号是逐步（或按顺序）分配给项目或产品的唯一标识符，用于将其与其他项目和产品区分开来。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" "Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " "be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " "symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "序列号可以由多种不同类型的字符组成：可以是严格意义上的数字，也可以包含字母和其他排版符号，还可以是上述所有字符的混合体。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" " chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "为单个产品分配序列号的目的是确保每件产品在供应链中的历史都是可识别的。这对于为其销售和交付的产品提供售后服务的制造商尤其有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " "Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save changes." msgstr "" "要使用序列号追踪产品，必须启用 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 功能。要启用此功能，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> " "配置 --> 设置`，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`追溯性` 部分，然后点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 旁边的方框。记住点击 " ":guilabel:`保存` 按钮，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "启用批次和序列号设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "配置产品序列号追踪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" "激活 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 设置后，现在可以使用序列号追踪单个产品。要进行配置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 " "--> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择要追踪的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "进入产品表单后，点击 :guilabel:`编辑`，然后点击 :guilabel:`库存`选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " "section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " "can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " "of this product." msgstr "" "进入产品表单后，点击 :guilabel:`编辑`，导航到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，然后滚动到 :guilabel:`追溯性` " "部分。然后，选择 :guilabel:`按唯一序列号` 选项，并单击 " ":guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。现在可以选择现有或新的序列号，并将其分配给新接收或生产的该产品批次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "在产品表单上启用序列号追踪功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" " have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "如果产品没有分配序列号，则会出现一个用户错误弹出窗口。错误信息说明库存产品没有批次/序列号。不过，可以通过库存调整为产品分配批次/序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "为库存产品创建新的序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " "reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" "可以为库存中未分配序列号的产品创建新序列号。要执行此操作，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`。这样就会显示一个空白的批次/序列号表单。新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 会自动生成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " "clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " "changing the generated number." msgstr "" "虽然 Odoo 会自动生成一个新的批次/序列号，紧跟最近的编号，但可通过点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` " "字段下的行并更改生成的编号，将其编辑和更改为任何所需的编号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" "生成 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 后，点击:guilabel:`产品` 旁边的空白区域，显示一个下拉菜单。从该菜单中选择要分配新编号的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" "此表单还提供调整 :guilabel:`数量` 的选项，分配唯一的 :guilabel:`内部参考` 编号（用于可追溯性目的），并在 " ":guilabel:`网站` 字段中将此特定批次/序列号配置分配给特定网站（如在多网站环境中工作）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "也可在下面的 :guilabel:`描述` 标签中添加对该特定批次/序列号的详细描述。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." msgstr "完成所有所需配置后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮保存所有更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "为现有产品库存创建新的序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" "创建新序列号、将其分配给所需产品并保存后，返回产品表单，进入 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`，并选择刚刚分配新创建批号的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "在该产品的详细信息表单中，点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 智能按钮查看新序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "管理发货和收货的序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " "order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " "sales order form." msgstr "可为**入库**和**出库**货物分配序列号。对于入库货物，直接在采购订单上分配序列号。对于出库货物，直接在销售订单上分配序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " "appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " "products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " "without a serial number being assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "弹出用户错误提示，提示输入序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`操作` 标签中 :guilabel:`计量单位` 列右侧的 `汉堡 ` 图标（四条水平线）代表的 " ":guilabel:`附加选项` 菜单。点击该图标会弹出 :guilabel:`详细操作` 窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" "up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "自动分配序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "如果大量产品需要分配单独的序列号，Odoo 可以自动生成并为每个产品分配序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" "为此，请从 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`首个序列号` 字段开始，按照所需的分配顺序键入第一个序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "从电子表格中复制/粘贴序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " "supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " "the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " "column." msgstr "" "要从现有电子表格中复制和粘贴序列号，首先要在电子表格中填入从供应商处收到的所有序列号（或在收到时手动选择的序列号）。然后，将它们复制并粘贴到 " ":guilabel:`批次/序列号名称` 列。Odoo 将根据粘贴在列中的编号数量自动创建所需的行数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " "serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" "对于包含大量待接收产品的采购订单，分配序列号的最佳方法是使用 :guilabel:`分配序列号` 按钮自动分配序列号，该按钮位于 " ":abbr:`PO（采购订单）`上。这可以防止任何序列号被重复使用或重复，并改进可追溯性报告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "所有产品数量分配序列号后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 按钮关闭弹出窗口。然后，点击 :guilabel:`验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" "验证收据后会出现 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮，查看更新后的 " ":guilabel:`可追溯性报告`，其中包括：:guilabel:`参考` " "文档、正在追踪的:guilabel:`产品`、:guilabel:`批次/序列号` 等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " ":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" "所有产品数量分配序列号后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口，然后点击 :guilabel:`验证`。验证收据后将出现 " ":guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮，查看更新后的 " ":guilabel:`可追溯性报告`，其中包括：:guilabel:`参考资料` 文档、正在追踪的 :guilabel:`产品`、 " ":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "管理送货订单序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "可直接从销售订单（SO）中为**出库**货物分配序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " "so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " "out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" "要创建一个 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建` " "按钮。这样就会显示一个新的空白报价单。在此空白报价表上，通过添加 :guilabel:`客户` 来填写必要信息，并通过点击 " ":guilabel:`添加产品` 在 :guilabel:`产品` 行（在 :guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡中）添加产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "然后，更改 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字，选择所需的销售数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " "becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" " appears." msgstr "" "填写报价单后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 按钮确认报价单。确认报价单后，报价单将变为 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`，并出现 " ":guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，查看该特定 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）` 的仓单表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" "在弹出窗口中，将默认选择 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`，并列出总 :guilabel:`保留` " "数量中的每个产品及其唯一序列号（最可能按顺序列出）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " "number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" "要手动更改产品序列号，请点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 下的下拉菜单，然后选择（或键入）所需的序列号。然后，标记 " ":guilabel:`已完成` 数量，并点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮交付产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "详细操作弹出窗口中列出的序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" "验证交货单后，会出现 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮，查看更新后的 " ":guilabel:`可追溯性报告`，其中包括：:guilabel:`参考` 文件、被追踪的 :guilabel:`产品`、:guilabel:`日期`" " 和分配的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " "quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "如果任何产品数量与特定 :abbr:`PO (采购订单)` 收货时分配的序列号相同，则 :guilabel:`可追溯性报告` 还可包括前一个采购订单 " "(PO) 的 :guilabel:`参考` 收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "管理不同操作类型的序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " "cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " "cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" " used." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，默认情况下只有在从采购订单中 **接收** 产品时才允许创建新序列号。**现有** " "序列号不能使用。对于销售订单，情况正好相反：不能在交货订单上创建新序列号，只能使用现有序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" "要更改在任何操作类型上使用新（或现有）序列号的功能，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "操作类型`，然后选择所需的 :guilabel:`操作类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" "对于在 :guilabel:`操作类型` 页面找到的 :guilabel:`收据` 操作类型，可通过从 .guilabel:`操作类型` 页面选择 " ":guilabel:`收据` 启用 :guilabel:`使用现有批次/序列号` 选项：guilabel:`操作类型` 页面，点击 " ":guilabel:`编辑`，然后点击 :guilabel:`使用现有批次/序列号` 选项旁边的复选框（在:guilabel:`可追溯性` " "部分）。最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " "from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " "option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" "对于位于 :guilabel:`操作类型` 页面上的 :guilabel:`送货订单` 操作类型，如要 :guilabel:`创建新批次/序列号` " "选项，可通过选择在:guilabel:`操作类型`页面中选择 :guilabel:`送货订单`，点击:guilabel:`编辑`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建新批次/序列号` 选项旁边的复选框（在:guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分）。请务必点击 :guilabel:`保存` " "以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "在操作类型表单中启用可追踪性设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "序列号可追溯性" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "制造商和公司可以参考可追溯性报告，了解产品的整个生命周期：产品从哪里来（何时来），在哪里储存，送货对象。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" "要查看产品的完整可追溯性或按序列号分组，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序--> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。这样就会显示 " ":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 仪表板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "在这里，默认情况下会列出已分配序列号的产品，并可展开以显示具体分配给它们的序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "要按序列号（或批次）分组，首先要删除右上角搜索栏中的任何默认筛选器。然后，点击 :guilabel:`分组方式`，并选择 " ":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，这将显示一个迷你下拉菜单。从该迷你下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`应用`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " "serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " "serial number." msgstr "" "这样做会显示所有现有的序列号和批次，并且可以展开以显示具有该分配编号的产品的所有数量。对于不重复使用的唯一序列号，每个序列号只能对应一件产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "带有下拉列表的序列号报告页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " "serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " ":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " "stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " "serial number." msgstr "" "有关单个序列号（或批号）的其他信息，请点击序列号的行项目，以显示该特定序列号的 :guilabel:`序列号` 表单。在此表单中，点击 " ":guilabel:`位置` 和 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮，查看使用该序列号的所有库存，以及使用该序列号进行的任何操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" msgstr "发货和收货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:6 msgid "Inbound and outbound flows" msgstr "入库和出库流量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:8 msgid "" "There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " "(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " "such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " "amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" " handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" "处理仓库接收产品（收货）和运送产品（发货）的方式有多种。根据库存和销售产品的类型、仓库大小以及每天确认的收货和发货单数量等多种因素，产品进出仓库时的处理方式可能会有很大不同。可以为收货和发货配置不同的设置；它们不必配置相同的步骤数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "`使用路由（电子学习教程） `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:16 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" "`推拉规则（电子学习教程）`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:20 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "选择正确的库存流程来处理收货和发货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:22 msgid "" "By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " "one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " "the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " "receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " "perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" " depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" "默认情况下，Odoo " "以三种不同方式处理发货和收货：一步、两步或三步。最简单的配置是一个步骤，这也是默认设置。仓库的收货或发货流程每增加一个步骤，就会在产品收货或发货前增加一层操作。这些配置完全取决于对所存储产品的要求，例如对接收的产品进行质量检查，或对发运的产品使用特殊包装。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:30 msgid "One-step flow" msgstr "一步流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:32 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "单步配置的收货和发货规则如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:34 msgid "" "**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "**收货**：接收产品直接入库。在收货和入库之间没有中间环节，如转移到质量控制地点。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:36 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "**送货**：直接从库存发货。在库存和发货之间没有中间环节，例如转运到包装地点。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:38 msgid "" "Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" "只有在不使用 :abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`、: abbr:`LIFO（后进先出）` 或 :abbr:`FEFO（先到期先出）` " "移除策略时才能使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:40 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." msgstr "收货和/或发货处理迅速。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:41 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "建议用于库存水平较低的小型仓库，和不易腐坏的物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:42 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "物品直接入库或出库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:48 msgid "Two-step flow" msgstr "两步流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:50 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "两步配置的收货和发货规则如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:52 msgid "" "**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " "stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "**输入+库存**：转入库存*之前*，将产品运到输入位置。产品在入库前，可按不同的内部存储位置（如各种货架、冰柜和上锁区域）进行整理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:55 msgid "" "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "**拣货+发货**：发货前将产品运至输出地点。在装运前，可按不同的承运商或装运码头组织包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:57 msgid "" "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "使用批次或序列号追踪产品的最低要求，采用 :abbr:`先进先出`、:abbr:`后进先出` 或 :abbr:`先过期先出` 的移除策略。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:60 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "建议用于库存水平较高的大型仓库，或库存大型物品（如床垫、大型家具、重型机械等）时使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:83 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "收到的产品在转入库存之前不能用于制造、发货等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:69 msgid "Three-step flow" msgstr "三步流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:71 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "三步配置的收货和发货规则如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:73 msgid "" "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "**输入+品质+库存**：在输入地点接收产品，将其转移到质量控制区，并将通过检查的产品移入库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:75 msgid "" "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "**拣选+包装+运输**：根据搬运策略挑选产品，在专用包装区进行包装，并将产品运至输出地点进行装运。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:77 msgid "" "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" "当使用 :abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`、: abbr:`LIFO（后进先出）` 或 :abbr:`FEFO（先过期先出）` " "移除策略时，可用于按批次或序列号追踪产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:80 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "建议用于库存量非常大的大型仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:81 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "适用于所有在物品入库前需要进行质量检验的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "在仓库中组织交叉转运" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "交叉转运是指将收到的产品直接发给客户，而不让产品入库。卡车只需在*交叉转运*区卸货，以便重新整理产品并装到另一辆卡车上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" "有关如何组织仓库的更多信息，请阅读我们的博客： 什么是交叉转运？`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "这样还将启用*储存位置*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" "现在，*入向*和*出向*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "配置产品的交叉转运路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" "创建使用*交叉转运路线*的产品，然后，在库存选项卡中，选择*购买*和*交叉转运*路线。现在，在采购选项卡中，指定向其采购产品的供应商并设定价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" "完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待其他作业*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "现在，前往*采购*应用程序。你可找到系统自动触发的采购订单。确认该订单，并在*入货库位*接收产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并将内部调拨从*入货*变为*出货*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "交货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认交货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Three-step delivery" msgstr "三步交付" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " "include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" "有些公司每天都要处理大量的货物，其中许多包括多种产品或需要特殊包装。为了提高效率，在发货前需要进行包装步骤。为此，Odoo " "提供了一个交付货物的三步流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " "delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " "strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " "into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" "在默认的三步交付流程中，作为交付订单一部分的产品会根据其移除策略在仓库中进行分拣，然后运至包装区。在包装区将物品包装成不同的货物后，在发货前将其运到输出地点。如果这些步骤不符合企业的需要，可以对其进行修改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "To change delivery settings from :doc:`one step " "` to three steps, make sure the *Multi-Step " "Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" "要将交货设置从 :doc:` 一步` 改为三步，请确保在 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 仓库中启用了 *多步骤路线* 选项。请注意，激活 " ":guilabel:`多步骤路线` 也将激活 *存储地点*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "在库存设置中激活多步骤路线和存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:27 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "接下来，需要为三步交付配置仓库。要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`仓库` 进行编辑。然后，为 :guilabel:`出库货物` 选择 :guilabel:`包装货物，在输出中发送货物然后交货（3 " "个步骤）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "设置发货选项，分三个步骤发货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " "rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " "and update the name." msgstr "" "激活三步收货和交货会创建两个新的内部位置：*包装区域* (WH/Packing Zone) 和 *输出* " "(WH/Output)。要重新命名这些位置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`，点击要更改的 " ":guilabel:`位置` 并更新名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:42 msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "分三步交付（拣货 + 包装 + 发货）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:35 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "创建销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " "which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "要创建新报价，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建`，这将显示一个空白报价表。在空白报价表中，选择 " ":guilabel:`客户`，添加可存储的 :guilabel:`产品`，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " "quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " "delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" "确认销售订单后，出现了送货智能按钮，显示了三个项目\n" "与之相关。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:60 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "处理拣货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" "another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:70 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " "order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`," " since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is " "completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:76 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " "picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. " "Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the " "products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" " packing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:93 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "处理包装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "点击与销售订单关联的包装单，然后点击 :guilabel:`验证` 以完成包装。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" "output location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:111 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "包装订单通过验证，产品将离开 :guilabel:`WH/包装区` 位置并移动到 :guilabel:`WH/出库` 位置。然后，文件状态将变为 " ":guilabel:`完成`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:116 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "处理送货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:126 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "点击送货单上的验证，将产品从输出位置转移到客户位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:134 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "一旦交货订单通过验证，产品就会离开 :guilabel:`WH/Output` 位置并移动到 :guilabel:`合作伙伴/客户` " "位置。然后，文件状态将变为 :guilabel:`完成`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" msgstr "使用代销方式直接从供应商发货给客户" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " "items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " "purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" " it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " "supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" "代发货是一种订单履行策略，允许卖家直接从供应商向客户发货。通常情况下，卖家从供应商处购买产品，将其储存在自己的库存中，一旦客户下单，就将其运送给最终客户。有了代发货服务，供应商负责储存和运送商品。这有利于卖方降低库存成本，包括运营仓库的价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:12 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" msgstr "配置要代销的产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "" "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "要使用代发货作为履行策略，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购`应用程序并选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。在 " ":guilabel:`物流` 标题下，点击 :guilabel:`代发货` 复选框，然后点击:guilabel:`保存` 完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " "--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" " configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" "接下来，进入 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，点击 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品` 并选择一个现有产品或选择 " ":guilabel:`创建` 配置一个新产品。在 :guilabel:`产品` 页面，确保启用了 :guilabel:`可以出售` 和 " ":guilabel:`可以购买` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " "product form." msgstr "在产品表单上启用“可销售”和“可购买”复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " "that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " "vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " "purchase orders." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，指定供应商及其产品售价。可以添加多个供应商，但采购订单会自动选择列表顶部的供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "指定了供应商的产品表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:35 msgid "" "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "最后，选择 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，并启用 :guilabel:`路径` 部分中的 :guilabel:`代发货` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "在产品库存选项卡中启用代发货选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:43 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" msgstr "使用代发货方式履行订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a " "sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for " "quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales " "orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart " "button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " "(Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" "当客户完成在线购买代发货产品时，将自动创建一个销售订单，并为供应商创建一个相关的询价单（:abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`）。销售订单可通过选择 " ":menuselection:`订单 --> 订单` 在 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序中查看。点击销售订单右上方的 " ":guilabel:`采购` 智能按钮，查看相关的 :abbr:`RFQ （询价单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " "--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." msgstr "" "也可通过 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序手动创建代发货销售订单，方法是选择 :menuselection:`订单 --> 订单 -->" " 创建` 并添加为代发货配置的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "右上角有采购智能按钮的代发货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " "purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " "receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in " "the top right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" "一旦 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`得到确认，它就会成为采购订单，并创建代发货收据并与之关联。点击订购单表格右上角的 :guilabel:`收据` " "智能按钮即可查看收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "右上角带有智能收据按钮的代发货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` " "section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. " "Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to " "confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" "代发货收据将在 :guilabel:`收货来自` 部分列出供应商，在 :guilabel:`目标位置` " "部分列出客户。将产品交付给客户后，点击代发货收据左上角的 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮，确认交付数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "交货后验证代发货收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:77 msgid "" "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" "要查看所有代发货订单，只需导航到 :menuselection:`库存` :guilabel:`概览` 面板，然后点击 :guilabel:`代发货` " "卡上的青色 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "点击代发货卡上的绿色按钮，查看所有代发货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "寄售：在不拥有库存的情况进行商品买卖" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " "purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " "will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" "大多数情况下，存放在公司仓库中的产品要么购买自供应商，要么由公司内部生产。不过，供应商有时会让公司在其仓库中储存和销售产品，而无需预先购买这些物品。这就是*寄售*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" "Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " "easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " "storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" "寄售模式让供应商能够更轻松地推广新产品并完成配送。而对于提供仓储的企业（受托方）来说，这不仅能获得可观收益，还可以通过提供仓储服务来收取额外费用，即使这些商品并非自己所有。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "启用寄售设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " "enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "要接收、存储和销售寄售库存，需要在设置中启用该功能。执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置-->设置`，在 " ":guilabel:`可追踪性` 部分，选中 :guilabel:`寄售` 旁边的复选框，然后单击 :guilabel:`保存` 完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "启用库存配置中的寄售设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" msgstr "接收（并存储）寄售库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中启用该功能后，现在可以将寄售库存接收到仓库中。从主 :menuselection:`库存` 仪表板中，单击进入 " ":guilabel:`收据` 部分。然后，单击:guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" "Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " "received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" "寄售存货实际上不是从供应商处购买的，只是接收和储存而已。因此，接收寄售存货时不涉及报价单或采购订单。因此，*每次*接收寄售存货时都要先创建手工收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "选择一个供应商输入到 :guilabel:`收货来源` 字段，然后选择同一供应商输入到 :guilabel:`指定所有者` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" "Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "由于从供应商处收到的产品将归同一供应商所有，因此 :guilabel:`收货来自` 和 :guilabel:`指定所有者` 字段必须匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " "warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " "Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" "设置供应商相关字段后，在 :guilabel:`产品` 行中输入产品，并在 :guilabel:`已完成` 列中设置仓库接收的数量。如果启用了 " ":guilabel:`计量单位` 功能，还可以更改 : abbr:`UoM（计量单位）`。收到所有寄售存货后，:guilabel:`验证` 收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "在创建寄售收据时匹配供应商字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" msgstr "销售和交付寄售存货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "寄售存货进入仓库后，可与其他在产品表单上启用 :guilabel:`可以出售` 选项的库存产品一样进行销售。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" "To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" "要创建销售订单，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，并从 :guilabel:`报价` 概览中点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`。然后，选择一个客户输入 :guilabel:`客户` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`客户` *必须* 不同于提供在仓库接收（和存储）的寄售存货的 :guilabel:`供应商`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " "order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "在订单行的 :guilabel:`产品` 栏下添加寄售产品，设置 :guilabel:`数量` 并在表单上填写其他相关产品详细信息。报价完成后，点击 " ":guilabel:`确认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "寄售存货的销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been confirmed, it becomes a sales order. From here, " "the products can be delivered by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " "button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" msgstr "寄售库存的可追溯性和报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "虽然寄售商品归供货商所有，而不是仓储企业所有，但这些商品*依然*会显示在部分库存报表中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "要查找库存报告，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告`，然后选择要查看的报告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" "Since the consignee does not actually own consignment stock, these products " "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" msgstr "产品移动报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" "To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " "in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " "moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " ":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " ":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" "要按所有权查看寄售产品的移动，请选择 :guilabel:`分组方式` 筛选器，选择 :guilabel:`添加自定义组` 参数，然后选择 " ":guilabel:`来源所有者` 和 :guilabel:`应用` 完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "寄售库存移动历史。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "要查看寄售库存的预测单位，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> 预测库存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" msgstr "现有库存报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" "View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " "report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " "addition to the quantities per location. For consignment products, the " ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" msgstr "上架作业" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations " "upon shipment arrival." msgstr "上架指的是在货物到达后，将商品分配并转运到合适储位的作业流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how" " products move through specified warehouse locations." msgstr "Odoo 可以使用*上架规则* 无缝实现这一目标，这些规则规定了产品在指定仓库位置的移动方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to " "efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval " "for future delivery orders." msgstr "货物到达后，会根据上架规则生成操作，以便高效地将产品移动到指定位置，并确保轻松检索未来交货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can " "also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by " "directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager." msgstr "对于存放特殊商品的仓库来说，上架规则可以根据仓库主管设定的储位，将易挥发性物品分开存放，避免这些物品被存放在相邻区域。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程：上架规则 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated." msgstr "" "要使用上架规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并激活 :guilabel:`仓库` 部分下的 " ":guilabel:` 多步骤路线` 功能。这样，:guilabel:`存储位置` 功能也会自动激活。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "在库存配置设置中激活多步路由。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:36 msgid "Define putaway rule" msgstr "定义上架规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" "To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the " ":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects." msgstr "" "要管理特定产品的存储路径，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 上架规则`。使用 :guilabel:`创建` " "按钮在规则影响的 :guilabel:`产品` 或 :guilabel:`产品类别` 上配置新的上架规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:43 msgid "" "Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or " "package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)." msgstr "" "可按产品/产品类别和/或包装类型定义上架规则（为此必须在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用 *包装* " "设置）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:47 msgid "" "In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where " "the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Store to` location." msgstr "在同一行中，:guilabel:`当产品到达` 位置时，将触发上架规则，以创建一个操作，将产品移动至 :guilabel:`存储到`位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:50 msgid "" "For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*" " of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside " "`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)." msgstr "" "要使其生效，:guilabel:`存储至` 位置必须是第一个位置的 *子位置*（例如，`WH/Stock/Fruits` 是 `WH/Stock` " "中一个特定命名的位置，以便于找到存储在这里的产品）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:55 msgid "" "In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-" "locations:" msgstr "在仓库位置 **WH/Stock** 中，有以下子位置：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:57 msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits" msgstr "WH/Stock/Fruits" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:58 msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables" msgstr "WH/Stock/Vegetables" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:60 msgid "" "Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field " ":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the " ":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" "当 :guilabel:`产品`，`苹果` 到达 `WH/Stock` 时，通过在字段 :guilabel:`存储至` 中填写位置 " "`WH/Stock/Fruits` 来确保所有苹果都存储在水果区。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:63 msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "对所有产品重复上述操作，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots." msgstr "为苹果和胡萝卜创建入库规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:70 msgid "Putaway rule priority" msgstr "入库规则优先" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from " "highest to lowest) until a match is found:" msgstr "Odoo 根据以下优先级列表（从高到低）选择入库规则，直到找到匹配的规则：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:75 msgid "Package type and product" msgstr "包装类型和产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:76 msgid "Package type and product category" msgstr "包装类型和产品类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:79 msgid "Product category" msgstr "产品类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:82 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:" msgstr "产品`柠檬汽水罐`配置了以下入库规则：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:84 msgid "" "When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it " "is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "当收到`一托`（:guilabel:`包装类型`）`柠檬汽水罐`时，它将被重新安排至`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" "`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when " "receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected" " to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`." msgstr "" "`柠檬汽水罐`的:guilabel:`产品类别`是`全部/饮品`。当收到产品类别中任何物品的一个`盒子`时，物品将被重新定向到`WH/Stock/Shelf" " 1`位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:88 msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`" msgstr "`托盘`上的任何产品都会重定向到 `WH/Stock/Pallets`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:89 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" msgstr "产品 `柠檬汽水罐` 重新定向到 `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:90 msgid "" "Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small" " Refrigerator`." msgstr "`所有/饮料`产品类别中的项目被重定向到`WH/Stock/Small Refrigerator`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "入库规则一些示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "One-step receipt and delivery" msgstr "一步收货和发货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " "stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " "stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " "step receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:10 msgid "" "Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " "steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " "three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:13 msgid "" "In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "Configure the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " "section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " "step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接接收产品(1步收货）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "创建采购订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 msgid "" "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" " a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "receipt for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:89 msgid "" "Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" msgstr "处理收据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." msgstr "查看收据（与上述订购单相关）时，点击:guilabel:`验证` 完成收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." msgstr "通过验证智能按钮验证订购单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " "(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " "enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " "the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." msgstr "" "如果激活了 :guilabel:`存储位置'，点击 :guilabel:`️🗑️（垃圾桶）`删除图标旁边的 " ":guilabel:`≣（符号列）`，启用:guilabel:`详细操作`屏幕。这允许指定接收产品的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "" "Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" "pop-up." msgstr "在弹出的详细操作中为接收的产品选择存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " "Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " "here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " "of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " "reception process in one step." msgstr "" "一旦收据通过验证，产品就会离开 :guilabel:`供应商位置` 并进入 " ":guilabel:`仓库/库存地点`。一旦到达这里，产品就可以用于生产、销售等。然后，文件状态将变为 " ":guilabel:`完成`，从而一步完成接收过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接出货（1步）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 msgid "" "Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " "make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" "首先，导航到:menuselection:`销售` 应用程序主仪表板，点击 :guilabel:`新建` " "创建一个新报价。然后从下拉菜单中选择（或创建）一个 :guilabel:`客户`，在订单行中添加一个可存储的 :guilabel:`产品`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`确认` 将报价单最终确定为销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "delivery order for the sales order." msgstr "在 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`表单的右上角会出现一个 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮 — 点击它可显示销售订单的相关交货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "确认销售订单后，会出现智能交货按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 msgid "" "Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" "交货单也可在 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序中找到。在 :guilabel:`概览`仪表板中，点击:guilabel:`送货订单` " "看板卡中的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:192 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "处理交货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." msgstr "查看交货单（与上述销售订单相关联）时，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 即可完成交货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the delivery order." msgstr "验证交货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125 msgid "" "Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" " location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " ":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." msgstr "" "一旦分拣订单通过验证，产品就会离开 :guilabel:`仓库/库存位置` 并移动到 :guilabel:`合作伙伴/客户位置`。然后，文件状态将变为 " ":guilabel:`完成`，从而一步完成交货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Two-step receipt and delivery" msgstr "两步收发" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " "before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " "products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " "receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " "locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." msgstr "" "根据公司的业务流程，在接收或运送产品之前可能需要多个步骤。在两步收货流程中，产品先在输入区收货，然后转入库存。两步收货法在使用不同存储位置（如上锁或安全区域、冰柜和冰箱或不同货架）时效果最佳。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:10 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " "products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" " into stock." msgstr "可以根据产品的存放地点对其进行分类，员工可以将运往特定地点的所有产品入库。产品在转入库存之前不能进行进一步处理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:14 msgid "" "In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" " are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " "brought to an output location before being shipped." msgstr "在两步送货流程中，属于送货订单一部分的产品会根据其搬运策略从仓库中分拣出来，然后运到输出地点，然后再进行装运。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " "being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed in order " "to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing shipments" " do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, products can be " "received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the following example, " "two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "Configure multi-step routes" msgstr "配置多步骤路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " "the changes." msgstr "" "首先，确保在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中的 :guilabel:`仓库` 标题下启用 " ":guilabel:`多步骤路线` 选项。启用设置后，:guilabel:`保存`更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." msgstr "激活 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 设置也将激活 :guilabel:`存储位置` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " "deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." msgstr "接下来，需要为两步收货和交货配置仓库。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，点击仓库更改仓库设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" " :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " "then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " "steps." msgstr "设置收货和发货选项，分两步收货和发货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:57 msgid "" "Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " "*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." " To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " "form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " "necessary)." msgstr "" "激活两步收货和送货将创建新的*输入*和*输出*位置，默认情况下，在 :guilabel:`位置` 仪表板上分别标为 " ":guilabel:`WH/Input` 和 :guilabel:`WH/Output` 。要重新命名这些位置，请转到 " ":menuselection:`配置 --> 位置`，然后选择要更改的 :guilabel:`位置`。在位置表单中，更新 " ":guilabel:`位置名称` 并进行其他更改（如有必要）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:64 msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:75 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " "configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " "connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " "warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" " the end of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " "— click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "确认订购单后，会出现一个智能收据按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 msgid "" "The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is" " confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the " "receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be" " :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen " "until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will " "only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Input location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 msgid "Process the internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " "dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " "view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:126 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " "button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:155 msgid "" "Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 msgid "Process the picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 msgid "" "The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is " "confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to " "reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" " the delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery " "order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery " "cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery " "order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" " as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" "Operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:181 msgid "" "Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product " "is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the " "delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked," " the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " "on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, " "on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " "begin." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:199 msgid "" "The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be " "quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again," " and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " "should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " "then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and " "moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " "the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Three-step receipt" msgstr "三步收据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "有些公司在接收供应商的货物之前需要一个质量控制流程。为此，Odoo 提供了三步收货流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " "quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" "在三步收货流程中，产品在输入区收货，然后转移到质量区进行检验。通过质量检验的产品被转入库存。产品在转出质量区并进入库存之前，不能用于进一步加工。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed in order " "to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* " "option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" "Odoo 默认配置为 " ":doc:`收货和发货一步到位`，因此需要更改设置才能使用三步收货。首先，确保在 " ":menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 仓库` 中启用 *多步骤路线* 选项。请注意，激活 " ":guilabel:`多步骤路线` 也将激活 *存储位置*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "在库存设置中激活多步骤路线和存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" "接下来，需要为三步收据配置仓库。要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "仓库`，然后选择需要编辑的仓库。这样就会显示该特定仓库的详细表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`仓库` 详细表格页面，为 :guilabel:`进货` 选择 :guilabel:`收货、质检、入库（三步）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "设置收货选项，分三步接收。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " "To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" "激活三步收货和交货会创建两个新的内部位置： *输入* (WH/Input) 和*质量控制* (WH/Quality " "Control)。要重新命名这些位置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "位置`，然后单击点击所需的位置以更改（或更新）名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "三步处理收货（收货+质检+入库）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " "(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" "要创建一个新的 :abbr:`RfQ（询价单）`，请导航到 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 新建`，这将显示一个空白的 " ":abbr:`RfQ（询价单）`表单页面。在此页面上，选择 :guilabel:`供应商`，添加一个可存储的 :guilabel:`产品`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`确认订单`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" "右上方将出现一个 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮，收据将与采购订单关联。点击 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮将显示收据订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "处理收据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " "confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " "other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be " ":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " "status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked " ":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " "smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " ":guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "转移至品控进行处理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " "kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, " "the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " "manufacturing or delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "处理库存转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " "product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " "stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "利用虚拟地点从多个仓库销售库存产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "对于规模较小的公司来说，从一个仓库保存存货和销售存货可能是可行的，但规模较大的公司可能需要在多个地点的多个仓库保存存货或销售存货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" "Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from " "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "在 Odoo 中，可以使用*虚拟位置*从多个仓库提取产品，以满足销售需求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to " "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "本文档中介绍的解决方案使用虚拟仓库来完成多个仓库的订单，但存在一些局限性。在继续之前，请考虑以下几点：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a " "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" "当在销售订单上将 :guilabel:`仓库` 字段设置为虚拟仓库时，虚拟仓库的地址会在拣货、包装和发货单上显示，而**不是**实际仓库的地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" "Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock" " in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real " "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" "每个位置都有一个 `warehouse_id` （隐藏字段）。这意味着虚拟仓库的存货**不是**真实仓库的存货总和，而是仓库 ID " "为虚拟仓库的位置库存的总和。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" "Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or " ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" "使用 :doc:`两步 " "<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_twoo_steps>` 或" " " ":doc:`三步交付<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" " 的潜在限制：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "各种表格上的输出区或包装区被错误地列为虚拟仓库的地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." msgstr "对于两步式或三步式送货流程，没有其他替代方案。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "**仅**在将虚拟仓库的地址设为出货区或打包区符合公司工作流程的情况下，才可继续操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the " "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "要在仓库中创建虚拟位置并进入以下步骤，必须启用 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`仓库` 部分，并启用" " :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步路线` 选项。然后，:guilabel:`保存` 完成更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" msgstr "创建虚拟母级位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." msgstr "在创建任何虚拟库存位置之前，先创建一个新仓库，它将作为其他实体仓库的*母级*仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " "out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" "虚拟仓库功能特别适合管理多个实体仓库的企业。当一个仓库的某种产品库存不足，而其他仓库还有现货时，可以通过虚拟仓库将多个仓库的库存统筹起来，满足同一个销售订单的需求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "“虚拟” 仓库可以汇总企业所有实体仓库的库存信息，并在Odoo 中建立清晰的库位层级架构，便于追踪管理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the " "warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and " "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" "要创建新仓库，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`。在此，可更改仓库的 :guilabel:`名称` 和 :guilabel:`简称`，还可在 " ":guilabel:`仓库配置` 标签下更改其他仓库细节。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. " "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 完成创建 *常规* 仓库。继续按照以下步骤完成虚拟母仓库的配置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "新仓库表单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`" msgstr ":doc:`仓库配置<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" msgstr ":ref:`进出货物 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" msgstr "创建子仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "创建至少两个*子*仓库与虚拟仓库链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "为了从多个仓库中提取存货来完成销售订单，至少需要有**两个**仓库作为虚拟母仓库的子仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding " "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，点击 :guilabel:`创建`，然后按照 " ":ref:`先前说明 ` 配置物理库存位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" msgstr "**母级仓库**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：`虚拟仓库`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：`VWH/Stock`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" msgstr "**子仓库**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：`仓库 A` 和 `仓库 B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：`WHA` 和 `WHB`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "展示了母级库位及其关联的子级库位 'WHA' 和 'WHB' 的结构图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" "While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this " "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" "虽然虚拟库存位置稍后将更改为 '视图'，但此时 :guilabel:`位置类型` ** 必须**为 :guilabel:`内部位置`，以便在下一节中 " ":ref:`关联子仓库 `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" msgstr "将子仓库链接到虚拟库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" "To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location " "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" "要将物理仓库设置为在 :ref:`上一步 ` 中配置的虚拟位置的子位置，请导航至 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" "Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse " ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" "删除搜索栏中的任何筛选器。然后，点击先前创建为子位置（如 `WHA`）的物理仓库 :guilabel:`位置`，然后点击 :guilabel:`编辑`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" "Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical " "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "从下拉菜单中将 :guilabel:`母位置` 字段从 :guilabel:`实体位置` " "改为虚拟仓库的**库存位置**（例如，`VWH/Stock`），然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" "To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent " "Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. " "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" "要在 :guilabel:`母位置` 下拉菜单中选择虚拟仓库的库存位置，母仓库库存位置（如 `VWH/Stock`）**必须**将其 " ":guilabel:`位置类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`内部位置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "将子仓库的*母位置*设置为虚拟仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "重复前面的步骤，配置两个或更多子仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" "Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills " "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "" "一旦完成，虚拟母仓库（如 `VWH/Stock`）会在任何一个地点库存不足时，使用子仓库（如 `WHA` 和 `WHB`）的库存来完成订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" msgstr "将虚拟库存位置设置为 “视图”" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" "Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to " ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" "将虚拟库存位置的 :guilabel:`位置类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`视图`，因为它是一个不存在的位置，用于将各种物理仓库组合在一起。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" "Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was " ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" "从 :guilabel:`位置` 列表中点击 :ref:`之前创建 ` " "的虚拟仓库库存位置（例如 `VWH/Stock`）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" "On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, " "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" "在位置表单的 :guilabel:`其他信息` 标题下，将 :guilabel:`位置类型` 设为 " ":guilabel:`视图`。:guilabel:`保存` 更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "位置创建屏幕中的仓库位置类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "要查看**所有**链接子仓库的总数量，请转到产品表单并点击 :guilabel:`现有` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." msgstr "显示所有链接仓库的库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" msgstr "例如：从虚拟仓库销售产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, " "the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at " "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "要使用虚拟母位置从多个仓库销售产品，数据库必须至少配置**两个**仓库，每个仓库至少有**一种**产品和库存数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" msgstr "以下产品 `玩具士兵` 在每个地点都有供应，数量如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" msgstr "`WHA/Stock` : 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" msgstr "`WHB/Stock` : 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." msgstr "仓库 `WHA` 和 `WHB` 是虚拟仓库 `VWH` 的子仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" "Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, " "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" "通过导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序并点击 :guilabel:`创建` 来创建产品报价。在报价单上添加 " ":guilabel:`客户` 并点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 添加存储在两个仓库中的两种产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" "然后，点击销售订单表单上的 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`送货` 部分，将 :guilabel:`仓库` " "字段值更改为 :ref:`之前创建 ` 的虚拟仓库。接下来，:guilabel:`确认` " "销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." msgstr "将虚拟仓库设置为销售订单 *其他信息* 选项卡中的 *仓库* 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse " "delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" "然后，点击 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。在仓库交货表单中，确认 :guilabel:`源位置` 值与销售订单中的 " ":guilabel:`仓库` 字段值相匹配。两者都应列出虚拟仓库位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the " ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" "最后，在仓库交付表单的 :guilabel:`详细操作` 选项卡下，确认每个产品的 :guilabel:`来自` 列中的 :guilabel:`位置` " "与绑定到虚拟母位置的子位置相匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "与源位置和子位置相匹配的送货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" "仓库交货单上的 :guilabel:`来源位置` 和销售订单上 :guilabel:`其他信息` 标签下的 :guilabel:`仓库` " "**必须**匹配，才能从不同仓库提取销售订单中的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "如果虚拟仓库不在仓库交货表的 :guilabel:`来源位置` 字段中，请重新尝试产品预订：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" "运行调度程序：打开 :ref:`开发者模式`，然后转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 " "--> 运行调度程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." msgstr "点击送货单上的 :guilabel:`检查可用性`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" "如果虚拟仓库**未**分配给销售订单上的 :guilabel:`仓库` 字段，则取消该订单，并在 :guilabel:`仓库` " "字段中设置虚拟仓库，创建新的销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " "the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" "如果销售订单表中缺少 :guilabel:`仓库` 字段，则可能未正确设置多个子仓库。查看 :ref:`前部分 " "` 以确保设置正确。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " "orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" "要使用虚拟*母*仓库作为销售订单的默认仓库，每个销售人员都应从其员工表单上 :guilabel:`默认仓库` 旁边的下拉菜单中指定虚拟仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "员工表格上的默认仓库位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:3 msgid "Storage categories" msgstr "存储类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:5 msgid "" "A *storage category* is used with :doc:`putaway rules `, as an " "extra location attribute to automatically propose optimal storage locations " "for products." msgstr "*存储类别* 与 :doc:`上架规则` 一起使用，作为额外的位置属性，自动为产品提出最佳存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:8 msgid "Follow these steps to complete the setup:" msgstr "请按照以下步骤完成设置：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:10 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable the Storage Category feature `" msgstr ":ref:`启用存储类别功能 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:11 msgid "" ":ref:`Define a storage category ` with " "specific limitations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:12 msgid "" "Assign a :ref:`category to storage locations `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:13 msgid "" "Add the storage category as an attribute to a :ref:`putaway rule " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`putaway`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:20 msgid "" "Assigning categories to storage locations tells Odoo these locations meet " "specific requirements, such as temperature or accessibility. Odoo then " "evaluates these locations, based on defined capacity, and recommends the " "best one on the warehouse transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:28 msgid "" "To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " "ensure the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "features are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:32 msgid "" "Next, activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst-1 msgid "Show the Storage Categories feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:41 msgid "Define storage category" msgstr "定义存储类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:43 msgid "" "A storage category with specific limitations **must** be created first, " "before it is applied to locations, in order to decide the optimal storage " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:49 msgid "" "On the storage category form, type a name for the category in the " ":guilabel:`Storage Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:52 msgid "" "Options are available to limit capacity by weight, product, and package " "type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:55 msgid "" "Weight limits can be combined with capacity by package or product (e.g. a " "maximum of one hundred products with a total weight of two hundred " "kilograms)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:58 msgid "" "While it is possible to limit capacity by product and package type at the " "same location, it may be more practical to store items in different amounts " "across various locations, as shown in this example of :ref:`capacity by " "package `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the location is " "considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr ":guilabel:`如果位置为空`：只有当位置为空时，才能在此处添加产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr ":guilabel:`如果产品相同`：只有在相同产品已经存在的情况下，才能在此处添加产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr ":guilabel:`允许混合产品`：该位置可以同时存储多个不同的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:72 msgid "" "When clicked, the :guilabel:`Location` smart button shows which storage " "locations the category has been assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:76 msgid "Capacity by weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:78 msgid "" "On a storage category form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Storage Categories`), set a maximum product weight in the :guilabel:`Max" " Weight` field. This limit applies to each location assigned this storage " "category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:83 msgid "Capacity by product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:85 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to " "input items, and enter their capacities in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:89 msgid "" "Ensure only a maximum of five `Large Cabinets` and two `Corner Desk Right " "Sit` are stored at a single storage location, by specifying those amounts in" " the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab of a storage category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Show storage category limiting by product count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:100 msgid "Capacity by package" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:102 msgid "" "For companies using :doc:`packages " "<../../product_management/configure/package>`, it becomes possible to ensure" " real-time storage capacity checks, based on package types (e.g., crates, " "bins, boxes, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:107 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Packages` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Settings` to show the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` " "tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:111 msgid "" "Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items, by creating the `High " "Frequency pallets` storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, specify the number of packages " "for the designated :guilabel:`Package Type`, and set a maximum of `2.00` " "`Pallets` for a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Create a storage category on the page." msgstr "在页面上创建存储类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:124 msgid "Assign to location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the storage category is created, assign it to a location. Navigate to " "the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Locations`, and select the desired location. Then, select the created " "category in the :guilabel:`Storage Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:131 msgid "" "Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category (which limits pallets " "stored at any location to two pallets) to the `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-" "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "创建存储类别后，可将其链接到仓库位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:141 msgid "Putaway rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:143 msgid "" "With the :ref:`storage category ` and " ":ref:`location ` set up, create the " ":doc:`putaway rule ` by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:147 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the putaway rule. In the " ":guilabel:`Having Category` field of the new putaway rule form, select the " "storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:151 msgid "" "Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage " "category is assigned to the putaway rule directing pallets of lemonade to " "locations with the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category :ref:`assigned " "to them `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "用于各种入库规则的存储类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:160 msgid "Use case: limit capacity by package" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:162 msgid "" "To limit the capacity of a storage location by a specific number of " "packages, :ref:`create a storage category with a Capacity By Package " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:165 msgid "" "Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage " "category is assigned to the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:168 msgid "" "Then, :ref:`putaway rules ` are set, so that " "any pallets received in the warehouse are directed to be stored in `PAL1` " "and `PAL2` locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:171 msgid "" "Depending on the number of pallets on-hand at each of the storage locations," " when one pallet of lemonade cans is received, the following scenarios " "happen:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:174 msgid "" "If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are empty, the pallet is redirected to " "`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:175 msgid "" "If `PAL1` is full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:176 msgid "" "If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to " "`WH/Stock/Pallets`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," " which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "在仓库内" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " "storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " "receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " "Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " "to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective " "boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be " "delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:46 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "拉动规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "使用 *拉规则* ，对某些产品的需求会触发采购，而 *推规则* 是由到达特定位置的产品触发的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:51 msgid "" "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " "*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" "拉取规则用于履行销售订单。 Odoo 在*客户位置*为订单中的每个产品生成需求。由于拉取规则是由需求触发的，因此 Odoo 会查找在 *客户位置* " "上定义的拉取规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:55 msgid "" "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "在本例中，找到将产品从 *发货区域* 转移到 *客户位置* 的“交货订单” 拉取规则，并创建两个位置之间的转移。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " "*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" "然后，Odoo 找到了另一个试图满足 *运输区域* 需求的拉动规则：将产品从 *包装区域* 转移到 *运输区域* 的 “包装” " "规则。最后，触发其他拉动规则，直到创建 *库存* 和 *提货区域* 之间的转移。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:64 msgid "" "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" " pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " "backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" "所有这些产品转移都是由 Odoo " "根据拉动规则自动生成的，从末端（客户位置）开始向后（库存仓库）。工作时，操作员以相反的顺序处理这些转移：首先是拣货，然后是包装，最后是交货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:70 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "拉取规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" "另一方面，*拉动规则* " "更容易理解。它们不是根据需求生成文档，而是在产品到达特定位置时实时触发。拉动规则基本上为：“当产品到达特定位置时，将其移动到另一个位置。”" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:76 msgid "" "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " "Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" "拉动规则的一个示例是：当产品到达*收货区域*时，将其移动到*存储位置*。由于不同的产品可以应用不同的推送规则，因此用户可以为不同的产品分配不同的存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:80 msgid "" "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "另一个拉动规则可能是：当产品到达某个位置时，将它们移动到*质量控制区*。然后，质量检查完成后，将它们移至*存储位置*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "仅当没有已生成产品转移的拉动规则时，才能触发推送规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 msgid "" "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " "rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " "example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" "像这样的推/拉规则集称为*路线*。规则的分组决定产品是否分组在同一传输中。例如，在拣货操作期间，所有订单及其产品都在一次传输中分组，而包装操作则按照每个客户订单的分组。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96 msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "使用路线和规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "由于 *路线* 是 *推拉规则* 的集合，因此 Odoo 可帮助您管理高级路线配置，例如：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:101 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "管理产品的制造链。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "管理每个产品的默认位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "根据业务需求定义仓库内的路线，例如品控、售后服务或供应商退货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:105 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要配置产品的路线，首先，打开 :guilabel:`库存` 应用程序并转到 :guilabel:`配置 --> 设置`。然后，在 " ":guilabel:`仓库` 部分中，启用 :guilabel:`多步路线` 功能并点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:119 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:123 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "预配置的路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:125 msgid "" "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "要访问 Odoo 的预配置路线，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " "仓库`。然后，打开仓库表单。在仓库配置选项卡中，用户可以查看仓库预配置的进货路线和出货路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Odoo 库存中预配置的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:134 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " "user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" "还提供一些更高级的路线，例如提货-包装-运输。用户可以选择最适合其业务需求的路线。设置 :guilabel:`进货` 和 :guilabel:`出货` " "路线后，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线` 查看 Odoo 生成的具体路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "查看 Odoo 提供的所有预配置路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:143 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " "the route form, the user can view which places the route is " ":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " "a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`路线` " "页面上，点击一条路线以打开路线表单。在路线表单中，用户可以查看该路线适用于哪些地点。用户还可以将路由设置为仅适用于特定的 " ":guilabel:`公司`。这对于多公司环境很有用；例如，用户可以在 A 国/地区拥有一家公司和仓库，在 B 国/地区拥有第二家公司和仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:153 msgid "" "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " ":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:162 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "定制路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:164 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:175 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " "be manually set on the product category form by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:180 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " "the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:188 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " ":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:196 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:200 msgid "" "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "允许向销售订单添加新行的菜单视图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "最后，还有一些可以应用于产品的路线。这些工作或多或少类似于产品类别：一旦选择，必须在产品表单上手动设置路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:210 msgid "" "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " "--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:222 msgid "Rules" msgstr "规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:224 msgid "" "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" " specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " "from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " "in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:242 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " "two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " "at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:249 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:257 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:260 msgid "" "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:266 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:268 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " "products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "Example flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:275 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278 msgid "" "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "为了准备交货单，输出区域需要包装产品，因此需要从包装区域进行内部转移。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:318 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:325 msgid "" "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " "process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " "which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" " (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods.rst:5 msgid "Picking methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "批量拣货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "*批量拣货*使单个拣选员能够同时处理多个订单，减少了在仓库中导航到同一位置所需的时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:10 msgid "" "When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "在批量拣货时，订单会被分组并合并成一个拣货清单。拣货完成后，批次将被带到一个出库位置，产品将按照各自的交货包装进行分类。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" msgstr ":ref:`使用条形码应用程序进行拣取`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " "this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" "由于订单在分拣后必须在输出地点进行分类，因此这种分拣方法适合经常订购少量产品的企业。将需求量大的产品存放在容易到达的地点，可以提高订单的完成效率。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:24 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:32 msgid "" "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:40 msgid "" "Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" " settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:43 msgid "" "From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " "options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " ":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:128 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery in two steps " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:56 msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:58 msgid "" "Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:61 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:73 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:76 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:78 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:81 msgid "" "A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:92 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:103 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:105 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:114 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " "(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:148 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:125 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:137 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "处理批量调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:139 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 批量调拨` 页面处理批量调拨。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:142 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" "在此处，从列表中选择要调拨的产品。然后，在批量调拨表单的 :guilabel:`已完成` 选项卡下输入每个产品的 :guilabel:`详细操作` " "数量。最后，选择 :guilabel:`验证` 以完成拣选。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:147 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" "当 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮突出显示为紫色时，请确定批次调拨已完成。如果 :guilabel:`查看可用性` " "按钮高亮显示，则表示批次中有些项目目前**无**库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " "product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:163 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:165 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" " for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" "要查看完整的产品列表，请切换到 :guilabel:`操作` " "选项卡。在此列表中，:guilabel:`需求`列显示订单所需数量。:guilabel:`保留` " "列显示完成订单的可用库存。最后，:guilabel:`已完成`列说明已拣选并准备好进行下一步的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:171 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:175 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:182 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "创建欠单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:184 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:187 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:189 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:194 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:203 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:205 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:208 msgid "" "By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " "the detailed list of products for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:215 msgid "" "For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " "page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " "record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " "the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " "picking." msgstr "" "对于所选的批量传输，请按照页面顶部黑色背景的说明进行操作。首先扫描产品的条形码以记录单个产品以供拣选。要记录多个数量，请点击 " ":guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 图标，然后输入提货所需的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:221 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "同一订单的产品在左侧标有相同颜色。已完成的拣货以绿色突出显示。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:225 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:229 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:237 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from " ":ref:`batch picking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:13 msgid "" "In this strategy, pickers load a cart with multiple packages, each " "designated for a specific *sales order* (SO). Then, the picker travels to " "each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of " "the associated order." msgstr "" "在此策略中，拣货员将多个包裹装入购物车，每个包裹指定一个特定的 *销售订单*。然后，拣货员前往每个存储位置，并将产品直接放入相关订单的包装中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:17 msgid "" "This method is most efficient for medium-sized companies, with high order " "volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the" " need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking." msgstr "这种方法对于订单量大、独特产品相对较少的中型公司来说最为有效，因为该方法无需在拣货后将产品分类到包装中供客户使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:21 msgid "" "However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent " "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "然而，集群拣货确实有一些缺点。例如，紧急订单无法区分优先级，必须事先手动创建优化批次。因此，拣货过程可能会出现瓶颈。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:28 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:32 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:34 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." msgstr "要同时为三份订单挑选产品，购物车中要装入三个空包装。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:36 msgid "" "Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the " "picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated " "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:40 msgid "" "With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to " "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:50 msgid "" "To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " "options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "在设置中激活*软件包*和*批量传输*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:58 msgid "" "Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:62 msgid "" "*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they " "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "*存储位置* 允许将产品存储在可以从中拣选的特定位置，而 *多步骤路线* 可以实现拣选操作本身。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:65 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "完成后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:74 msgid "Packages setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:76 msgid "" "After the :guilabel:`Packages` feature is enabled, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:79 msgid "" "On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled " "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:83 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:89 msgid "" "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy " "identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using " "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." msgstr "" "为便于识别，用于集群分拣的包装被命名为 `CLUSTER-PACK-3`。在此工作流程中，产品直接使用预定的装运箱进行包装，因此 " ":guilabel:`包装用途` 被设置为 :guilabel:`一次性包装盒`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "创建新软件包表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:98 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "创建群组批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:100 msgid "" "To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together" " in the same batch. After confirming an |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart" " button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing " "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" "要了解集群拣选在 Odoo 中的工作原理，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，并创建将在同一批次中一起完成的 |SOS|。确认 " "|SOS| 后，:guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮将变为可见。图标内显示的数字代表出货流程的步骤数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:106 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:109 msgid "" "After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays " "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " "`Delivery`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:116 msgid "" "With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, " "navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first " "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:120 msgid "" "Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the " ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:124 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:127 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery in one step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:129 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery in three steps <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to " "add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the " ":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" "点击相应传出操作左侧的复选框，将其添加到批次中。选择所需的采样后，点击 :guilabel:`⚙️ 操作（齿轮）` 按钮，并从下拉菜单中选择 " ":guilabel:`添加到批次` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:136 msgid "" "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above " "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" "要创建集群批次，如上面的示例 ` " "所示，在配置了两步发货的仓库中，选择以下提货操作：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:140 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:142 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:151 msgid "" "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add " "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:154 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:164 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "处理批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:166 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:169 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:171 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:175 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is " "configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form `. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container " "during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:179 msgid "" "Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the " "product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:183 msgid "" "Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and " "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:186 msgid "" "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:189 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:197 msgid "In Barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:199 msgid "" "To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "要直接从 *条形码* 应用程序处理集群采摘，请从 *条形码* 面板选择 :guilabel:`批量转移` 按钮。然后，选择所需的批次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:202 msgid "" "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by " "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "在批次转移屏幕上，分拣中的产品按位置分组，每一行都用颜色编码，以便将同一分拣中的产品联系在一起。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for " "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "然后，按照提示 :guilabel:`扫描源位置` 条形码，查看第一个产品的存储位置。然后，扫描产品和包装的条形码以处理传输。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:208 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "对所有产品重复上述操作，然后点击 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:211 msgid "" "To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the " ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" "要查找软件包条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 软件包`，选择所需的软件包，点击软件包表单顶部的 " ":guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标，然后选择 :guilabel:`打印` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:215 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." msgstr "接下来，从三个打印选项中选择一个，从 :guilabel:`软件包参考` 字段生成软件包条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." msgstr "显示可生成包装条形码的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:223 msgid "" "Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location," " `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode " "`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need " "products from this particular location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:227 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:230 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:237 msgid "" "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo " "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "创建批量转移并将包裹分配给拣货后，Odoo 通过在产品名称下显示 *斜体* 名称来建议指定的包裹，确保拣货员将产品放入正确的盒子中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" msgstr "处理波次转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:5 msgid "" "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " "only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" "批量转移是由多个分拣物组成的一组，而**波次转移**只包含不同分拣物的某些部分。这两种方法都用于在仓库中拣选订单，根据具体情况，一种方法可能比另一种方法更适合。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." msgstr "要处理特定产品类别的订单，或提取位于同一地点的产品，波次转移是最理想的方法。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "在 Odoo 中，波次转移实际上是多了一个步骤的批量转移：在将转移分组为一个批次之前，先将其拆分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "在创建波次转移之前，必须激活 :guilabel:`批量转移` 和 :guilabel:`波次转移` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " "the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" "首先，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`操作` 部分，启用 " ":guilabel:`批量转移` 和 :guilabel:`波次转移`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 应用设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "查看 Odoo 清单应用程序设置，启用波次转移选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" msgstr "添加产品到波次中" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." msgstr "现在设置已激活，开始波次转移，将产品添加到波次中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:34 msgid "" "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " "operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " "operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " "desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" "波次转移只能包含来自相同操作类型转账的产品线。要查看特定操作中的所有调拨和产品线，首先转到 :guilabel:`库存` " "仪表板，并找到所需操作类型的卡片。然后，打开选项菜单（操作类型卡片角落的三点图标）并点击 :guilabel:`操作`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "如何获取操作类型的操作列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "在操作页面，选择要添加到新波次或现有波次中的产品系列。然后，点击 :guilabel:`添加到波次`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "选择要添加到波次中的线条。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." msgstr "使用搜索栏中的 :guilabel:`筛选器` 对具有相同产品、地点、运营商等的行进行分组..." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." msgstr "之后，会出现一个弹窗。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56 msgid "" "To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "要将所选行添加到现有的波次转移中，请选择 :guilabel:`现有的波次转移` 选项，并从下拉菜单中选择现有的波次转移。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " "option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" "要创建新的波次转移，请选择 :guilabel:`新的波次转移` 选项。如果创建新的波次转移，也可在可选的 :guilabel:`负责人` " "字段中设置员工。选择所需选项后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 将产品行添加到波次中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" msgstr "查看波次转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66 msgid "" "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" "要查看所有波次转移及其状态，请访问 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 波次转移`。也可在 :guilabel:`条形码` " "应用程序中查看波次转移，方法是进入 :menuselection:`条形码 --> 批次转移`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Removal strategies" msgstr "下架策略" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "For companies with warehouses, **removal strategies** determine which " "products are taken from the warehouse, and when. Removal strategies are " "typically defined for specific picking operations. This helps companies to " "select the best products, optimize the distance workers need to travel when " "picking items for orders, and account for quality control, such as moving " "products with expiration dates." msgstr "" "对于有仓库的公司来说，**移除策略**决定了从仓库搬运哪些产品以及何时搬运。移除策略通常是为特定的分拣操作而定义的。这有助于公司选择最佳产品，优化工人为订单分拣物品时需要走的距离，并考虑质量控制，例如移动过期产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:11 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " "the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " "control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " "date." msgstr "通常，*移动策略*在拣货操作中定义，以选择最佳产品，优化工人的距离，用于质量控制，或首先移动最接近到期日期的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:15 msgid "" "When a product needs to be moved, Odoo finds available products that can be " "assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products depends on the" " :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` defined in either the :guilabel:`Product " "Category` or the :guilabel:`Location` dashboards." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:19 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Locations` or :menuselection:`Product Categories`." " Click on a :guilabel:`Location` or :guilabel:`Product Category`, and then " "click :guilabel:`Edit`. Change the product category :guilabel:`Force Removal" " Strategy` or the location :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` by clicking on the " "drop-down menu and selecting the desired removal strategy. After selecting " "the new removal strategy, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:31 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" msgstr "仓库里发生了什么？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:33 msgid "" "Most warehouses share the same important areas: receiving docks and sorting " "areas, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping/loading " "docks. While all products entering or leaving the warehouse might go through" " each of these locations at some point, removal strategies can have an " "effect on which products are taken, from where, and when." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:38 msgid "" "In this example below, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the " "receiving docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, " "with the reception date and expiration date. After that, products are stored" " in their respective storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:43 msgid "" "Not all products have expiration dates, but in this example, expiration " "dates apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:49 msgid "" "In Odoo, receive products by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application, and in the kanban view, click on either the " ":guilabel:`Receipts` heading or :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button. On the " ":guilabel:`Receipts` dashboard, find and click on the individual receipt " "which will open the warehouse intake form. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " "enter the received quantity in the :guilabel:`Done` column. To finish, " ":guilabel:`Validate` to receive the products and register them in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序接收产品，并在看板视图中点击 :guilabel:`收据` 标题或 " ":guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮。在 :guilabel:`收据` 面板上，找到并点击单个收据，这将打开仓库接收表单。单击 " ":guilabel:`编辑`，然后在 :guilabel:`已完成`栏中输入收到的数量。最后，:guilabel:`验证`接收产品并在 Odoo " "数据库中注册。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:57 msgid "" "Receiving products can also be done within the Odoo *Barcode* application. " "If using the *Barcode* app, scan the product(s), update the quantity, and " "finally, click :guilabel:`Validate`. After products are received in Odoo, " "the products can then be moved to their respective storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:62 msgid "" "Continuing with the same example, below, imagine several sales orders are " "made for the products received earlier, that use expiration dates. In this " "example, the products weren't received on the same day, and they don't have " "the same expiration date. In this situation, logically, sending products " "with the closest expiration date is preferred, instead of products received " "first or last. Using the chosen removal strategy configured for those " "products (in this example, :ref:`FEFO `), Odoo generates a " "transfer for the products with the soonest expiration date to the picking " "area, then the packing area, and finally, to the shipping docks for delivery" " to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking the expiration dates into\n" "account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:77 msgid "" "To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " "transfer form. To learn more about picking and shipping, refer to either the" " :doc:`Two-step delivery " "<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or " ":doc:`Three-step delivery " "<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` " "documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:83 msgid "How each removal strategy works" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:85 msgid "" "Removal strategies determine which products are taken from the warehouse " "when orders are confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:88 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "先进先出（FIFO）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:90 msgid "" "When using a :guilabel:`First In, First Out (FIFO)` strategy, demand for a " "product triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " "lot/serial number that entered the stock first (and therefore, has been in " "stock for the longest time)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:94 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse, and " "have the corresponding lot numbers: `00001`, `00002`, `00003`. Each lot has " "five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:97 msgid "" "Lot `00001` entered the stock on May 23, lot `00002` on May 25, and lot " "`00003` on June 1. A customer orders six boxes on June 11." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:100 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer " "request will pick the five boxes from lot `00001` first, and then from the " "boxes in lot `00002`, since lot `00001` entered the stock first. The box " "from lot `00002` is taken next because it has the oldest receipt date after " "lot `00001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the nail lots to be removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:110 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "后进先出（LIFO）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:112 msgid "" "Similar to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` method, the " ":guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)` removal strategy moves products based " "on the date they entered a warehouse's stock. Instead of removing the oldest" " stock on-hand, however, it targets the **newest** stock on-hand for " "removal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:116 msgid "" "Every time an order for products with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` " "method is placed, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that has " "most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that entered" " the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:121 msgid "" "In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy in" " banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete " "products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:124 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of boxes of screws in the " "warehouse, and have the corresponding lot numbers: `10001`, `10002`, and " "`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws per lot." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:127 msgid "" "Lot `10001` entered the stock on June 1, lot `10002` on June 3, and lot " "`10003` on June 6. A customer orders seven boxes on June 8." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:130 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer is " "requested for seven boxes of screws from lot `10003` because that lot is the" " last one to have entered the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "详细操作显示哪些批次被选中进行拣货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:138 msgid "First Expired, First Out (FEFO)" msgstr "先到期先出（FEFO）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:140 msgid "" "While the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" " Out)` methods target products for removal based on date of entry into the " "warehouse, the :guilabel:`First Expired, First Out (FEFO)` method targets " "products for removal based on their assigned expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:144 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, every " "sales order that includes products with this removal strategy assigned " "ensures that transfers are requested for products with the expiration date " "soonest to the order date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:148 msgid "" "As an example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes. Those three " "lots have the following lot numbers: `20001`, `20002`, and `20003`, each " "with five boxes in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:151 msgid "" "Lot `20001` entered the stock on July 1 and expires on July 15, lot `20002` " "entered on July 2 and expires on July 14, and lot `20003` entered on July 3 " "and expires on July 21. A customer orders six boxes on July 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:155 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` method, a transfer is " "requested for the five boxes from lot `20002` and one from lot `20001`. All " "the boxes in lot `20002` are transferred because they have the earliest " "expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from lot `20001` because" " it has the next closest expiration date after lot `20002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the lots to be removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:165 msgid "Using removal strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "To differentiate some units of products from others, the units need to be " "tracked, either by :guilabel:`Lot` or by :guilabel:`Serial Number`. To do " "so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " "activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, " "and :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings. Click :guilabel:`Save` to " "save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid ":alt: Traceability settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid ":alt: Warehouse settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:181 msgid "" "To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting needs to be activated as well. To " "enable this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Remember to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:187 msgid "" "Now, specific removal strategies can be defined on product categories. To do" " this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and choose a product category to define the removal strategy " "on. In the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, choose a removal " "strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:192 msgid "" "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " "other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " "the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:196 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" " case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " "<../product_management/configure/uom>`). Those three lots have the following" " numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " "with five boxes in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:201 msgid "" ":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " "15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " "of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" " July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " "the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " "transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" " closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " ":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " ":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:210 msgid "" "Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " "Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " "has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:215 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "最近位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:217 msgid "" "The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " "removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," " but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " "that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:221 msgid "" "The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " "bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " "This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " "is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " "alphabetic order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:227 msgid "Use removal strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:229 msgid "" "To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " "either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " "the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:238 msgid "" "To view all products with lots/serial numbers assigned to them, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. This " "reveals a page with drop-down menus of all products assigned lots or serial " "numbers, filtered by *product* by default. To change the category these " "products are filtered by, click :guilabel:`Product` (in the search bar, in " "the top right of the page) to remove the default filter, and select a new " "filter if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Click on Products, then Lots/Serial Numbers to display all the products with lots or serial\n" "numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:249 msgid "" "To view the serial numbers being selected for a sales order, go to the " ":guilabel:`Sales app` and select the sales order in question. In the sales " "order, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top right. In the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (Detailed Operations)` " "icon in the far right for the product in question. The :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` window appears, and displays the lot or serial numbers selected " "for that specific product for the delivery order." msgstr "" "要查看为销售订单选择的序列号，请转到 :guilabel:`销售应用程序` 并选择有关销售订单。在销售订单中，单击右上角的 :guilabel:`送货`" " 智能按钮。在:guilabel:`操作'选项卡中，点击产品最右侧的:guilabel:`⦙≣（详细操作）'图标。出现 :guilabel:`详细操作`" " 窗口，显示为该特定产品选择的交货单批号或序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:257 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "FIFO（先进先出）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:259 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies that " "products which enter a warehouse's stock first are removed first. Companies " "should use this method if they are selling products with short demand " "cycles, such as clothes, to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles " "in stock." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`清除策略是指先进入仓库库存的产品先出库。如果公司销售需求周期短的产品（如服装），则应使用这种方法，以确保库存中不会有过时的款式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:264 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " "the *All/Clothes* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal strategy. In " "the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different receipts are" " listed with the amounts." msgstr "" "在本例中，有三批白色衬衫。这些衬衫来自 *全部/服装* 类别，其中 *FIFO* 被设为移除策略。在 :guilabel:`库存估价报告` " "中，列出了三个不同收据的金额。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "View of the lots of white shirts in the inventory valuation report." msgstr "查看库存评估报告中的白衬衫批次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:272 msgid "" "Lot `000001` contains five shirts, lot `000002` contains three shirts, and " "lot `000003` contains two shirts." msgstr "批次 `000001` 包含五件衬衫，批次 `000002` 包含三件衬衫，批次 `000003` 包含两件衬衫。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:275 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this " "example, the :guilabel:`White Shirt`) from the drop-down menu, or type in " "the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, " "`6.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "要查看移除策略的实际效果，请转到 :menuselection:`销售应用程序` 并单击 :guilabel:`创建` " "以创建销售订单。然后，从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`客户`。然后单击 :guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡中的 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`。从下拉菜单中选择产品（本例中为 :guilabel:`白衬衫`），或在字段中输入产品名称。在 " ":guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入数量（本例中为`6.00`），然后单击 :guilabel:`保存`，再单击 :guilabel:`确认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and " "linked to the picking, and the oldest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to" " the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. All five shirts from lot " "`000001` and one shirt from lot `000002` will be selected to be sent to the " "customer." msgstr "" "销售订单确认后，将创建交货订单并将其与分拣联系起来，并通过 :abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`策略保留批号。将从批次 `000001` " "中选出五件衬衫和批次 `000002` 中选出一件衬衫发送给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "采用先进先出策略为销售订单预留两个批次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:292 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "LIFO （后进先出）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:294 msgid "" "The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy works in the " "**opposite** manner from the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. " "With this method, the products that are received **last** are moved out " "first. This method is mostly used for products without a shelf life, and no " "time-sensitive factors, such as expiration dates." msgstr "" ":abbr:`LIFO（后进先出）`策略的工作方式与:abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`策略相反。采用这种方法时，**后**收到的产品会先出库。这种方法主要用于没有保质期和没有时间敏感因素（如过期日期）的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:299 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of cinder blocks. The blocks are from " "the *All/Building Materials* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " "strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different" " receipts are listed with the amounts." msgstr "" "本例中有三批煤渣砖。这些煤渣块来自 *全部/建筑材料* 类别，其中 *FIFO* 被设为移除策略。在 :guilabel:`库存估价报告` " "中，列出了三个不同的收据和金额。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "View of the lots of cinder blocks in the inventory valuation report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:307 msgid "" "Lot `000020` contains three cinder blocks, lot `000030` contains five cinder" " blocks, and lot `0000400` contains four cinder blocks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:310 msgid "" "To see how the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy works, first " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and select a product category (for this example, the " ":guilabel:`All/Building Materials` category) to edit. This reveals a product" " category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:315 msgid "" "Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, " "change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :guilabel:`Last In First " "Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Last in first out (LIFO) strategy set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:322 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this " "example, the :guilabel:`Cinder Block`) from the drop-down menu, or type in " "the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, " "`5.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "要查看移除策略的实际效果，请转到 :menuselection:`销售应用程序` 并单击 :guilabel:`创建` " "以创建销售订单。然后，从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`客户`。然后单击 :guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡中的 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`。从下拉菜单中选择产品（本例中为 :guilabel:`煤渣块`），或在字段中输入产品名称。在 " ":guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入数量（本例中为`5.00`），然后单击 :guilabel:`保存`，再单击 :guilabel:`确认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:329 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and " "linked to the picking, and the newest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to" " the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy. All four cinder blocks from" " lot `0000400` and one cinder block from lot `000030` will be selected to be" " sent to the customer." msgstr "" "销售订单确认后，将创建交货订单并与分拣链接，最新的批号将通过 :abbr:`LIFO（后进先出）` 策略保留。将从批次 `0000400` " "中选择所有四块煤渣砖和批次`000030` 中选择一块煤渣砖发送给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." msgstr "保留两块土地，采用后进先出策略销售。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:341 msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" msgstr "FEFO（先到期先出）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:343 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy differs from " "the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " strategies, because it targets products for removal based on **expiration " "dates** instead of their warehouse receipt dates. With this method, the " "products that are going to expire first are moved out first. This method is " "used for perishable products, such as medicine, food, and beauty products." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FEFO（先到期先出）`移仓策略不同于:abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`和:abbr:`LIFO（后进先出）`策略，因为它是根据**过期日期**而不是仓库收货日期来移除产品。使用这种方法，最先过期的产品会被先移出。这种方法适用于易腐烂产品，如药品、食品和美容产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:349 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their **removal date** from earliest to latest. " "Removal dates indicate how many days *before* the expiration date the " "product needs to be removed from stock. The removal date is set on the " "product form. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with" " removal dates." msgstr "" "批次是根据其**移除日期**从最早到最晚挑选。移除日期表示产品需要在有效期前多少天从库存中移除。移除日期在产品表单中设置。未定义移除日期的批次会在有移除日期的批次之后被拣选。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:355 msgid "" "If products are not removed from stock when they should be, lots that are " "past the expiration date may still be picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "如果产品没有按时从库存中移除，过了保质期的批次仍有可能被拣选用于送货订单！" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:359 msgid ":doc:`../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:361 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and ensure :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` is enabled. Once the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting is enabled, it's possible to define " "different expiration dates for individual serialized products, as well as " "for lot numbers containing many products." msgstr "" "首先，进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并确保启用 :guilabel:`有效期`。启用 " ":guilabel:`有效期` 设置后，就可以为单个序列化产品以及包含多个产品的批号定义不同的到期日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:366 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of hand cream. The creams are from the" " *All/Health & Beauty* category, where *FEFO* is set as the removal " "strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different" " receipts are listed with the amounts." msgstr "" "本例中有三批护手霜。这些护手霜来自 *全部/健康与美容* 类别，其中 *FEFO* 被设为移除策略。在 :guilabel:`库存估价报告` " "中，列出了三个不同收据的金额。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:370 msgid "" "Lot `0000001` contains twenty tubes of hand cream, expiring on Sept 30, lot " "`0000002` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on November 30, and lot" " `0000003` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on October 31." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "View the hand cream lot numbers and expiration dates in the inventory " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:378 msgid "" "Expiration dates can be entered when validating the received products, or " "set on products by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Click :guilabel:`Create`, enter the serial number, and" " select the product from the drop-down menu. Next, select the expiration " "date in the :guilabel:`Dates` tab. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:387 msgid "" "To see how the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy works, first" " navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and select a product category (in this example, the " ":guilabel:`All/Health & Beauty` category) to edit. This reveals a product " "category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:392 msgid "" "Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, " "change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired," " First Out)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "FEFO forced removal strategy set on the product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:399 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and click :guilabel:`Create` to " "create a sales order. Next, select a :guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down" " menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab. Select a product (for this example, the :guilabel:`Hand Cream`) from " "the drop-down menu, or type in the name of the product in the field. Enter a" " quantity (in this example, `25.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then" " click :guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:406 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and " "linked to the picking, and the lot numbers expiring first will be reserved " "thanks to the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy. All twenty " "tubes of hand cream from lot `0000001` and five from lot `0000003` will be " "selected to be sent to the customer, detailed in the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab in the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Hand cream lot numbers selected for the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:6 msgid "Delivery methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:8 msgid "" "When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of " "calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping " "carts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`, shipping prices are calculated based on " "the carrier's pricing and packaging information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* " "module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " "application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in " "the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` " "module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "Add shipping method" msgstr "添加送货方式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` option is not available from the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is " "enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:42 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:43 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0 msgid "" "Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >" " Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:50 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, add a method by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping" " provider, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like " "Fedex, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`. Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:59 msgid "" "For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed" " price `, :ref:`based on rules " "`, or :ref:`pickup in store " "` options, refer to their respective sections " "below." msgstr "" "有关配置自定义出货方法的更多详情，如 :ref:`固定价格 `、:ref:` 基于规则 " "`，或 :ref:`店内取货 ` " "选项，请参阅下面的相应章节。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. " "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr ":guilabel:`网站`：为电子商务页面配置送货方法。从下拉菜单中选择适用的网站，或留空将该方法应用于所有网页。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific " "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：如果出货方法适用于特定公司，请从下拉菜单中选择该公司。留空字段表示该方法适用于所有公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`交付产品` （*必填字段*）：:ref:`销售订单行 ` " "中列出的作为交货费用的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free " "shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr ":guilabel:`如果订单金额超过则免运费`：如果客户消费超过指定金额，则选中此复选框可免运费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:74 msgid "" "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the " "sections below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:79 msgid "Fixed price" msgstr "固定价格" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:81 msgid "" "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`. Then," " click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this " "option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is " "where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" "要为所有订单配置相同的运费价格，请转至 :menuselection:` 库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 发货方式`。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`，并在发货方式表单中将 :guilabel:`提供商` 设为 :guilabel:`固定价格` " "选项。选择该选项后，:guilabel:`固定价格` 字段就可用了，固定费率运费金额就是在此定义的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified " "amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in " "the amount." msgstr "要在订单金额超过指定金额时启用免运费，请选中 :guilabel:`订单金额超过则免费` 复选框并填写金额。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends " "over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`固定价格`：`$20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:107 msgid "Based on rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:109 msgid "" "To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. " "Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional " "margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:114 msgid "Create pricing rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:116 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. " "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the " ":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or " "quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:121 msgid "" "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " ":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:124 msgid "" "To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, " "set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0 msgid "" "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:131 msgid "" "To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in " "the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination " "Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, " "and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:136 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" msgstr "计算运送成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:138 msgid "" "Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that " "satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the " ":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:142 msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:146 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:148 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "如果订单包含五件或以下产品，运费为 $20。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:149 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "如果订单包含五件以上产品，运费为$ 50。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is " "`$9.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1 msgid "" "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:157 msgid "" "When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + " "9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * " "50) + 9)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:163 msgid "Pickup in store" msgstr "到店提货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:165 msgid "" "To configure in-store pickup, select :guilabel:`Pickup in store` in the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" "要配置店内取货，请在 :guilabel:`提供商` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`店内取货`，并在 :guilabel:`仓库` 中指定取货位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:168 msgid "" "To invoice the customer for the shipping cost to the pickup location, choose" " the :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` option in the " ":guilabel:`Integration Level` field. Then, pick either the " ":guilabel:`Estimated cost` or :guilabel:`Real cost` radio options in the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping " "charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier." msgstr "" "要向客户开具到取货地点的运费发票，请在 :guilabel:`整合级别` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`获取费率并创建货运` 选项。然后，在 " ":guilabel:`发票政策` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`预估费用` 或 :guilabel:`实际成本` " "单选选项，以决定销售订单上增加的运费是否是运输公司的精确费用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:175 msgid ":doc:`Invoice cost of shipping `" msgstr ":doc:`运费发票`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:180 msgid "Add shipping" msgstr "添加物流" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:182 msgid "" "Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery " "products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the " "desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`." msgstr "" "送货方式可以以送货产品的形式添加到销售订单中，并作为单独的行项目显示。首先，进入 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 订单 --> " "订单`，导航到所需的销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:186 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens " "the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" "在销售订单上，点击 :guilabel:`添加送货方式` 按钮，弹出 :guilabel:`添加送货方式` 窗口。然后，从列表中选择 " ":guilabel:`送货方式`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:189 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights " "(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). " "Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to add the shipping method." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`订单总重量` 根据产品重量（在每个产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡中定义）预填。编辑该字段以指定准确重量，然后点击" " :guilabel:`添加` 添加送货方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:194 msgid "" "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total " "product weights defined on the product form." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`订单总重量` 中定义的金额会覆盖产品表单中定义的产品总重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:197 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "运费将添加到 *销售订单行*，作为 :guilabel:`送货产品` 在送货方式表格中详细列出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:201 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "在销售订单 `S00088` 中添加了 `家具配送`，这是一种固定费率为 `$200` 的配送产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "在销售订单行显示送货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:209 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:259 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "送货订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:211 msgid "" "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping " "carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method " "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" "添加到销售订单的送货方式，与送货单上的送货承运人详细信息相关联。要添加或更改送货单上的送货方式，请转到 :guilabel:`其他信息` 标签并修改 " ":guilabel:`承运商` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3 msgid "Bpost integration" msgstr "Bpost 整合" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:5 msgid "" "Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to " "clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:" msgstr "在 Odoo 中设置 *Bpost* 送货连接器，以便直接在 Odoo 中管理发往客户的 Bpost 货运。要进行配置，请完成以下步骤：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:8 msgid "Create a Bpost account." msgstr "创建 Bpost 账户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:9 msgid "" "Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up the shipping method in Odoo " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12 msgid "" "Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on " "package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost " "business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through " "Odoo." msgstr "完成后，可根据包裹大小和重量计算运输成本，将费用直接计入 Bpost 业务账户，并通过 Odoo 自动打印 Bpost 跟踪标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`dhl_credentials`" msgstr ":doc:`dhl_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`" msgstr ":doc:`ups_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23 msgid "Account setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25 msgid "" "To begin, go to the `Bpost website " "`_ to create, or log into, the " "company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the " "company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready." msgstr "" "首先，请访问 `Bpost 网站`_，创建或登录公司的 Bpost " "业务账户。创建 Bpost 账户时，请准备好公司的增值税号和手机号码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:29 msgid "" "Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for " "shipping services. Doing so submits a request to enter a contractual " "business relationship between the company and Bpost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:33 msgid "" "Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost " "`_ accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:35 msgid "" "After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item." msgstr "完成设置后，通过导航至 :guilabel:`运输经理` 菜单项，获取 Bpost 帐户 ID 和密码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:40 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, " "then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account " "ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method." msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`发货管理器` 页面，转到:guilabel:`管理员` 选项卡，然后转到:guilabel:`常规设置` 选项卡，找到配置 " "Odoo 发货方式所需的:guilabel:`账户ID` 和:guilabel:`密码`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1 msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase." msgstr "在 *管理* 选项卡中，显示账户 ID 和密码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50 msgid "Shipping method configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52 msgid "" "With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in " "Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" "有了这些必要的凭证，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 运输方式` 在 Odoo 中配置 Bpost 送货方法。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:55 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`运输方式` 页面，点击 :guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the " "bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`提供商` 字段中，从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Bpost`。这样就会显示表单底部的 " ":guilabel:`Bpost 配置` 选项卡，可在此输入 Bpost 凭据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:61 msgid "" "For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party " "carrier ` documentation." msgstr "" "有关配置出货方式的其他字段（如 :guilabel:`交付产品` 字段）的详细信息，请参阅 " ":doc:`配置第三方运营商 ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:65 msgid "" "To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels ` through Odoo, ensure the " ":guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and " "Create Shipment`." msgstr "" "要通过 Odoo 生成 Bpost :doc:`送货标签`，请确保 :guilabel:`整合级别` 选项设置为 " ":guilabel:`获取费率并创建货运`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:68 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Bpost 配置` 选项卡中，填写以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's " "unique :ref:`account ID ` from " "the Bpost website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase " "` from the Bpost website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or " ":guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` " "shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` " "enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel " "Return Instructions` fields." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bpost 送货性质`: 选择 :guilabel:`国内` 或 :guilabel:`国际` 运输服务。选择 " ":guilabel:`国内` 会显示 :guilabel:`选项` 部分，而 :guilabel:`国际` 会启用 :guilabel:`Bpost " "运输类型` 和 :guilabel:`Bpost 包裹退回说明` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`Bpost 包裹类型`：从下拉菜单中选择运输服务类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:80 msgid "" "For `domestic delivery `_, the options are: " ":guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or " ":guilabel:`bpack Bus`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:83 msgid "" "For `international delivery `_, the options are:" " :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or " ":guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international " "deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, " ":guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or " ":guilabel:`OTHER`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bpost 快件类型`（必填字段）：对于国际快递，请将包裹中的货物类型声明为 " ":guilabel:`样本`、:guilabel:`礼物`、:guilabel:`商品`、:guilabel:`文件` 或 " ":guilabel:`其他`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an " "international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: " ":guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or " ":guilabel:`Return to sender by road`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bpost " "包裹退回地址`：国际快件未能送达时的退回地址。从下拉菜单中选择：:guilabel:`销毁`、:guilabel:`空运退回发件人`或:guilabel:`陆运退回发件人`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:91 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`标签类型`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`A6` 或 :guilabel:`A4` 标签尺寸。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`标签格式`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`PDF` 或 :guilabel:`PNG`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:95 msgid "" "For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the " ":guilabel:`Options` section:" msgstr "对于国内送货，这些功能可在 :guilabel:`选项` 部分中使用：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:97 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as " "possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` " "selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company." msgstr "" "启用 :guilabel:`周六送货` 功能，将星期六作为可能的交货日期。根据所选的 :guilabel:`Bpost " "包裹类型`，该选项可能会给公司带来额外费用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:100 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print " "a return label upon validating the delivery order." msgstr "启用 :guilabel:`生成退货标签` 功能，在验证送货订单后自动打印退货标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1 msgid "Show Bpost shipping method." msgstr "显示 Bpost 运输方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以选择取消发货或更改运输公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" "如果你点击了 **** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **运单** 旁边的 ****" " 点击即可。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以更改货代为你想要的。通过点击 **送给货** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的凭证？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "若您想使用 Odoo 的 DHL API接口，您需要：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "DHL.com 网站账号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "DHL 密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "DHL 账号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "获取美国以外的国家和地区(英国和其他世界各国)的网站ID账号和密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "您需要联系DHL账号管理中心请求XML格式的API扩展接口。DHL售前工程师应给您相关接口凭据等信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "获取美国网站ID账号和密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" "您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Shipping cost invoicing" msgstr "运费发票" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "" "Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges " "based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method." msgstr "在发货后向客户开具运费发票，可确保根据距离、重量和方式等实时运输因素准确收费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:" msgstr "在 Odoo 中，运费可通过两种方式开具发票：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "" "Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale " "order. `" msgstr "与客户商定固定成本，并 :ref:`将其包含在销售订单中。`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery " "`, reflecting the actual expenses " "incurred by the business." msgstr "" ":ref:`` 交付后向客户开具发票的运费，反映企业产生的实际费用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:19 msgid "" "To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable " "the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要为交货方式设置价格，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`送货` 部分，启用 " ":guilabel:`交付方式` 功能。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings." msgstr "在设置中启用“运送方法”功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and " "click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide " "details about the shipping provider, including:" msgstr "" "接下来，进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 送货方式` 配置每种送货方式的价格，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建` 按钮。这样做会打开一个表单，提供有关送货提供商的详细信息，包括：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method " "(e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式`（*必填*）送货方式的名称（例如，`平价送货`、`当日送达` 等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, " "if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`提供商`（*必填*）：如果使用第三方承运商，请选择快递服务，如联邦快递，确保已正确与托运承运商整合，并从下拉菜单中选择提供商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`交付产品` （*必填*）：:ref:`销售订单行` " "中列出的作为交货费用的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:57 msgid "Invoice cost on sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:59 msgid "" "To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, " "go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:62 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-" "right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:68 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended " "carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price " "based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the " "items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order " "Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost " "calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:91 msgid "" "Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create " "invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost " "that was added earlier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:98 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft " "invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the " ":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:108 msgid "Invoice real shipping costs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:110 msgid "" "To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps" " :ref:`above ` to create an invoice with a " "delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero." msgstr "" "要修改发票以反映实际运费，请按照 :ref:`以上 ` 的步骤创建发票，并将交货产品的 " ":guilabel:` 单价`设为零。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:114 msgid "" "Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the " "real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost" " by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "然后，在草稿发票上修改 :guilabel:`单价` 以反映实际运费。最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 将调整后的运费开给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line." msgstr "在发票行显示交付产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" msgstr "更改运输标签尺寸" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " "be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "在 Odoo 中，可为送货订单选择多种不同类型的发货标签。根据所使用的货运包装类型，不同的标签尺寸可能更合适，并可根据包装进行配置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" " delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " "International* will be used." msgstr "" "在 :menuselection:`库存` 模块中，转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 送货 --> " "运输方式`，点击一个送货方式进行选择。在下面的示例中，将使用 *FedEx International*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "不同的运输方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "在:guilabel:`配置`选项卡的:guilabel:`标签类型`下，选择一种可用的标签类型。可用性因承运商而异。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "选择标签类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "当与相应运输公司的销售订单得到确认且交货订单得到验证后，运输标签将自动创建为 PDF 格式，并显示在 :guilabel:`沟通栏` 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " "select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" "在 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序中，点击 :guilabel:`创建` 并选择一个国际客户。点击:guilabel:`添加产品` " "并选择一个项目。点击 :guilabel:`添加运费`，选择运费方式，然后点击 :guilabel:`获取费率`，最后点击 " ":guilabel:`添加`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "为销售订单添加运输方式和费率。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`确认` 确认报价后，将出现 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "送货订单智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "点击送货单中的 :guilabel:`验证` 确认送货单后，送货单就会出现在 :guilabel:`沟通栏` 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "运送 PDF 文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" msgstr "标签示例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "默认 :guilabel:`标签类型` 为 :guilabel:`纸质信件`。FedEx 信件尺寸标签的示例如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "整页信件大小的 FedEx 快递运输标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "作为比较，FedEx 快递下半部分标签的示例如下： " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "半页信纸大小的 FedEx 托运标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:3 msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "打印运输标签" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:7 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " "shipping labels that includes prices, destination addresses, tracking " "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" "将 Odoo 与 :doc:`第三方运输公司<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` " "整合，自动生成包含价格、目的地地址、追踪号码和条形码的运输标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:14 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate " "the :ref:`delivery method `, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to " ":guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. " "Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address " "` and :ref:`product " "weights `." msgstr "" "要为第三方运输工具生成标签，首先 :doc:`安装第三方运输连接器 " "<.../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`。然后，配置并激活 :ref:`配送方法 " "`，确保将 " ":guilabel:`整合级别`设置为 :guilabel:`获取费率并创建货运`，以生成货运标签。最后，提供公司的 :ref:` 源地址 " "` 和 :ref:`产品重量 " "`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "选择“获取费率并创建货运”选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:30 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "打印追踪标签" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:32 msgid "" "Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:34 msgid "" "When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " ":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " ":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:38 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " "Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:46 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "在报价单上添加送货方式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:48 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " ":guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation." msgstr "" "要为订单生成追踪标签，首先在 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 订单 --> 报价单` 中创建报价单，点击 " ":guilabel:`新建` 并填写报价单表格。然后，点击报价单右下角的 :guilabel:`添加运费` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:56 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " "displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " "the :guilabel:`Cost` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:61 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` and :ref:`weight of products in the order " "` are properly configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:65 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " "`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to access the |DO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:75 msgid "" "For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" " specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:85 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "验证交货单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "在送货单上，导航到 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡，确保第三方送货承运商已添加到 :guilabel:`承运商` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:91 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "如果未安装 *销售* 应用程序，则在 :guilabel:`承运商` 字段中设置第三方运营商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:94 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "订单中的物品打包完毕后，点击 :guilabel:`验证`，获取运输公司的追踪号码，并生成运输标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，选择 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡，创建或选择现有送货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` smart button to access the tracking link from the " "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" "在交货单的 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡中生成 :guilabel:`追踪参考` 号码。点击 :guilabel:`追踪` " "智能按钮，从货运公司网站访问追踪链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:105 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "追踪标签的 PDF 格式可在沟通栏中找到。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "在沟通栏中显示生成的送货标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:112 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "对于多包装发货，每个包装生成一个标签。每个标签都会出现在沟通栏中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:119 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "通过 Odoo 与 FedEx 的运输连接器生成的标签样本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " "in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " "to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " "together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " "flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " "multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " "setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:26 msgid "" "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" " delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " "item, or both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " "the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:37 msgid "" "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " "table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " "shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:41 msgid "" "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " "from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" " than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " "smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." " Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " "close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:51 msgid "" "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" " the selected items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:58 msgid "" "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " "quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " "before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " "doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:62 msgid "" "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:66 msgid "" "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " "appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" " the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " "items included in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "为稍后发货的物品创建延期订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78 msgid "" "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " "to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" " a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "如果有些商品的发货时间晚于其他商品，您无需等到这些商品准备好发货时将它们一起打包。不如创建一个后续补发订单，专门用于那些晚些发货的商品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:81 msgid "" "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " "be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " "` to package them as required. If they" " will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " "column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " ":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" "首先发货那些可以立即发出的商品。如果要分多个包裹发货，请按照上面的 :ref:`` 步骤按要求打包。如果以单个包裹发货，只需在 :guilabel:`已完成` 列中标记每件商品的发货数量，但**不要**点击 " ":guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:86 msgid "" "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " "shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" " be shipped later." msgstr "" "将所有立即发货的数量标记为 :guilabel:`已完成` 后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮，弹出 :guilabel:`创建后续订单？` " "然后点击 :guilabel:`创建后续订单` 按钮。此操作将确认立即发货的项目，并为稍后发货的项目创建新的发货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "创建后续订单？弹窗" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:95 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " "delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" " has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " "view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" "延期交货单将在原始交货单的沟通栏中列出，信息内容为 :guilabel:`延期交货单 WH/OUT/XXXXX 已创建。`点击信息中的 " ":guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` 查看延期交货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " "order." msgstr "在原始交货单的沟通栏中列出的延期交货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:103 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" " the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" "也可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存`，点击 :guilabel:`交货订单` 卡上的 :guilabel:`# 延期订单` " "按钮，然后选择交货单，访问延期交货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "交货订单卡上的 “返回订单” 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:111 msgid "" "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " "delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " ":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " "multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" "剩余项目准备好发货后，导航到延期交货订单。点击 :guilabel:`验证` 并在弹出的 :guilabel:`立即转移？` 窗口中选择 " ":guilabel:`应用` 即可在单个包裹中发货，也可按照上述部分的详细步骤，在多个包裹中发货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " "backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " "create the first backorder." msgstr "也可以先发出部分商品，同时为剩余的商品创建另一个后续订单。只需按照创建第一个后续订单的相同步骤操作即可。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Sendcloud integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" "Sendcloud 是一个运输服务聚合器，可促进欧洲航运公司与 Odoo 的整合。整合后，用户可在其 Odoo 数据库的库存操作中选择运输承运商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud 整合文档 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "在 Sendcloud 中设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "创建账户并激活承运商" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" "要开始使用，请访问`Sendcloud 的平台 `_，配置账户并生成连接器凭据。使用 " "Sendcloud 账户登录，或根据需要创建一个新账户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " "Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" " and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" "在创建新账户时，Sendcloud 会要求您提供: abbr:`VAT " "（增值税识别）`号码或:abbr:`EORI（经济运营商注册和识别）`号码。完成账户设置后，激活（或停用）将在 Odoo 数据库中使用的运输工具。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " "rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "**required**." msgstr "" "Odoo 与 Sendcloud 的整合*仅*适用于已链接银行账户的免费 Sendcloud 计划，因为 Sendcloud " "不会免费发货。要使用发货规则或个人定制的承运商联系人，**必须**使用 Sendcloud 的付费计划。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:179 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "仓库配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" "登录 Sendcloud 账户后，导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 送货 --> 地址`，然后填写 " ":guilabel:`仓库地址`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "在 Sendcloud 设置中添加地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" "为使 Sendcloud 也能处理退货，需要 :guilabel:`退货地址`。在 :guilabel:`杂项部分` 下，有一个名为 " ":guilabel:`地址名称（选填）` 的字段。应在此处输入 Odoo 仓库名称，且字符应完全相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "**SendClould 配置**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr ":guilabel:`杂项`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`地址名称（选填）`：`仓库 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr ":guilabel:`品牌`：`默认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "**Odoo 仓库配置**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：`仓库 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr ":guilabel:`简称`：`WH`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：`我的公司（旧金山）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`地址`：`我的公司（旧金山）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "请注意，Odoo 配置和 Sendcloud 配置中 :guilabel:`仓库` 字段的输入完全相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "生成 Sendcloud 凭据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" "在 Sendcloud 账户中，导航至右侧菜单中的 :menuselection:`设置 --> 整合`。然后，搜索 :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`连接`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " "Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " ":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`连接` 后，页面将重定向到 :guilabel:`Sendcloud API` 设置页面，并在此生成 " ":guilabel:`公钥和密钥。下一步是为 :guilabel:`整合` 命名。命名规则如下：Odoo CompanyName`，以用户的公司名称代替" " `CompanyName`（例如 `Odoo StealthyWood`）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "然后，选中 :guilabel:`服务点数` 旁边的复选框，并为该整合选择运输服务。保存后，:guilabel:`公钥和密钥` 将生成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "配置 Sendcloud 整合并接收证书。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "设置Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 msgid "" "To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " "` and :ref:`link " "` the Sendcloud shipping" " connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " "`, so Sendcloud can " "accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" "为确保 Sendcloud 与 Odoo 的无缝整合，请 " ":ref:`安装` 并 :ref:`链接 " "` Sendcloud 发货连接器到 " "Sendcloud 账户。然后，:ref:`配置 Odoo 字段 `，这样 Sendcloud 就可以准确提取发货数据以生成标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "安装 Sendcloud 送货模块" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" "设置并配置好 Sendcloud 账户后，就该配置 Odoo 数据库了。要开始使用，请访问 Odoo 的 :guilabel:`应用程序` 模块，搜索 " "`Sendcloud 发货` 整合并安装。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Odoo 应用程序模块中的 Sendcloud 发货模块。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Sendcloud 送货连接器配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" "安装后，在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中激活 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 送货` " "模块。guilabel:`Sendcloud 连接器`设置位于:guilabel:`发货连接器`部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "激活 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 连接器` 后，点击列出的连接器下方的 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 送货方式` " "链接。进入:guilabel:`送货方式`页面后，点击:guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式` 也可以通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 送货 --> 送货方式` 访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`新送货方式` 表单中填写以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式`：类型 `Sendcloud DPD`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`供应商`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Sendcloud`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr ":guilabel:`运送产品`：设置为该送货方式配置的产品或创建新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`SendCloud 配置` 选项卡中，输入 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 公钥`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`SendCloud 配置` 选项卡中，输入 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 密钥`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`送货方式 / 新建` 面包屑旁边的云图标，手动 :guilabel:`保存` 表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "配置并保存表单后，请按照以下步骤加载出货产品：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`新送货方式` 表单的 :guilabel:`SendCloud 配置` 选项卡中，点击 :guilabel:`加载您的 " "SendCloud 送货产品` 链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "选择公司希望用于送货和退货的送货产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`选择`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置 Sendcloud 送货产品的示例：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr ":guilabel:`送货`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr ":guilabel:`送货产品`：`DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr ":guilabel:`承运商`：`DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`最低重量`：`0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`：`31.50`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`国家`：`奥地利` `比利时` `波斯尼亚` `黑山共和国` `保加利亚` `克罗地亚` `捷克` `共和国` `丹麦` " "`爱沙尼亚` `芬兰` `法国` `德国` `希腊` `匈牙利` `冰岛` `爱尔兰` `意大利` `拉脱维亚` `列支敦士登` `立陶宛` `卢森堡`" " `摩纳哥` `荷兰` `挪威` `波兰` `葡萄牙` `罗马尼亚` `塞尔维亚` `斯洛伐克` `斯洛文尼亚` `西班牙` `瑞典` `瑞士`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr ":guilabel:`退回`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" "当公司在 Odoo 中测试发送包裹时，Sendcloud 不提供测试密钥。这意味着，如果创建了一个软件包，除非在创建后 24 " "小时内取消相关软件包，否则配置的 Sendcloud 账户将被收费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" "在使用测试环境时，Odoo " "有一个内置保护层来防止产生意外费用。在测试环境中，如果使用送货方式创建标签，那么这些标签会在创建后立即取消，这是自动发生的。测试和正式运行环境设置可以通过各自的智能按钮来回切换。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "送货信息" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "" "To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " "**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" msgstr "要使用 Sendcloud 生成发货标签，**必须**在 Odoo 中准确完整地填写以下信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "" "**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " ":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " "address." msgstr "**客户信息**：创建报价单时，确保所选 :guilabel:`客户` 具有有效的电话号码、电子邮件地址和送货地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 msgid "" "To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." " Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " "with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." msgstr "" "要验证，请选择 :guilabel:`客户` 字段，打开联系页面。在 :guilabel:`联系人` 字段中添加送货地址，以及 " ":guilabel:`移动电话` 号码和 :guilabel:`电子邮件` 地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 msgid "" "**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " ":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " "Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " "` of this article for " "detailed instructions." msgstr "" "**产品重量**：确保订单中的所有产品都在其产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡中指定了 :guilabel:`重量`。详细说明请参阅本文的" " :ref:`产品重量部分 ` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "" "**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " "the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " "` in the Sendcloud " "setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " ":ref:`warehouse configuration section " "` of the third-party " "shipping documentation." msgstr "" "**仓库地址**：确保 Odoo 中的仓库名称和地址与 Sendcloud 设置中的 :ref:`旧仓库 " "` 匹配。有关 Odoo " "中仓库配置的详细信息，请参阅第三方发货文档中的 :ref:`仓库配置部分 " "`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" msgstr "使用 Sendcloud 生成标签" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中创建报价单时，添加发货和 :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "发货产品`。然后，:guilabel:`验证`发货。发货标签文件会在聊天工具中自动生成，其中包括以下内容：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货标签`，取决于包裹数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr ":guilabel:`退货标签`（如果 Sendcloud 连接器配置了退货标签）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr ":guilabel:`海关文件`（如果目的地国家需要）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "此外，现在还提供了追踪号码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "Shipping rules" msgstr "运输规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:223 msgid "" "Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels " "tailored to different product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be " "created for customers shipping expensive jewelry items to purchase " "insurance." msgstr "可选择创建发货规则，根据不同的产品需求自动生成发货标签。例如，可以为运送昂贵珠宝首饰的客户创建运送规则，以便购买保险。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:228 msgid "" "Shipping rules do **not** affect :ref:`shipping rate calculations " "`, and are only used to " "improve the process of :doc:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232 msgid "" "To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Delivery: Shipping Methods`, and select the intended " "`Sendcloud` shipping method." msgstr "" "要使用运输规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 送货：发货方法`，并选择预定的 `Sendcloud` " "发货方法。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the " ":guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the kind of shipments the shipping rules" " apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules` field." msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`Sendcloud 配置` 选项卡下的 :guilabel:`选项` 部分，通过 :guilabel:`使用 Sendcloud" " 发货规则` 字段选择发货规则适用的发货类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:239 msgid "" "From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, " ":guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`." msgstr "从这里选择： :guilabel:`运输` 至客户，从客户处 :guilabel:`退回`，或 :guilabel:`两者`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Use Shipping Rules field." msgstr "使用运输规则字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:246 msgid "" "Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Shipping rules`. Create a new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create " "New`." msgstr "" "然后，在 Sendcloud 网站中，导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 运输规则`。点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`，创建新的发货规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine" " when the rule applies. Then, configure what to do when packages meet the " "condition." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`操作` 部分，设置 :guilabel:`条件`，以确定规则何时适用。然后，配置软件套装满足条件时的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:253 msgid "" "`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud `_" msgstr "" "`在 Sendcloud 上创建运输规则 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:257 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:260 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "货物过重" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" "如果发货重量超过配置的 Sendcloud 服务承载能力，则会将重量分割以模拟多个包裹。产品需要放在不同的 :guilabel:`包裹` 中，以便 " ":guilabel:`验证`转运和生成标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:266 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" "在 Sendcloud 中还可以设置:guilabel:`规则`，在重量过重时使用其他运输方式。但请注意，这些规则不适用于销售订单上的运费计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:271 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "个人运输合同" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " "--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" "首先登录 Sendcloud，导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 运营商 --> 我的合同`，然后选择目标合同，即可通过 CSV " "上传使用直接运营商合同中的自定义价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "导航至 Sendcloud 中的合同部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:281 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`合同价格` 部分，点击 :guilabel:`下载 CSV` 并在 CSV 文件模板的 :guilabel:`价格` " "列中填写合同价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:285 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "确保 CSV 文件包含正确的价格，以避免出现任何不准确的情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "显示来自 Sendcloud 的合同 CSV 示例，突出显示价格列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr ":guilabel:`上传` 已完成的 CSV 文件到 Sendcloud，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存价格`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:294 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud：如何上传与运营商的合同价格`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "测量体积重量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:300 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" "许多承运商对重量有多种衡量标准。一种是包裹中产品的实际重量，另一种是*体积重量*（:dfn:`体积重量是指包裹在运输过程中所占的体积。换言之，它是包裹的实际大小。）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:305 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "检查所选载体是否已经定义了计算体积重量的公式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:309 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud：如何计算和自动化包裹体积重量 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:313 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "无法计算运费率" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:315 msgid "" "First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " "by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" "首先，确认所发运产品的重量符合所选发运方式的要求。如果已设置，则验证承运商是否支持目的地国家（来自客户地址）。承运商也应支持原产国家/地区（仓库地址）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "Third-party shipping carriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "" "Users can link third-party shipping carriers to Odoo databases, in order to " "verify carriers' delivery to specific addresses, :doc:`automatically " "calculate shipping costs <../setup_configuration>`, and :doc:`generate " "shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:14 msgid "" "In Odoo, shipping carriers can be applied to a sales order (SO), invoice, or" " delivery order. For tips on resolving common issues when configuring " "shipping connectors, skip to the :ref:`Troubleshooting " "` section." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，运输工具可应用于销售订单（SO）、发票或交货单。有关配置送货连接器时常见问题的解决技巧，请跳至 :ref:`疑难解答 " "` 部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`" msgstr ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23 msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:" msgstr "以下是 Odoo 中可用的送货连接器列表：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "Carrier" msgstr "承运商" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:30 msgid "Region availability" msgstr "区域可用情况" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31 msgid "FedEx" msgstr "美国联邦快递" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:36 msgid "All" msgstr "所有" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid ":doc:`DHL Express `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`UPS `" msgstr ":doc:`UPS `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37 msgid "US Postal Service" msgstr "美国邮政服务" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "United States of America" msgstr "美国" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud `" msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 msgid "Some European countries (see details below)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`Bpost `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "比利时" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "Easypost" msgstr "Easypost" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:44 msgid "North America" msgstr "北美洲" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45 msgid "Shiprocket" msgstr "Shiprocket" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "India" msgstr "印度" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "" "Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, " "Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** " "any European country." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "" "To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow " "these steps:" msgstr "为确保在 Odoo 中正确设置第三方运输承运人，请遵循以下步骤：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" ":ref:`Install the shipping connector `." msgstr ":ref:`安装运输连接器 `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:60 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up delivery method `." msgstr "" ":ref:`设置交付方式 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Activate production environment " "`." msgstr ":ref:`激活正式运行环境 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure warehouse `." msgstr ":ref:`配置仓库 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63 msgid "" ":ref:`Specify weight of products `." msgstr ":ref:`指定产品重量 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:68 msgid "Install shipping connector" msgstr "安装运输连接器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70 msgid "" "To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "要安装送货连接器，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party " "shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping " "connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`送货连接器`部分，勾选第三方货运承运商复选框以进行安装。可同时选择多个第三方运输连接器。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with" " operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, " "refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules ` " "documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:88 msgid "Delivery method" msgstr "送货方式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "" "To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin " "by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`, and select the desired delivery method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same " ":guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic " "shipping." msgstr "该列表通常包括来自同一 :guilabel:`提供商` 的**两种**送货方式：一种用于国际送货，一种用于国内送货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:98 msgid "" "Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as " ":doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:105 msgid "" "Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the " "*Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the " "desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart " "button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" "确保在 *网站* 应用程序上发布应可用的交付方式。要在网站上发布交付方式，请点击所需的交付方式，然后点击 :guilabel:`未发布` " "智能按钮。这样会将该智能按钮更改为：:guilabel:`已发布`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, " "including:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`送货方式` 页面中包含有关提供商的详细信息，包括：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式`（*必填字段*）：送货方式名称（例如， `FedEx US`、`FedEx EU`等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that" " is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable " "website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to " "all web pages." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`网站`：为连接到数据库中特定网站的*电子商务*页面配置发货方法。从下拉菜单中选择适用的网站，或留空将方法应用于所有网页。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery " "service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration " "Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` " "fields become available." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`提供商`（*必填字段*）：选择第三方快递服务，如FedEx。选择供应商后，:guilabel:`整合级别`、:guilabel:`发票政策`和:guilabel:`保险百分比`字段可用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:120 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an " ":ref:`estimated shipment cost `" " on an |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`整合级别`：选择 :guilabel:`获取费率`，只需在 |销售订单| 或发票上获取 :ref:`预计运费 " "` 即可。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:124 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate " "shipping labels `." msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`获取费率并创建货件` 也 :doc:`生成运输标签`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name " "that is added to the |SO| or invoice." msgstr ":guilabel:`交付产品`（*必填字段*）：添加到 |销售订单| 或发票中的交货费用名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated " "cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real" " cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping " "costs ` document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to" " the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, " "packaging materials, exchange rates, etc." msgstr ":guilabel:`运费保证金`：指定在基本运费基础上增加的额外百分比，以支付额外费用，如手续费、包装材料、汇率等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:136 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders " "surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding " ":guilabel:`Amount` field." msgstr ":guilabel:`如果订单金额高于则免费`：对于超过相应 :guilabel:`金额` 字段中输入的指定金额的订单，可以免费送货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the " "shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in" " transit." msgstr ":guilabel:`保险百分比`：指定如果包裹在运输过程中丢失或被盗，向发件人报销的运费百分比金额。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:145 msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method." msgstr "FedEx 运输方式的屏幕截图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:145 msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`." msgstr " `FedEx US` 的 **运送方式** 配置页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:147 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields " "(e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party" " shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For " "more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the " "following documents:" msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`配置` 选项卡中，填写 API 凭据字段（如 API 密钥、密码、帐号等）。根据在 :guilabel:`提供商` " "字段中选择的第三方运送承运商，:guilabel:`配置`选项卡将包含不同的必填字段。有关配置特定承运商凭证的更多详情，请参阅以下文档：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials `" msgstr ":doc:`DHL 凭证`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials `" msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud 凭证`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials `" msgstr ":doc:`UPS 凭证`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161 msgid "Production environment" msgstr "正式运行环境" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:163 msgid "" "With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test " "Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`." msgstr "配置好交付方式详细信息后，点击 :guilabel:`测试环境`智能 按钮将其设置为 :guilabel:`正式运行环境`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:167 msgid "" "Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** " "shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their " "carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers " "for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the " "delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" "将交付方式设置为 :guilabel:`正式运行` 会创建**真实的**运输标签，用户有可能在向客户收取运费**之前**通过其承运商账户（如 " "UPS、FedEx 等）被收取费用。在向 :guilabel:`正式运行` 发送方法启动前，请确认所有配置正确无误。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button." msgstr "显示 “测试环境” 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:181 msgid "" "Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and " ":guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " "the desired warehouse." msgstr "" "确保准确输入仓库的 :guilabel:`地址`（包括邮政编码）和 :guilabel:`电话号码。要执行此操作，进入 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，选择所需的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:185 msgid "" "On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "在仓库配置页面，点击 :guilabel:`公司` 字段，打开仓库联系人页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field." msgstr "突出显示 “公司” 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:192 msgid "" "Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are " "correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly." msgstr "验证 :guilabel:`地址` 和 :guilabel:`手机` 号码是否正确，因为这两个号码是装运连接器正常工作所必需的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show company address and phone number." msgstr "显示公司地址和电话号码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:202 msgid "Product weight" msgstr "产品重量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:204 msgid "" "For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "selecting the desired product." msgstr "要使承运商整合正常工作，请转到:menuselection:`库存应用 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择所需的产品来指定产品的重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:207 msgid "" "Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the " ":guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section." msgstr "然后，切换到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，在 :guilabel:`物流` 部分定义产品的 :guilabel:`重量`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form." msgstr "在产品表单的 “库存” 选项卡中显示 “重量” 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:215 msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier" msgstr "申请第三方运输承运商" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:217 msgid "" "Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or " "delivery order." msgstr "运输工具可应用于 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`、发票或送货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:219 msgid "" "After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method " "` in Odoo, create or" " navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders " "--> Quotations`." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中配置第三方承运商的 :ref:`送货方式 ` 后，通过 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 订单 --> 报价单` 创建或浏览报价单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:226 msgid "Sales order" msgstr "销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:228 msgid "" "To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of " "shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of " "shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" "要指定第三方承运商并估算运费，首先进入 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 订单 --> 报价单`。创建或选择现有报价单，点击 " ":guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡右下角的:guilabel:`添加运费` 按钮，在报价单中添加第三方承运商的运费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation." msgstr "在报价单底部显示 “添加运费” 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:237 msgid "" "In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the" " intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The " ":guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:" msgstr "" "在弹出的 :guilabel:`添加送货方式` 窗口中，从 :guilabel:`送货方式` 下拉菜单中选择目标承运商。:guilabel:`成本` " "字段将根据以下因素自动填写：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:241 msgid "" "the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is " "not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights " "` in the order is used)" msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`订单总重量` 字段中指定的金额（如果未提供，则使用订单中 " ":ref:`产品重量` 的总和）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243 msgid "" "the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address " "` and the customer's " "address." msgstr "" "仓库的 :ref:`源地址 ` " "与客户地址之间的距离。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:248 msgid "" "After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` " "field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` " "pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the " "|SO| or invoice." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`送货方式` 字段中选择第三方供应商后，点击 :guilabel:`添加送货方式` 弹出窗口中的 " ":guilabel:`获取费率`，通过送货连接器获取估计费用。然后，点击 :guilabel:`添加` 按钮，将运费添加到 |SO| 或发票中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:254 msgid "" ":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:261 msgid "" "For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the " "shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, " "and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as " ":guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`." msgstr "" "对于未安装 *销售* 应用程序而进行发货的用户，请首先进入 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，为交货单指定运输工具。然后，从 " ":guilabel:`库存概览` 面板选择 :guilabel:`送货订单` 操作类型，并选择尚未标记为 :guilabel:`已完成` 或 " ":guilabel:`已取消` 的所需交货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:267 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to" " the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set " "to :ref:`production mode `, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡中，将 :guilabel:`承运商` 字段设置为所需的第三方运输承运商。当交货方式设置为 " ":ref:`生产模式 ` 时，将提供 " ":guilabel:`追踪参考`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:273 msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels `" msgstr ":doc:`生成运输标签 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab." msgstr "显示配送单的 “附加信息” 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:282 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "故障排除" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:284 msgid "" "Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some " "checks to try when things are not working as expected:" msgstr "由于送货连接器的设置有时可能比较复杂，因此当出现问题时，可以尝试进行以下检查：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:287 msgid "" "Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information " "` (e.g., address and " "phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the " "shipping provider's website." msgstr "" "确保 Odoo 中的 :ref:`仓库信息 `（例如地址和电话号码）正确，**并且**与运输提供商网站中保存的记录相匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:290 msgid "" "Verify that the :ref:`package type ` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure " "the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" "验证 :ref:`包裹类型` " "和参数对货运承运人有效。要进行检查，请确保可以在运输承运商的网站上直接创建货件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:293 msgid "" "When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the " "provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to " ":ref:`production environment `." msgstr "" "当遇到 Odoo 估算成本与提供商收费之间的价格不匹配时，首先确保送货方式设置为 :ref:`正式运行环境 " "`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify" " the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the " "*debug logs*." msgstr "然后，在承运商网站和 Odoo 中创建运送，并验证 Odoo、送货提供商和*调试日志*中的价格是否相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:301 msgid "" "When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says " "the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the " "package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's " "side." msgstr "" "在调试日志中检查价格不匹配时，如果请求说包裹重 6 千克，但 FedEx 回复却说包裹重 7 千克，那么就会得出结论，问题出在 FedEx 方面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:306 msgid "Debug log" msgstr "调试区" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:308 msgid "" "Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that," " go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping" " method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate " ":guilabel:`Debug Requests`." msgstr "" "通过激活调试日志追踪发货数据不一致的情况。要执行此操作，请进入发获方式的配置页面（:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "发货方式`），并选择所需的发货方式。点击 :guilabel:`无调试` 智能按钮激活 :guilabel:`调试请求`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button." msgstr "显示 “无调试” 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:317 msgid "" "With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector " "is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the " ":guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer " "mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical" " --> Database Structure section --> Logging`." msgstr "" "激活 :guilabel:`调试请求` 后，每次使用运输连接器估算运输成本时，记录都会保存在 :guilabel:`记录` 报告中。要访问该报告，请打开" " :ref:`开发者模式`，并进入 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 技术 --> 数据库结构部分 " "--> 记录`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:323 msgid "" "Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate " "` button is clicked on " ":abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the " "shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app." msgstr "" "每次在 :abbr:`销售订单` 和发票上点击 :ref:`获取费率` 按钮，**以及**当客户通过*网站*应用程序将运输承运人添加到其订单时，都会为运输方式创建日志。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu." msgstr "演示如何从 “技术” 菜单中找到 “日志记录” 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:332 msgid "" "Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the " "correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP " "response*, verify that the same information is received." msgstr "" "点击 *HTTP 请求* 行项目打开详细页面，并验证从 Odoo 发送给货运承运人的信息是否正确。在*HTTP 响应*中，验证是否收到了相同的信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging." msgstr "在设置 > 技术 > 日志中显示调试请求历史记录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "一个UPS 账户号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "登陆秘钥" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " "UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "访问密钥是一个16个字符的字母数字代码，允许访问UPS Developer Kit API开发和生产服务器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "创建一个UPS账号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "注意 :只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土, 你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" msgstr "" "在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息 :\n" " `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号, 你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" "1.访问UPS网站，网址为 `www.ups.com `__ ，然后单击页面顶部的 **用** 链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "2．点击 **MyUPS注** 按钮, 按照以下流程完成注册过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "使用UPS.com用户名和密码登录`UPS.com网站 `_)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "点击 **户概** 链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详** 部分点击 **加现有的UPS账** 链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" "5. 在 **加新的账** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号** ， **户名** ， 以及 **** 等字段， 默认的国家是美国" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "点击 **一** 按钮继续。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "获取访问密匙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "`_" msgstr "前往`UPS开发工具包网页 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "点击 **求访问密** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "验证联系信息" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "点击 **求访问密** 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **问密** , 同时带有访问的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" msgstr "仓库和储存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:6 msgid "Inventory management" msgstr "库存管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:8 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Inventory* app, :doc:`warehouses " "` handle the broader organization and " "distribution of stock across different physical sites, while :doc:`locations" " ` provide a more detailed breakdown " "within each warehouse for efficient item management." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:13 msgid "" "This document serves as an introduction to the terminology and concepts " "necessary to master *Inventory*. For specific instructions and examples of " "how things work, refer to individual documentation pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Warehouses & Locations " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:23 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouses ` represent a physical " "place, with a physical address, where a company's items are stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:26 msgid "" "Configure :doc:`routes <../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` " "in a warehouse to control how products move to customers, from vendors, " "within the warehouse, or :doc:`between warehouses " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" msgstr "地点" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:33 msgid "" ":doc:`Locations ` refer to specific " "areas within a warehouse, such as shelves, floors, or aisles. These are sub-" "divisions within a warehouse, and are unique to that warehouse. Users can " "create and manage numerous locations within a single warehouse to organize " "inventory more precisely." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:40 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:47 msgid "Location types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:49 msgid "" "*Location types* in Odoo help categorize and manage where products are, and " "what actions need to be taken with them. By default, on the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations` page, only " "internal locations are displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:53 msgid "" "To view the seven location types in Odoo, select any location, and in the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` field, there are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: defines an area where products purchased from " "vendors originate. Items here are **not** in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View`: used to organize and structure the warehouse hierarchy. " "For example, the view location `WH` (short for warehouse) groups all " "internal locations, such as `Stock`, receiving docks, quality checkpoints, " "and packing areas to show they all belong to the same warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:64 msgid "" "View locations should **not** contain products, but it is possible to move " "them there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: storage locations within the warehouse. Items" " stored in these locations are accounted for in :doc:`inventory valuation " "<../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer Location`: where sold products are tracked; items here " "are no longer in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: counterpart location to consume missing items or" " create stock, accounting for discrepancies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, examples of inventory loss locations are *Inventory Adjustment*, " "used to account for discrepancies during an inventory count, and *Scrap*, " "which is where damaged goods are sent to account for inventory losses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:80 msgid "" "`Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment` is a location with the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Loss` type. The database shows `65` units in " "`WH/Stock`, but an inventory check reveals `60`. To correct the quantity, " "five units are moved from `WH/Stock` to `Virtual Locations/Inventory " "Adjustment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:0 msgid "Product ends up in Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Production`: where raw materials are consumed, and " ":doc:`manufactured products <../../manufacturing>` are created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transit Location`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse " "operations to track products shipped between different addresses, such as " ":ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst-1 msgid "List of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103 msgid "In Odoo, location types are color-coded:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:102 msgid "**Red**: internal locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103 msgid "**Blue**: view locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:104 msgid "" "**Black**: external locations (including inventory loss, vendor, and " "customer locations)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:107 msgid "View locations in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo databases include pre-configured view locations to organize the " "hierarchy of locations. These provide helpful context, and distinguish " "between internal and external locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:112 msgid "" "*Physical locations* serve as an umbrella for external locations, without " "changing a product's inventory value. (Inventory valuation changes occur " "when products move from internal to external locations)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:119 msgid "" "When moving products in warehouses `WH` and `WH2`, the items are not in " "either warehouse, but still belong to the company. While in transit, they " "are placed in the `Inter-warehouse transit` location, a :guilabel:`Transit " "Location` type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:123 msgid "" "This location is under the view location, `Physical Locations`, indicating " "that `Inter-warehouse transit` is outside of a warehouse, but still part of " "the company. Doing so does not affect the inventory valuation of the " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:127 msgid "" "*Partner locations* group customer and vendor locations (external locations)" " together. Transfers to these locations affect inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:129 msgid "" "*Virtual locations* are locations that do **not** exist physically, but it " "is where items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items " "that are no longer in inventory due to loss, or other factors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "库存调整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:5 msgid "" "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " "database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " "warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, " "human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must " "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" "在任何仓库管理系统中，数据库中记录的库存盘点可能并不总是与仓库中的实际库存盘点一致。这两种清点之间的差异可能是由于损坏、人为错误、盗窃或其他因素造成的。因此，必须进行库存调整以调节差异，确保数据库中记录的库存数量与仓库中的实际数量相符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:12 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "库存调整页面" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14 msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "要查看 *库存调整* 页面，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 库存调整`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "库存调整页面上列出的库存产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are " "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`库存调整` 页面上，列出了当前库存的所有产品，每个产品系列包含以下信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：产品存放在仓库中的具体位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr ":guilabel:`产品`：库存调整行中列出其数量的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr ":guilabel:`批次/序列号`：分配给所列特定产品的追踪标识符。它可以包含字母、数字或两者的组合。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30 msgid "" "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " "than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" "如果特定产品的库存数量超过 `1.00`，且分配给该产品的序列号（或批号）不止一个，则每个唯一标识的产品都会显示在自己的产品行中，并在 " ":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 列下显示自己的批次/序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr ":guilabel:`手头数量`：数据库中当前记录的产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " "Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UoM`：产品的*计量单位*。除非另有规定（例如，以 :guilabel:`磅` 或 :guilabel:`盎司` 为单位），默认" " :abbr:`UoM （计量单位）` 为 :guilabel:`单位`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`已清点数量`：库存清点时清点的实际数量。该字段默认为空，但可以根据是否与 :guilabel:`库存数量` 匹配进行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`差额`：库存调整后，:guilabel:`库存数量`与:guilabel:`已计算数量`之间的差额。每次库存调整后，差额都会自动计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr ":guilabel:`预定日期`：应进行计数的日期。如果未另行指定，该日期将默认为当年的 12 月 31 日。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr ":guilabel:`用户`：数据库中指定的清点人员。可以是实际清点库存的人，也可以是在数据库中应用清点的人。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific" " product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or " ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`产品类别`：内部分配给特定产品的类别。除非另有说明（即 :guilabel:`消耗品` 或 :guilabel:`租赁`），默认 " "*产品类别* 设置为 :guilabel:`全部`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is " "currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, " "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`可用数量`：当前可用的特定产品数量，基于任何未完成/未完成的销售订单、采购订单或生产订单，这些订单一旦完成可能会改变可用数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." msgstr ":guilabel:`会计日期`：调整将在 Odoo *会计* 应用程序中入账的日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：正在对其数据库进行库存调整的公司。该公司列在数据库的右上角，紧挨着当前登录的用户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61 msgid "" "Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the " ":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of " "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" "某些列默认隐藏。要显示这些列，请点击表单顶行最右侧的 :guilabel:`其他选项` " "按钮（三个圆点图标），然后通过点击选项旁边的复选框选择要显示的列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:66 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "创建库存调整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68 msgid "" "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" "要在:menuselection:`库存调整`页面创建新的库存调整，请点击:guilabel:`创建`。这样会在页面底部创建一个新的空白库存调整行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72 msgid "" "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" " tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" "在此空白库存调整行上，点击 :guilabel:`产品` 列下的下拉菜单，选择一个产品。如果所选产品使用批号或序列号跟踪，也可从 " ":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 列下的下拉菜单中选择所需的批次或序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:77 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "然后，将 :guilabel:`计算数量` 列中的值设置为库存调整过程中该产品的计算数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to " "`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` " "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" "新库存调整的 :guilabel:`计算数量` 默认设置为 `0.00`。库存移动的 :guilabel:`已计算数量` " "会记录在产品的库存调整历史记录中，因此应设置为反映实际清点数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:85 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " "their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`计算数量` 列的右侧，:guilabel:`预定日期` 和 :guilabel:`用户` 也可以通过各自的下拉菜单更改。更改 " ":guilabel:`预定日期` 会更改库存调整处理的日期，选择负责的 :guilabel:`用户`，则为特定库存调整指定一个用户（已便追踪）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:91 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "对新的库存调整行进行所有更改后，点击离开该行。这样做可以保存调整，并将该行移到页面顶部。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" "如果 :guilabel:`计算数量` 的值大于 :guilabel:`库存数量` 的值，则 :guilabel:`差异` 列中的值为 " "**绿色**。如果 :guilabel:`计算数量` 小于 :guilabel:`库存数量`，则 :guilabel:`差异` " "列中的值为**红色**。如果数量相匹配，且未作任何更改，则 :guilabel:`差异` 列中不显示任何值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "库存调整页面的差异栏。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:104 msgid "" "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "在此阶段，已记录计数（:dfn:`库存调整`），但尚未应用。这意味着调整前的库存数量尚未更新，以与新的实际计算数量相匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:108 msgid "" "There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is " "to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the " "page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. " "Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is " "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" "有两种方法可以应用新的库存调整。第一种方法是点击页面最右边一行的 :guilabel:`应用` " "按钮。第二种方法是点击该行最左边的复选框。这样做会在页面顶部显示新的按钮选项，其中一个是 :guilabel:`应用` 按钮。点击该按钮会弹出一个 " ":guilabel:`库存调整参考/原因` 窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:114 msgid "" "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " "inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" "在弹出菜单中，可为库存调整指定参考或原因。默认情况下，:guilabel:`库存参考/原因` " "字段预先填入调整日期，但也可以更改，以反映所需的参考或原因。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:118 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`应用`，以应用库存调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " "product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " "can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "更改库存清点频率" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "如要更改月份，请单击 :guilabel:`12 月` 显示下拉菜单，并选择所需的月份。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" "For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " "This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" "However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " "count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " "stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 msgid "Activate storage locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" " feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " "Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " "frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" "To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " "location settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" " this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " "value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "需要每 30 天清点一次库存的位置应将 :guilabel:`库存频率（天数）` 值设置为 `30`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" "Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " "applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " "set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " "(Days)` field." msgstr "" "将频率改为所需的天数后，单击 :guilabel:`保存` 保存更改。现在，一旦对该位置应用了库存调整，就会根据输入 :guilabel:` " "库存频率（天数）`字段的值自动设置下一个计划清点日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "按位置计算库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:61 msgid "" "To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" "要对仓库中的特定位置执行周期计数，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 库存调整`。这将显示一个 " ":guilabel:`库存调整` 页面，其中包含当前库存的所有产品，每个产品都列在自己的行中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:66 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" " the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " "select specific locations and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" "在此页面，可使用 :guilabel:`筛选器` 和 :guilabel:`分组类别` 按钮（位于页面顶部，在 :guilabel:`搜索...` " "栏下）选择特定位置并执行库存清点。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "库存调整页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:74 msgid "" "To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " "click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " "reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." msgstr "" "要选择特定位置并查看该位置内的所有产品，请单击 :guilabel:`分组方式`，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，右侧会出现一个新的下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:77 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " "location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " "be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" "下拉菜单中单击:guilabel:`位置`，然后单击:guilabel:`应用`。页面现在显示了仓库中每个有库存产品的位置的精简下拉菜单，并可以对该位置中的所有产品进行循环盘点。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:82 msgid "" "In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " "it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." " Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." msgstr "" "在有多个地点和大量产品的大型仓库中，搜索所需的特定地点可能更容易。要执行此操作，请从:guilabel:`库存调整` 页面单击 " ":guilabel:`筛选器`。然后，单击 :guilabel:` 添加自定义筛选器`，右侧会出现一个新菜单。单击该菜单可显示三个下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:87 msgid "" "For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" "down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " "the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " "for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" "对于第一个字段，单击并从下拉菜单中选择:guilabel:`位置`。对于第二个字段，保持:guilabel:`包含`值不变。在第三个字段中，键入要搜索的位置名称。点击" " :guilabel:`应用`使该位置出现在页面上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "在库存调整页面应用了筛选器和分组。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:97 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "更改全面库存清点频率" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "" "While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " "for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " "be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "虽然周期清点通常是按地点进行的，但也可以手动更改对仓库中所有库存物品进行全面库存清点的预定日期，以便将日期提前到所列日期之前。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:103 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " "field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " "by default." msgstr "" "要修改默认计划日期，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后，在 :guilabel:`操作` " "部分，找到 :guilabel:`年度盘存日期（日月）` 设置字段，其中包括一个下拉菜单，默认设置为 `31` :guilabel:`12 月` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "库存应用程序设置中的频率字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:112 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "要更改日期，请单击 `31`，然后根据所需的年份月份，将其更改为 `1-31` 范围内的某一天。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "完成所有更改后，单击 :guilabel:`保存` 保存所有更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " "defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " "*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " "remain accurate." msgstr "在某些情况下，库存产品可能会损坏或发现有缺陷。如果无法修理或退货，Odoo *库存* 允许用户报废产品，以确保可用库存计数保持准确。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19 msgid "" "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " "was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" "废料订单可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 报废` " "查看。每个报废订单都会显示创建订单的日期和时间，以及报废的产品和数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " "location." msgstr "" "要查看每个报废项目的总数量，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 位置`。从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏移除" " :guilabel:`内部` 筛选器，以显示虚拟位置。最后，选择 :guilabel:`虚拟位置/报废` 位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " "places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " "location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " "is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." msgstr "" "默认情况下，报废产品会将其从物理库存中移除，并将其放置在名为*虚拟位置/报废*的虚拟位置中。虚拟位置**并非**物理空间，而是 Odoo " "中的一个名称，用于追踪不再属于实际库存的物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "了解更多" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`location types " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 msgid "" "To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" " Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." msgstr "" "要报废库存中的产品，首先导航到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 报废`。在 :guilabel:`报废订单` 页面，单击 " ":guilabel:`创建` 以配置新的报废订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 msgid "" "On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " "location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " "defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " "changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " "menus." msgstr "" "在报废订单中，从 :guilabel:`产品` 下拉菜单中选择要报废的产品，然后在 :guilabel:`数量` " "字段中输入数量。:guilabel:`源位置` 的默认值是产品的存储位置，而 :guilabel:`报废位置` 的默认值是 " ":guilabel:`虚拟位置/报废`，但可以从各自的下拉菜单中选择不同的位置来更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "A new scrap order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " "inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " "quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " "delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " "defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " "location to another, or preparing them for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 msgid "" "To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " "begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " ":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" " :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " "product is being scrapped from." msgstr "" "要在收货、转移或交付操作过程中报废产品，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序。在 :guilabel:`概览` " "页面，根据产品报废的操作类型，选择 :guilabel:`收据`, :guilabel:`内部转移` 或 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡上的 " ":guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " ":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" "Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" " viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " "Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 msgid "" "Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " "page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" " page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " "validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " "they have been entered into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " "from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" " :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " "is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" " Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " "different location from their respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " "scrap orders created from that operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The Scraps smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " "room, aisle, etc." msgstr "*位置*是仓库内的一个特定空间。可以是货架、房间、过道等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:10 msgid "" "To create specific storage locations, enable the *Storage Locations* feature" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "In the :guilabel:`Warehouses` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage " "Locations` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要创建特定存储位置，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，启用 *存储位置* 功能。在 " ":guilabel:`仓库` 部分，勾选 :guilabel:`存储位置` 复选框。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 msgid "" "Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with " ":doc:`Multi-Step Routes " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, which controls how " "products move between locations." msgstr "" "通常， :guilabel:`存储位置` 功能与 :doc:`多步骤路线 " "<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` " "一起使用，后者控制产品如何在不同地点之间移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Show Storage Locations feature." msgstr "显示存储位置功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create new location" msgstr "创建新位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "启用 *存储位置* 后，转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "List of internal locations." msgstr "内部位置清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`New`. The new location form can then be " "configured as follows:" msgstr "在此页面中，点击 :guilabel:`新建`。然后可以对新位置表单进行如下配置：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Location Name`: recognizable name of the location." msgstr ":guilabel:`位置名称`：可识别的位置名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location within which the new location " "exists. After the location is created, it is listed on the " ":guilabel:`Locations` page using a *location hierarchy*, to describe how a " "specific location fits within larger areas of the warehouse." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`母位置`：新位置所在的位置。位置创建后，将在 :guilabel:`位置` 页面上使用 *位置层次结构* " "列出，以描述特定位置如何与仓库的更大区域相匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 msgid "" "In `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`, \"Refrigerator 1\" is the location " "name, \"Zone A\" is the parent location, and everything before it is the " "path showing where this spot is within the warehouse." msgstr "" "在 `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`中，“冰箱 1” 是位置名称，“A 区” " "是母位置，前面的所有内容都是显示该位置在仓库中位置的路径。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46 msgid "Additional Information section" msgstr "其他信息部分" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 msgid "" "In addition to the required fields above, configure the following location " "fields to ensure the location serves its intended purpose in the database:" msgstr "除上述必填字段外，还需配置以下位置字段，以确保位置在数据库中达到预期目的：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Vendor" " Location`, :guilabel:`View`, :guilabel:`Internal Location`, " ":guilabel:`Customer Location`, :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`, " ":guilabel:`Production`, or :guilabel:`Transit Location` to categorize the " "location. For details on each location type, refer to the :ref:`Location " "Types section `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`位置类型`：从下拉菜单中选择 " ":guilabel:`供应商位置`、:guilabel:`视图`、:guilabel:`内部位置`、:guilabel:`客户位置`、:guilabel:`库存损失`、:guilabel:`生产`" " 或 :guilabel:`运输位置` 对位置进行分类。有关每种位置类型的详细信息，请参阅 :ref:`位置类型部分 " "`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Category`: only available with the :doc:`Storage " "Categories <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` " "feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`存储类别`: 只有 :doc:`存储类别 " "<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` 功能在 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用后才可用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the location belongs to." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：位置所属的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." msgstr ":guilabel:`是报废地点吗？`：勾选该复选框，允许在此地点存放报废/损坏货物。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " "be returned to this location." msgstr ":guilabel:`是退回位置吗？`：勾选该复选框，允许将产品退回到该位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: used with the *Barcode* app, enter the barcode to " ":ref:`identify actions ` at this location when " "scanned." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`条形码`：与 *条形码* 应用程序一起使用，扫描时输入条形码，以便 " ":ref:`识别此位置的操作`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: used for :doc:`configuring routes " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, tick this checkbox " "to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, " "*Manufacture*, or other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly " "supplied to the warehouse." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`补货位置`: 用于 :doc:`配置路径 " "<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`，勾选此复选框可将该位置设置为从 " "*购买*、*制造* 或其他采购路径接收产品的目的地，确保产品正确供应到仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 msgid "Cyclic Counting section" msgstr "循环计数部分" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:78 msgid "" "To schedule regular inventory counts at this location, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field to the desired interval. By " "default, it is set to `0` (no scheduled counts)." msgstr "要在此位置安排定期库存盘点，请将 :guilabel:`库存频率（天）` 字段设置为所需的时间间隔。默认设置为 `0`（无计划清点）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "For example, setting this field to `30`, schedules a count every thirty " "days. For more specifics on setting up and using this feature, refer to the " ":doc:`Cycle Counts documentation `." msgstr "" "例如，将此字段设置为 `30`，则每三十天进行一次计数。有关设置和使用此功能的更多细节，请参阅 " ":doc:`周期计数说明文档`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:84 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` field displays the date the last " "inventory count at this location occurred. When scheduled inventory counts " "are enabled, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` field displays the date" " of the next inventory count." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`最近一次有效库存` " "字段中，显示该位置上次库存盘点的日期。启用计划库存盘点后，:guilabel:`下一次预计库存盘点`字段将显示下一次库存盘点的日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:89 msgid "" "With inventory counts scheduled to occur every `30` days, and the " ":guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` count occurring on July 16, the " ":guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` is August 15." msgstr "" "库存盘点计划每隔 30 天进行一次，而 :guilabel:`最近一次有效库存` 的盘点时间是 7 月 16 日，因此 " ":guilabel:`下一个预期库存` 的盘点时间是 8 月 15 日。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0 msgid "Show Cyclic Count section of the locations form." msgstr "显示位置表格的循环计数部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 msgid "Logistics section" msgstr "物流部分" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section of the locations form, optionally " "select a :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` to determine the order and priority of" " how products are picked from inventory. The options are: :guilabel:`First " "In First Out (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)`, " ":guilabel:`Closest Location`, and :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" "在位置表单的 :guilabel:`物流` 部分，可选择 :guilabel:`移除策略` 以确定从库存中提取产品的顺序和优先级。选项包括： " ":guilabel:`先进先出（FIFO）`、:guilabel:`后进先出（LIFO）`、:guilabel:`最近位置` 和 " ":guilabel:`先到期先出（FEFO）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:108 msgid "Current stock at location" msgstr "当前库存位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:110 msgid "" "To view the current stock at a single location, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select " "the desired location." msgstr "要查看单个位置的当前库存，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`，然后选择所需的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button to get a list of all " "products at the location." msgstr "然后，点击 :guilabel:`当前库存` 智能按钮，获取该位置的所有产品列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:117 msgid "" "A list of current stock at `Shelf 1` consists of `266` cabinets and `39` " "desks." msgstr "`货架 1 ` 目前的库存清单包括 `266` 个柜子和 `39` 张桌子。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0 msgid "Show stock at Shelf 1." msgstr "显示 1 号货架的库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Inventory* app, a *warehouse* is a physical space with an " "address for storing items, such as a storage facility, distribution center, " "or physical store." msgstr "在 Odoo *库存* 应用程序中，*仓库* 是一个有地址的物理空间，用于存储物品，如存储设施、配送中心或实体商店。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "Each database has a pre-configured warehouse with the company's address. " "Users can set up multiple warehouses, and :doc:`create stock moves " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` between them." msgstr "" "每个数据库都有一个预先配置好的仓库，其中包含公司地址。用户可以设置多个仓库，并在它们之间 :doc:`创建库存移动 " "<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:15 msgid "" "To create or manage warehouses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "要创建或管理仓库，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "Then, select an existing warehouse, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the warehouse form, which contains the " "following fields:" msgstr "然后，选择一个现有仓库，或点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新仓库。这样就会打开仓库表单，其中包含以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse` (*required field*): the full name of the warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`（*必填字段*）：仓库的全名。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name` (*required field*): the abbreviated code for the " "warehouse (maximum five characters). The short name for the default " "warehouse in Odoo is `WH`." msgstr ":guilabel:`简称`（*必填字段*）：仓库的缩写代码（最多五个字符）。Odoo 中默认仓库的简称为 `WH`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on warehouse documents, so it is " "recommended to use an memorable one, like \"WH[first letters of location]\" " "(e.g. `WHA`, `WHB`, etc.)." msgstr "在仓库文件中会出现 :guilabel:`简称`，因此建议使用便于记忆的名称，如 “WH[地点首字母]”（如`WHA`、`WHB`等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` (*required field*): the address of the warehouse. To " "change the warehouse address when creating two or more warehouses, hover " "over the field, and click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " "arrow)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`地址`（*必填字段*）：仓库地址。要在创建两个或多个仓库时更改仓库地址，请将鼠标悬停在该字段上，然后点击 :icon:`fa-" "arrow-right` :guilabel:`（右箭头）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` (*required field*): the company that owns the warehouse;" " this can be set as the company that owns the Odoo database, or the company " "of a customer or vendor." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`（*必填字段*）：拥有仓库的公司；这可以设置为拥有 Odoo 数据库的公司，或者客户或供应商的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Intrastat region`: :doc:`region name " "<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` required for companies" " in the European Union." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Intrastat 区域`: " ":doc:`地区名称<.../.../.../.../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` " "欧盟境内的公司必须填写。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "The options below are available **only** when the *Multi-Step Routes* " "feature is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "**仅**当在 :menuselection:`库存应用 --> 配置 --> 设置`中启用*多步骤路线* 功能时，以下选项才可用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`: select the option to receive products from " "the warehouse in :doc:`one " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, " ":doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or" " :doc:`three " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` steps." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`进货`：选择从仓库接收产品的选项 :doc:`一 " "<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, " ":doc:`二 <. " "./../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`，或 " ":doc:`三 <.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` " "步。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`: select the option to deliver products from " "the warehouse in :doc:`one " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, " ":doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or" " :doc:`three " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` steps." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`发货`: 选择以 :doc:`一 " "<.../.../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`、:doc:`二" " <. ./../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` 或" " :doc:`三 <.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` " "步。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* " "feature enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Tick this checkbox to purchase components from vendors, and " "dropship them to subcontractors." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`分包商发货`：在 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用 *分包* " "功能时可用。勾选此复选框可从供应商处购买组件并将其分包给分包商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* " "feature, tick this checkbox to supply subcontractors with raw materials " "stored in *this* specific warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`重新供应分包商`：可通过 *分包* 功能使用，勾选此复选框可向分包商供应存储在 *此* 特定仓库中的原材料。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for items " "to be manufactured in this warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`生产补给`：勾选此复选框，允许在此仓库生产物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: choose whether to manufacture products in :doc:`one" " <../../../manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`two " "<../../../manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing>`, or :doc:`three " "steps <../../../manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for purchased " "products to be delivered to the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: available with multiple warehouses in the " "database, select warehouses to pull stock *from* to fulfill orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:69 msgid "" ":doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Example warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, stock can be replenished one of three ways: *reordering rules*, the" " *make to order* (MTO) route, or using the *master production schedule* " "(MPS)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:18 msgid "" "Each replenishment mechanism triggers the creation or suggestion of a " "purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO), with the best choice " "depending on the business process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:42 msgid "Replenishment strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:45 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "补货报告和重新订购规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:47 msgid "" "Reordering rules are rules that can be set up to maintain a minimum stock " "level. They are often configured to support manufacturing or sales " "requirements. When a product's stock falls at or below the minimum level, " "Odoo generates (or suggests) a purchase or manufacturing order to replenish " "stock to the maximum level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:52 msgid "" "When using automatic reordering rules, Odoo generates a new order. When " "using manual, Odoo suggests orders on the replenishment report. For detailed" " guidance, refer to the :doc:`replenishment report ` " "and :doc:`reordering rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56 msgid "Key points include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:58 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatic reordering rules `: " "Automatically create |POs| or |MOs| when stock falls below the minimum " "level. While this is convenient, it is less flexible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Manual reordering rules `: " "Generate suggestions in the replenishment report for user review, allowing " "adjustments and batch orders while meeting deadlines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:64 msgid "" ":ref:`Just-in-time logic `: A " "strategy to replenish only what is needed to prevent overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/report`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:74 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "按订单生产" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:76 msgid "" "An |MTO| strategy means that procurement or production is triggered only " "after a sales order has been confirmed. This strategy is recommended when " "products are customizable, demand is unpredictable, there is limited storage" " capacity, and when products are high in value and low in demand. In such " "cases, it does not make sense to keep on-hand inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "与使用重新订购规则补充的产品不同，Odoo 会自动将销售订单链接到由 |MTO| 路线生成的 |PO| 或 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:84 msgid "" "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " "generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" " reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " "forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" "重新订购规则与 |MTO| 的另一个区别是，使用 |MTO| 时，Odoo 会在确认 |SO| 后立即生成草稿 |PO| 或 " "|MO|。而使用重新订购规则时，当产品的预测库存低于设定的最小数量时，Odoo 就会生成草稿 |PO| 或 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:88 msgid "" "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " "forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "此外，只要 |PO| 或 |MO| 未确认，Odoo 会在预测发生变化时自动将数量添加到 |PO| 或 |MO| 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:91 msgid "" "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "对于定制产品和/或没有库存的产品，|MTO| 路线是最佳补货策略。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/mto`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:98 msgid "Master production schedule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:100 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` is a dashboard where products " "and their forecasted quantities are entered. Based on confirmed " "manufacturing and purchase orders, the dashboard recommends amounts to order" " or produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:104 msgid "" "This a useful **manual** tool for keeping track of quantities. The " ":abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` **should absolutely not** be used " "alongside reordering rules, as the automated workflow disrupts its manual " "replenishment method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/management/use_mps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:7 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the **Inventory** app allows for comprehensive lead " "time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing " "orders, deliveries, and receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:12 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "准备时间类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:14 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " "in Odoo:" msgstr "不同业务的不同交付周期会影响订单履行流程的各个阶段。以下是 Odoo 中交货时间类型的摘要：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "显示所有交货时间的图形。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:21 msgid "" ":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " "time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " "number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " "the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" " lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " "moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " "This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" " shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " "process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:31 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " "days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:36 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " "specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " "mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" " set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " "earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:42 msgid "" ":ref:`Days to Purchase lead time `: days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation " "(RFQ) and confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a " "specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:46 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " "of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " "confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " "and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:51 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " "forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " ":ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:59 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "销售前置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:61 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* " "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" "客户前置时间和销售安全前置时间可配置为自动计算:abbr:`SO（销售订单）` " "上的*预计交货日期*。预计交货日期可确保仓库发货的*交货日期*设置切合实际。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:65 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "如果设定的交货日期早于预期日期，Odoo 就会发出警告信息，因为届时可能无法完成订单，从而影响其他仓库业务。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:69 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" " the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead " "time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th." msgstr "" "7月 11 日确认了一份包含`椰香蜡烛`的:abbr:`销售订单（SO）`。该产品的客户交货时间为 14 天，企业使用 1 " "天的销售安全交货时间。根据交货时间的设定，Odoo 建议在 15 天后的 7 月 26 日进行交货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "在销售订单中设置*交货日期*。启用交货周期功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:77 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "以下部分演示如何自动计算预期交货日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:80 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "客户前置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:82 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " "Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` " "field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery " "order from start to finish." msgstr "" "通过导航至产品页面，在每个产品表单上设置客户交付周期。要执行此操作，请转至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "产品`。从那里选择所需的产品，然后切换到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡。然后，在 :guilabel:`客户前置时间` " "字段下，填写完成交货订单从开始到结束所需的日历天数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:88 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" " `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" "导航到产品表单，为 `椰子香味蜡烛` 设置 14 天的客户前置时间。然后，在 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡的 " ":guilabel:`客户前置时间` 字段中键入`14.00`天。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "在产品表单上设置*客户前置时间*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:99 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "销售安全前置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:101 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中为业务全局设置 *销售安全前置时间*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:104 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" "在配置页面的 :guilabel:`高级日程安排` 标题下，找到 :guilabel:`销售安全前置时间` 复选框，然后点击复选框启用该功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:107 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "然后，输入所需的日历天数。这个安全前置时间是一个缓冲时间，通知团队在预定日期之前做好出货准备。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:111 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " "In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th," " but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the " "delivery order would be April 5th." msgstr "" "将 :guilabel:`销售安全前置时间` 设置为 `1.00` 天，会将交货单（DO）的 :guilabel:`计划日期` " "提前一天。在这种情况下，如果产品最初计划于 4 月 6 日交货，但安全前置时间为一天，则交货订单的新计划日期将是 4 月 5 日。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings." msgstr "通过销售设置查看销售配置的安全前置时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:121 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "交付多种产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:123 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " "quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" "对于包含具有不同前置时间的多个产品订单，可直接从报价单本身配置前置时间。在报价单上，点击 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡，并将 " ":guilabel:`运输政策` 设置为：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`尽快` 用于在产品准备就绪后立即交付。:abbr:`交货单`的 :guilabel:`计划日期` " "是通过将当天日期加上订单中产品的最短前置时间来确定的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`当所有产品都准备就绪`时，等待一次性完成整个订单。:abbr:`DO（交货单）`的 :guilabel:`计划日期` " "是通过将当天日期加上订单中产品的最长前置时间来确定的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "在报价单的 *其他信息* 选项卡中显示 *运输政策* 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:140 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "在一份包含 2 种产品（`瑜伽垫` 和 `阻力带`）的报价单中，产品前置时间分别为 8 天和 5 天。今天是 4 月 2 日。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:143 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " "the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" "当 :guilabel:`运输政策` 设置为 :guilabel:`尽快` 时，计划交货日期为今天开始算起的 5 天后，即 4 月 7 日。如果选择 " ":guilabel:`当所有产品准备就绪时`，则计划交货日期为今天开始算起的 8 天后，即 4 月 10 日。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:150 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "采购前置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:152 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "自动确定向供应商下订单的日期有助于简化采购流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:155 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" " in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead " "times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to " "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" "Odoo 根据仓库需要产品的规定日期，计算供应商装运 *收货日期* 和 " ":abbr:`PO（采购订单）`截止日期。从收货日期倒推，供应商的前置时间和采购安全前置时间都会考虑在内，从而确定 :abbr:`PO（采购订单）` " "截止日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:160 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." msgstr "此截止日期为确认订单的日期，以确保在预期收货日期前及时到货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "采购订单截止日期和收货日期的可视化，与供应商前置时间结合使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:168 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr ":ref:`使用重新订购规则进行 PO 排期 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:171 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "供应商前置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:173 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" "要为从供应商位置到达仓库的订单设置供应商前置时间，首先通过 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 导航到产品表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:176 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " "button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, " ":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" "接下来，选择所需的产品，并切换到 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡。在可编辑的供应商价目表中，点击 :guilabel:`添加行` " "按钮添加供应商详细信息，如 :guilabel:`供应商` 名称、:guilabel:`价格`，及 :guilabel:`交货前置时间`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:182 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "供应商价目表中可添加多个供应商和前置时间。默认选择的供应商和前置时间将是列表顶部的条目。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:186 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" msgstr "在产品表单的供应商价格列表中，所选供应商的 :guilabel:`交货前置时间` 设置为 `10 天`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "在产品的供应商价目表中添加交货前置时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:193 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse " "employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the " "expected timeframe." msgstr "" "通过设置供应商前置时间，项目的预期到货日期将自动确定为:abbr:`PO（采购订单）`确认日期加上供应商前置时间。这可确保在产品**未在**预期时间内到达时，及时通知仓库员工。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:199 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " ":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from " "the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase" " Order)`." msgstr "" "在 7 月 11 日确认的:guilabel:`PO（采购订单）`上，Odoo 自动将:guilabel:`收货日期`设置为 7 月 21 " "日。收货日期也会作为 :guilabel:`预定日期` 显示在仓库收据表格上，可通过 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮访问，该按钮位于 " ":guilabel:`PO（采购订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor." msgstr "显示从供应商处收到产品的预期*收货日期*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "显示产品从供应商处到达的预期*计划日期*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:215 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "采购安全前置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:217 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "*采购安全前置时间* 在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中为企业全局设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:220 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" " click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:223 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:227 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " "pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "从库存 > 配置 > 设置中设置采购的安全前置时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:239 msgid "Days to purchase lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:241 msgid "" "To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the number of days required for " "the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it from the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:248 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "制造前置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:250 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " "materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:253 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " "delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times" " and manufacturing security lead times." msgstr "" ":abbr:`MO（制造订单）` 截止日期是在预定交货日期之前开始制造流程以完成产品的截止日期，可以通过配置制造提前期和制造安全提前期来确定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead " "times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:262 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "制造前置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:264 msgid "" "Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:267 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " "needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " "Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:271 msgid "" "Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " "in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:278 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" "根据 :abbr:`DO（送货单）` 的 :guilabel:`预定日期` 字段中显示的 *预计交货日期*，建立 : abbr:`MO（制造订单）` " "截止日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:281 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" " calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing " "lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:285 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "这确保了生产流程按时开始，以满足交货日期的要求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:287 msgid "" "However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " "Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" " (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " "simultaneously`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:292 msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:293 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:297 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " "date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment " "date is August 1st." msgstr "" "一产品在 :abbr:`DO（送货订单）` 上的预定装运日期是 8 月 15 日。该产品的生产需要 14 天。因此，最迟应在 8 月 1 日开始 " ":abbr:`MO （制造订单）`，以满足承诺日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:304 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "制造安全提前期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:306 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" " :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " "Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:310 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings." msgstr "通过制造应用程序设置查看制造的安全准备时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:318 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " "manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled " "Date` on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` reflects the latest date to " "begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" "某产品的 :abbr:`DO（送货订单）` 计划装运日期为 8 月 15 日。制造准备时间为 7 天，制造安全准备时间为 3 天。因此，: " "abbr:`MO（制造订单）` 上的 :guilabel:`计划日期` 反映了开始制造订单的最晚日期。在本例中，:abbr:`MO（制造订单）` " "上的计划日期是 8 月 5 日。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:325 msgid "Global example" msgstr "全局示例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:327 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "请参阅以下示例，了解所有交付周期如何共同作用以确保及时完成订单：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:330 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**销售安全准备时间**：1 天" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:331 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "**制造安全准备时间**：2 天" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:332 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "**制造安全准备时间**：3 天" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:333 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**采购安全准备时间**：1 天" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:334 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "**供应商安全准备时间**：4 天" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:336 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " "Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the " "necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, " "September 20th:" msgstr "" "客户于 9 月 1 日下单购买制成品，仓库的预定交货日期为 9 月 20 日。Odoo 根据出库交货日期（9 月 20 " "日），使用提前期和自动重新订货规则来安排必要的操作：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse " "operations." msgstr "显示交货时间如何协同安排仓库运营的时间表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:344 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "**9 月 1 日**：创建销售订单，由销售人员确认。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:346 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "**9 月 9 日**： 订购部件的截止日期，以确保在生产开始时及时送达（供应商交货期为 4 天）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:349 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "**9 月 13 日**：零部件计划入库日期。原定于9月14日，但由于设置了1天的采购安全提前期，日期提前了1天。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:352 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " "security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September " "19th." msgstr "" "**9 月 14 日**： 开始生产的截止日期。计算方法是从 9 月 19 日的预计交货日期减去 3 天的制造提前期和 2 天的制造安全提前期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:356 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " "September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by " "a day." msgstr "" "**9 月 19 日**：送货订单表单上的 :guilabel:`预定日期` 显示更新后的预计交货日期，该日期最初设定为 9 月 20 " "日。但销售安全准备时间将日期提前了一天。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:360 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " "buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on " "time." msgstr "Odoo 的补货计划可映射企业的订单执行流程，设定预先确定的截止日期和原材料订购日期，包括可能出现延误的缓冲天数。这可确保产品按时交付。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" msgstr "按订单补充（MTO）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:9 msgid "" "*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " "replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a" " sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a " "vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a " "product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing " "order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a " "sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" " being ordered." msgstr "" "*按订单补货*，又称*MTO*（按订单生产），是一种补货策略，每次为某一产品创建销售订单时，都会为该产品创建一个订单草稿。对于从供应商处采购的产品，会创建一个询价单（RFQ），而对于内部制造的产品，销售订单会触发制造订单的创建。无论订购产品的当前库存水平如何，每次创建销售订单时都会创建询价单或制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:19 msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" msgstr "取消订单补充（MTO）路线的存档" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " "is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " "However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" "默认情况下，Odoo 将 |MTO| 路由设置为 *存档*。这是因为 |MTO| " "是一个有点小众的工作流程，只有某些公司才会使用。不过，只需几个简单的步骤，就可以轻松取消路由的存档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:25 msgid "" "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" " --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` " "button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " "that are currently archived." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`。在 :guilabel:`路线` 页面，点击 " ":guilabel:`筛选` 按钮并选择 :guilabel:`存档` 选项。这将显示当前存档的所有路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "路线页面上的存档筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:33 msgid "" "Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click" " the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" "down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" "启用 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 旁边的复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮显示下拉菜单。从下拉菜单中选择 " ":guilabel:`解除存档`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "路线页面上的取消存档操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:40 msgid "" "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all " "available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " "now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." msgstr "" "最后，删除 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中的 :guilabel:`存档` 筛选器。现在 :guilabel:`路线` " "页面将显示所有可用的路线，包括 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）`，现在可在每个产品页面的库存选项卡上进行选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." msgstr "取消存档后，MTO 路线会出现在“路线”页面上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:49 msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" msgstr "配置产品以使用 MTO 路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:51 msgid "" "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " "use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " "existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." msgstr "" "由于 |MTO| 路由未存档，现在可以正确配置产品以使用订单补货。要执行此操作，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> " "产品`，然后选择一个现有产品，或点击 :guilabel:`创建`，配置一个新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section, along with one other route." msgstr "" "在产品页面上，选择 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，并在 :guilabel:`路线` 部分启用 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` " "路线和另一条路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:59 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " "another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" " replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " "it, etc.)." msgstr "" "除非同时选择了其他路线，否则 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 路线**不会生效**。这是因为 Odoo " "需要知道如何在下订单时补充产品（购买、制造等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "在库存选项卡上选择 MTO 路线和第二条路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:67 msgid "" "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so " "makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " "below." msgstr "" "如果产品是从供应商处购买以履行销售订单，请启用产品名称下的 :guilabel:`可以购买` " "复选框。这样，:guilabel:`购买`选项卡就会与下面的其他设置选项卡一起出现。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" " :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，并指定 :guilabel:`供应商` 和他们销售产品的 :guilabel:`价格`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." msgstr "启用 \"可以采购\"，并指定供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:78 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials " "(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " "smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" "如果产品已制造，请确保为其配置了物料清单（BOM）。要执行此操作，请点击屏幕顶部的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`物料清单` 页面上的 :guilabel:`创建`，为产品配置新的 BOM。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83 msgid "" "On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product " "on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " "the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "在空白的 |BOM| 表单中，在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡上添加用于制造产品的组件，并在 :guilabel:`操作` " "选项卡上添加制造工作流程所需的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，完成保存 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" msgstr "使用 MTO 路线完成销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:92 msgid "" "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" " created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed." " The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " "to |MTO|." msgstr "" "将产品配置为使用 |MTO| 路线后，每次确认包含该产品的销售订单时，都会为其创建补货订单。创建的订单类型取决于除 |MTO|之外选择的第二条途径。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:96 msgid "" "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " "is created upon confirmation of a sales order." msgstr "例如，如果 *购买* 是选择的第二个途径，那么在确认销售订单后就会创建采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:100 msgid "" "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " "always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if " "there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " "without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" "当产品的 |MTO| " "路线启用后，在确认销售订单时总是会创建补货订单。即使手头有足够的产品库存来完成销售订单，也会出现这种情况，而无需购买或生产额外的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:104 msgid "" "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, " "the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," " which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" "虽然 |MTO| 路线可与其他各种路线配合使用，但本工作流程仍以*采购*路线为例。首先导航到 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，然后点击" " :guilabel:`创建`，打开一个空白报价表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:108 msgid "" "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" " product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." msgstr "" "在空白报价单上添加 :guilabel:`客户`，然后单击 :guilabel:`订购线` 选项卡下的 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`，并输入已配置为使用 *MTO* 和 *采购* 路线的产品。单击 :guilabel:`确认`，报价单就会变成销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:112 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of " "the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " "order." msgstr "现在，销售订单的右上角会出现一个 :guilabel:`采购` 智能按钮。点击该按钮可打开与销售订单相关联的 |RFQ|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:115 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " "purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at " "the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " ":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，确认 |RFQ| 并将其转化为采购订单。采购订单顶部会出现绿色的 :guilabel:`接收产品` " "按钮。收到产品后，点击 :guilabel:`接收产品` 将其登记到库存中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:119 msgid "" "Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " "the sales order." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`SO` 面包屑，或导航至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> 订单`，选择销售订单，返回销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:122 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the" " order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " "shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" "最后，点击订单右上方的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，进入交货订单。产品送达客户后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 确认送货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" msgstr "重新排序规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " "threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" " specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " "maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "*重新排序规则*用于将预测的库存水平保持在某个临界值以上，而不超过指定的上限。具体做法是指定库存不得低于的最低数量和不得超过的最高数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:21 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " "to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a *request for " "quotation* (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " "product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a *manufacturing order* (MO) is " "created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " "route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:27 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程：自动重新排序规则 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:28 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程：手动重新排序规则 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:30 msgid "To set up reordering rules for the first time, refer to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Reordering rules setup `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:128 msgid ":ref:`Trigger `" msgstr ":ref:`触发器 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:129 msgid ":ref:`Preferred route `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:36 msgid "To understand and optimize replenishment using advanced features, see:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38 msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:133 msgid ":ref:`Visibility days `" msgstr ":ref:`可见天数 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:44 msgid "Reordering rules setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:46 msgid "" "To configure automatic and manual reordering rules, complete the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:48 msgid "" ":ref:`Product type configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:49 msgid ":ref:`Create rule `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:54 msgid "Product type configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:56 msgid "" "A product must be configured correctly to use reordering rules. Begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then" " select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:60 msgid "" "On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is necessary " "because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, and " "quantities are needed to trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." msgstr "将产品类型设置为可储存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:68 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes from" " the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use to " "replenish the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." msgstr "在库存选项卡上选择一条或多条路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:75 msgid "" "If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name." " This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price " "that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" " should be purchased from." msgstr "" "如果使用 :guilabel:`购买` 途径重新订购产品，请确认产品名称下的 :guilabel:`可购买` 复选框已启用。这样就会出现 " ":guilabel:`采购`选项卡。点击:guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，指定至少一个供应商及其产品售价，以便 Odoo 知道应从哪家公司购买产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." msgstr "在采购选项卡上指定供应商和价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:84 msgid "" "If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it " "needs to have at least one *bill of materials* (BoM) associated with it. " "This is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for " "products with a |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:88 msgid "" "If a |BoM| does not already exist for the product, select the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the product form, " "then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." msgstr "产品表单上的“物料清单”智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:98 msgid "Create new reordering rules" msgstr "创建新的重新排序规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:100 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and " "fill out the following fields in the new line:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that requires replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: The specific location where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum amount of product that should be " "available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " "is triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The amount of product that should be available " "after replenishing the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: If the product should be ordered in specific " "quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " "products are replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." msgstr "创建新重新排序规则的表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:118 msgid "" "Reordering rules can also be created from the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " "smart button on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:122 msgid "" "To learn how the :guilabel:`On Hand`, :guilabel:`Forecast`, and " ":guilabel:`To Order` fields are calculated using on-hand quantities and " "future demand, see the :ref:`Just-in-time logic " "` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126 msgid "" "For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering" " rule fields:" msgstr "有关重排序规则的高级用法，请了解以下重排序规则字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130 msgid ":ref:`Vendor `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:131 msgid ":ref:`Bill of materials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:132 msgid "" ":ref:`Procurement group `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136 msgid "" "The fields above are not available by default, and must be enabled by " "selecting the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon in the " "far-right corner and selecting the desired column from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:143 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "触发器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:145 msgid "" "A reordering rule's *trigger* can be set to *automatic* or *manual*. While " "both function the same way, the difference between the two types of " "reordering rules is how the rule is launched:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:148 msgid "" ":ref:`Auto `: A purchase or " "manufacturing order is automatically created when the forecasted stock falls" " below the reordering rule's minimum quantity. By default, the " ":guilabel:`Auto` trigger is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:151 msgid "" ":ref:`Manual `: The " ":doc:`Replenishment report ` lists products needing replenishment, " "showing current/forecasted stock, lead times, and arrival dates. Users can " "review forecasts before clicking *Order Once*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:155 msgid "" "To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Operations --> Replenishment` or :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Then, click the :icon:`oi-settings-" "adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " "titles, and tick the :guilabel:`Trigger` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:160 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or " ":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different" " types of reordering rules." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`触发器` 列中，选择 :guilabel:`自动` 或 " ":guilabel:`手动`。请参阅以下章节，了解不同类型的重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166 msgid "Auto" msgstr "自动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:168 msgid "" "*Automatic reordering rules*, enabled by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generate purchase or " "manufacturing orders when either:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:171 msgid "" "The scheduler runs, and the *Forecasted* quantity is below the minimum, or" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172 msgid "" "A sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the " "product below the minimum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an |RFQ| is generated. To " "view and manage |RFQs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders " "--> Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:178 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an |MO| is generated." " To view and manage |MOs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" " Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:181 msgid "" "When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in " "the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "未选择路线时，Odoo 将选择产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡中指定的 :guilabel:`路线`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:185 msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default." msgstr "默认情况下，调度程序每天运行一次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:187 msgid "" "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure " ":ref:`developer mode ` is enabled, and then select " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, " "select the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that " "appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:192 msgid "Be aware that this also triggers *any other* scheduled actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:195 msgid "" "The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger " "when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of " "`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering " "rule is **not** triggered." msgstr "" "产品 `办公台灯` 设置了自动重新订购规则，当预测数量低于 :guilabel:`最小数量` `5.00` 时触发。由于当前 " ":guilabel:`预测` 是 `55.00`，重新订购规则**未**被触发。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page." msgstr "从重新订购规则页面显示自动重新订购规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:208 msgid "" "*Manual reordering rules*, configured by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, list a product on the " ":doc:`replenishment dashboard ` when the forecasted quantity falls " "below a specified minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, " "because they are needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, for which the " "forecasted quantity is not enough." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" "The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers " "sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It " "displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items, thanks to the " ":guilabel:`To Reorder` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the Order Once button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish " "stock." msgstr "点击补货仪表板上的 “订购一次” 按钮，补充库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "Preferred route" msgstr "首选路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected as replenishment methods " "under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it " "is possible to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, " "indicating to Odoo that the product can be bought or manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:233 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. " "To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` or " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:238 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " "preferred route." msgstr "点击补货规则行的列内，将会弹出一个下拉菜单，显示所有可用的路由选项。选择一条即可将其设置为首选路由。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择首选路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:245 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " "that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" "如果产品启用了多个路线，但没有为其重新排序规则设置首选路线，则会使用产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡上最先列出的选定路线对产品重新排序。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:250 msgid "Advanced uses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "" "Pairing :guilabel:`Preferred Route` with one of the following fields on the " "replenishment report unlocks advanced configurations of reordering rules. " "Consider the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: When the selected :guilabel:`Preferred Route` is " ":guilabel:`Buy`, setting the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to one of the multiple" " vendors on the vendor pricelist indicates to Odoo that the vendor is " "automatically populated on |RFQs| when a reordering rule triggers the " "creation of a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: When the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` is set " "to :guilabel:`Manufacture`, and there are multiple |BoMs| in use, specifying" " the desired |BoM| in the replenishment report, draft manufacturing orders " "are created with this |BoM| in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: This is a way to group related |POs| or |MOs|" " that are tied to fulfilling a specific demand, like an |SO| or a project. " "It helps organize and track which orders are linked to a particular demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "Procurement groups link replenishment methods to demand, enabling smart " "buttons to appear when using the :ref:`MTO route " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Showing smart button to PO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:281 msgid "" "Sales order (demand) with a linked purchase order (replenishment method)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:283 msgid "In the context of reordering rules:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:285 msgid "" "Reordering rules do not automatically assign a procurement group, which is " "why there are no smart buttons that link |SOs| to |POs|, unlike the " ":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)` route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:287 msgid "" "To enable smart buttons for products replenished by reordering rules (not " ":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)`), with specific quantities linked to specific " "demands (e.g. |SOs|), assign a procurement group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:290 msgid "" "Without a procurement group, demands for the same product can be combined " "into a single |RFQ|, even if the reordering rule is executed multiple times " "for those demands. This allows for more efficient procurement by " "consolidating demands into fewer orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:294 msgid "" "Selecting a procurement group in the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` field on " "the replenishment report ensures that all linked orders are grouped under " "the same demand, based on the defined route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:299 msgid "" "How can you set the *Procurement Group*, *Vendor*, and *Preferred Route* " "fields on the replenishment report to generate a single |RFQ| for five " "different products in sales order SO35, given they share the same vendor, " "Azure Interior, and ensure other demands for these products are handled " "separately?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` to `SO35`, in the reordering rule for " "all five products. This groups the demands for `SO35` in the same |RFQ| or " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:308 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Vendor` to `Azure Interior` to ensure the |RFQ| is " "created for the same supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:310 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` to :guilabel:`Buy` to generate an |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:311 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Order Once` button to generate a single |RFQ| for the " "five products tied to `SO35`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "" "After placing the order, remove `SO35` from the :guilabel:`Procurement " "Group` field of the five products' reordering rules. This ensures future " "demands for these products are managed separately and assigned to different " "|RFQs| (the usual behavior)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:321 msgid "Just-in-time logic" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:323 msgid "" "*Just-in-time logic* in Odoo minimizes storage costs by placing orders " "precisely to meet deadlines. This is achieved using the :ref:`forecasted " "date `, which determines when " "replenishment is necessary to avoid overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:327 msgid "" "The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** to receive a product " "if the replenishment process starts immediately. It is calculated by summing" " the lead times linked to the replenishment process, such as :ref:`vendor " "lead times ` and :ref:`purchasing delays " "` for purchases, or " ":ref:`manufacturing lead times ` for " "production. Both automatic and manual reordering rules work this way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:335 msgid "" "For a product with a 5-day total lead time and a sales order delivery date " "in 10 days, Odoo waits 5 days to place the order, ensuring it arrives just " "in time for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:338 msgid "Important considerations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:340 msgid "" "**If this feels risky**, consider adding buffer time or :doc:`adjusting lead" " times ` for more flexibility." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:342 msgid "" "While lead times and just-in-time logic provide additional control, " "**reordering rules work perfectly fine without them**. Keeping delivery " "dates on sales orders as their *creation date* ensures purchases are " "immediately triggered when needed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:349 msgid "Forecasted date and To Order quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:351 msgid "" "To view the *forecasted date*, go to the replenishment report and click the " ":icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon for the desired reordering " "rule. The :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window displays the " ":guilabel:`Forecasted Date` and various lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:355 msgid "" "The *forecasted date* is the total time needed to procure a product in Odoo." " It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the product's " "replenishment process. The total of these lead times, added to the current " "date, determines when Odoo checks for demanded stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:360 msgid "" "The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** the customer can " "receive the product if the replenishment process began right **now**. It is " "calculated by adding all lead times related to the product to the current " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:365 msgid "" "A manual reordering rule is set up with no minimum or maximum quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:367 msgid "" "Vendor lead time is 4 days, the purchase security lead time is 1 day, and " "the days to purchase is 2 days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:369 msgid "Today's date is November 26." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:370 msgid "These add up to 7 days, making the forecasted date, December 3rd." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:372 msgid "" "A confirmed |SO| for 5 units has a delivery date of December 3rd (7 days " "from today). This demand will appear on the replenishment report today, in " "the **To Order** field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:375 msgid "" "However, if the delivery date were later than December 3rd, it would not yet" " appear on the report. Odoo only displays quantities to replenish when they " "fall within the forecasted date window, ensuring orders are placed precisely" " when needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show forecasted date in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:382 msgid "" "The *just-in-time* logic ensures replenishment happens only when it's " "necessary for the forecasted date's demand, helping avoid overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:385 msgid "For example:" msgstr "例如：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:387 msgid "" "If the forecasted quantity drops below the minimum **on** the forecasted " "date, replenishment must begin immediately to avoid shortages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:389 msgid "" "If the quantity drops below the minimum **after** the forecasted date, " "replenishment can wait." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:391 msgid "The **To Order** quantity is the total demand on the forecasted date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:393 msgid "" "By timing purchase orders based on the combined lead times, Odoo optimizes " "stock levels, keeping inventory minimal while ensuring future requirements " "are ordered at the last possible moment—strategic procrastination without " "the stress!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:398 msgid "Common confusion about forecasted quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:400 msgid "" "|SOs| due **after** the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` are not accounted for in" " the :guilabel:`Forecast` quantities of the reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:403 msgid "" "They are, however, accounted for on the forecasted report that is opened by " "clicking the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon on the " "replenishment report, as this one represents the **long-term forecasted " "quantity**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Forecast and To Order quantities is zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:412 msgid "" "Continuing the above example, when the sales order's deadline is adjusted to" " December 4th, the :guilabel:`Forecast` and :guilabel:`To Order` quantities " "are zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show forecasted report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:418 msgid "" "Opening the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` shows the :guilabel:`Forecasted` " "units is `5.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:423 msgid "Visibility days" msgstr "可见天数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:425 msgid "" "*Visibility days* enable the ability to determine if additional quantities " "should be added to the planned replenishment. Odoo checks if forecasted " "stock on the forecasted date will drop below the minimum in the reordering " "rule. **Only if** it is time to reorder, visibility days check additional " "future demand by the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:430 msgid "" "This feature helps consolidate orders by grouping immediate and near-future " "needs, reducing transport costs and enabling supplier discounts for larger " "orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:433 msgid "" "To set visibility days to incorporate orders for a specified number of days " "in the future, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> " "Replenishment`, or by clicking the *Reordering Rules* smart button from the " "product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:437 msgid "" "Next, enable the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field by clicking the " ":icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the far right and " "choosing the feature from the drop-down menu. Then, enter the desired " "visibility days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:442 msgid "" "The forecasted date is never pushed forward or extended; Odoo only checks " "the extra visibility days if the stock falls below the minimum threshold on " "the forecasted date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:446 msgid "Example where visibility days is triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:448 msgid "" "A product shipped from Asia has a combined vendor lead time of 30 days and a" " shipping cost of $100 (including :doc:`landed costs " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs>` and" " tariffs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:452 msgid "" "November 4: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:453 msgid "" "|SO| 1: Requires the product by Dec 4. Odoo places the order today, costing " "$100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:454 msgid "" "|SO| 2: Requires the product by Dec 19. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov " "19, costing an additional $100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:456 msgid "" "|SO| 3: Requires the product by Dec 25. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov " "25, costing another $100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:459 msgid "" "Ordering separately for these sales orders totals $300 in shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Show forecasted date visualization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:464 msgid "" "Setting :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `20.0` allows Odoo to \"look ahead\" " "20 days from December 4 (|SO| 1's forecasted date) to December 24." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:467 msgid "" "It groups |SO| 2's order with |SO| 1, reducing shipping costs by " "consolidating orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:468 msgid "" "|SO| 3, which is due on Dec 25, is one day late and is not grouped with the " "other two orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Visibility days visualization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:474 msgid "Counterexample where visibility days is not triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:476 msgid "Considering the example above, if |SO| 1 does not exist, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:478 msgid "" "**November 4**: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days " "later)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:479 msgid "**November 5**: The forecasted date shifts to December 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:480 msgid "" "|SO| 2: Requires the product by December 19. Odoo will only trigger the " "order on November 19, meaning the user will not see a replenishment " "notification until then." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:483 msgid "" "This shows that visibility days complement just-in-time logic by optimizing " "it to balance replenishment costs more effectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Example where the visibility days does not trigger." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:8 msgid "" "The *replenishment report* is an interactive dashboard that uses " ":doc:`manual reordering rules `, lead times, and upcoming " "demands to forecast quantities of products that need restocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:12 msgid "" "Reordering rules used on this dashboard are normal reordering rules, but the" " user benefits from a monitoring menu with extra options to manage " "suggestions for replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:15 msgid "" "This enables users to anticipate future needs, keep less products on hand " "without the risk of running out, plan and consolidate orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:18 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "要访问补货报告，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货。`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:21 msgid "" "The fields and features unique to the replenishment dashboard are displayed " "below. For definitions of the other fields, go to the :ref:`Create " "reordering rules section `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:25 msgid "" "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " "required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " "changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :icon:`fa-truck` " ":guilabel:`Order Once`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:30 msgid "" "Clicking :icon:`fa-bell-slash` :guilabel:`Snooze` temporarily deactivates " "the reordering rule for the set period, hiding the entry from the " "replenishment dashboard, when it is supposed to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:34 msgid "" "Defining a :guilabel:`Vendor` allows filtering or grouping demands by the " "vendor. This simplifies the process of identifying products to order and can" " reduce shipment costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst-1 msgid "Replenishment report that displays recommended quantities to order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:41 msgid "" "Automatic reordering rules appear on this menu, too but are hidden by " "default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:44 msgid "Replenishment information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:46 msgid "" "In each line of the replenishment report, clicking the :icon:`fa-info-" "circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment " "Information` pop-up window, which displays the *lead times* and *forecasted " "date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:50 msgid "" "For detailed information on how to use this feature for replenishment, go to" " the :ref:`Just in time logic ` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "从另一个仓库补给" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " "that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " "local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" "To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " "warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" " :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " "warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " "warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "在 “仓库配置” 选项卡中为一个仓库提供另一个仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "设置产品路由" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" "After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " "available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " "Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " "product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "路径设置，使产品能从第二个仓库补给。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" "When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " ":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " "automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " "the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " "second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" "On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" msgstr "利用补货功能在仓库之间转移产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to " "transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse " "transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-" "warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during " "and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " "an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." msgstr "" "对于使用多个仓库的公司来说，经常需要在仓库之间调拨物品。这被称为*仓库间调拨*。Odoo *库存* " "处理仓库间调拨的管理流程，以确保调拨期间和之后的库存计数保持准确。本文档将详细介绍使用补货进行仓库间调拨的方法。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "配置仓库，进行仓库间补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide " "additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " "needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." msgstr "" "首先，确保启用 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 设置，方法是导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后选中 " ":guilabel:`仓库` 选项卡下的复选框。这将在创建仓库间补货所需的第二个仓库时提供额外的配置选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an " "additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will " "be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" msgstr "" "默认情况下，Odoo 已配置了一个主仓库。如果尚未创建附加仓库，请在 :guilabel:`库存` 模块中通过选择 :menuselection:`配置" " --> 仓库 --> 创建` 进行创建。否则，请在 :guilabel:`仓库` 页面选择产品要转移到的仓库，然后点击 :guilabel:`编辑` " "更改其设置。对仓库进行如下配置：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " "another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：选择一个尚未用于其他仓库的名称（例如，`备选仓库`）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " "identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" msgstr ":guilabel:`简称`：选择仓库的简称（如 `ALT_WH`）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a" " new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. " "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " "will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`保存`，将创建新仓库。此外，仓库表单上将出现一个新的 :guilabel:`补货来自` " "字段。点击:guilabel:`编辑`，然后选中仓库旁边的复选框，该仓库将用于为当前正在配置的仓库再次补给。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "" "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " "warehouses." msgstr "仓库设置表单的配置允许在仓库之间进行再次补给。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 msgid "" "For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are " "transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the " "warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " "Francisco 2\"." msgstr "在本演示中，产品转出（出库）的仓库名为“旧金山”，产品转入（入库）的仓库名为“旧金山 2 号”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "为仓库间补货配置产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 msgid "" "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " "transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " "a new one, if necessary." msgstr "" "产品也必须配置正确，才能在仓库之间转移。导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择一个现有产品或 " ":guilabel:`创建` 一个新产品（如有）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable " "the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the " "warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " "that products are transferred from." msgstr "" "然后，在产品表单中，转到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，启用 :guilabel:`X：从 Y 供应产品` 复选框，*X* " "是接收转移产品的仓库，*Y* 是产品转移的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." msgstr "启用复选框，可从另一个仓库向仓库补给。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "从另一个仓库补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 msgid "" "Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will" " be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " "the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" msgstr "" "从 :menuselection:`库存` 模块开始，选择 :menuselection:`产品 --> " "产品`，然后选择要补充的产品。点击产品页面左上角的 :guilabel:`补货` 按钮，并在弹出的表格中填写以下内容：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" " being replenished" msgstr ":guilabel:`数量`：将发送到仓库的补货单位数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " "take place" msgstr ":guilabel:`计划日期`：计划进行补货的日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：将补货的仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* " "being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " "product will be transferred from" msgstr ":guilabel:`首选路线`：选择 `X：从 Y 供应产品`，*X* 是要补货的仓库，*Y* 是产品将调出的仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The form for replenishing a product." msgstr "产品补货表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the " "outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive " "the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and " "incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require " "between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" "step deliveries and receipts." msgstr "" "点击 " ":guilabel:`确认`，将为出库仓库创建交货单，并为接收产品的仓库创建收据。根据出库和入库仓库的配置设置，处理交货单和收据需要一到三个步骤。本文件将详细介绍如何处理一步式交货和收货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 msgid "Process the delivery order" msgstr "处理送货订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 msgid "" "The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the" " warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` " "button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, " "then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order" " page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to " "reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" "在补货订单的第一阶段，需要处理来自正在调拨产品的仓库的交货。在:menuselection:`库存`仪表板上，选择出库仓库下的:guilabel:`交货订单`卡片上的:guilabel:`X" " " "待处理`按钮，然后选择为补货创建的交货订单。在交货订单页面，点击左上角的:guilabel:`检查可用性`按钮，以预留要调拨的产品数量。一旦交货订单被派送，点击:guilabel:`验证`按钮，以记录已发货的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "发货仓库的发货单卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " "that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`" " button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then " "the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " "quantities received." msgstr "" "货物到达入库仓库后，必须同时处理为该仓库创建的收据。返回到 :menuselection:`库存` 仪表板，在 :guilabel:`收据` " "卡上为入库仓库选择 :guilabel:`X 待处理` 按钮，然后选择为补货创建的收据。在收据页面，单击页面左上角的 :guilabel:`验证` " "按钮，登记收到的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 msgid "" "After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in " "the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both " "warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " ":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" "处理收据后，转入的产品将出现在转入仓库的库存中。返回产品页面并选择屏幕顶部的 :guilabel:`X 库存单位`按钮，即可查看两个仓库的库存数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "仓库间补货自动化" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 msgid "" "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " "replenishing one warehouse from another." msgstr "利用重新排序规则，可以自动完成从一个仓库到另一个仓库的补货过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 msgid "" "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the " "product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the " "top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " "configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" "要开始操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择要补货的产品。在产品页面，选择表单顶部的 " ":guilabel:`重新排序规则` 智能按钮，然后在下一页点击 :guilabel:`创建` 以配置表单如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " "when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" msgstr ":guilabel:`Location`（位置）：触发重新订货规则时需要补充的位置，本例中为入库仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " "warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`最低数量`：当入库仓库的库存数量低于此数量时，将触发重新订购规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" " will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" msgstr ":guilabel:`最大数量`：当重新订购规则被触发时，产品将在进货仓库中补货到此数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20" msgstr ":guilabel:`多个数量`：指定产品是否应按一定数量分批补充；例如，产品可按 20 个数量分批补充" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this " "value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "guilabel:`UoM`：重新订购产品时使用的度量单位；该值可以是简单的 `单位`，也可以是重量、长度等的特定度量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." msgstr "完全配置的重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 msgid "" "Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created." " Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " "created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." msgstr "" "最后点击:guilabel:`保存`，重新排序规则将被创建。现在，当每天自动运行调度程序时，对于每个被触发的重新订货规则，都将创建一个调拨。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 msgid "" "To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> " "Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" " pop-up that appears." msgstr "" "要手动触发重新排序规则，请从 :menuselection:`库存` 模块开始，选择 :menuselection:`操作 --> " "运行排期工具`，然后在弹出窗口中点击绿色的 :guilabel:`运行排期工具` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 msgid "" "After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for " "the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " "and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." msgstr "排期工具运行后，将分别为出库和入库仓库创建交货单和收据。交货单和收据的处理方法与上文详述的相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "维护保养" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " "track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "通过追踪维护需求，**Odoo 维护**可帮助延长设备的使用寿命。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 教程：设备维护管理 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 msgid "Equipment management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "添加新设备" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations," " including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery" " on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a " "computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by " "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，*设备*指的是日常运营（包括产品制造）中使用的任何物品。这可以指生产线上的一台机器、在不同地点使用的工具或办公空间中的一台计算机。在 " "Odoo 中注册的设备可以由使用 Odoo 数据库的公司拥有，也可以由第三方（如设备租赁中的供应商）拥有。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" "Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " "add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " "module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" "使用 Odoo *维护* 可以追踪单个设备及其维护要求信息。要添加新设备，请导航至 :guilabel:`维护` 模块，选择 " ":menuselection:`设备 --> 机器和工具 --> 创建`，然后按以下步骤配置设备：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`设备名称`：设备产品名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:19 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " "created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`设备类别`：设备所属的类别；例如，计算机、机械、工具等；可通过导航至:menuselection:`配置 --> " "设备类别`并点击:guilabel:`创建`来创建新类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：拥有设备的公司；同样，这可以是使用 Odoo 数据库的公司，也可以是第三方公司" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr ":guilabel:`使用者`：指定设备是否由特定员工、部门或两者使用；选择 :guilabel:`其他` 可同时指定员工和部门。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " "page" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`维护团队'：负责维护设备的团队；可通过导航至 :menuselection:` 配置 --> 维护团队'并选择 " ":guilabel:`创建'来创建新团队；也可通过此页面分配每个团队的成员" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " "maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " "should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`技术员`：负责维修设备的人；可以用于在未指定维护团队或需要特定团队成员始终负责设备时，指定具体的个人；Odoo " "中的任何用户都可以被指定为技术员。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr ":guilabel:`用于位置`：设备的使用地点；这是一个简单的文本字段，可用于指定非工作中心的地点，例如办公室等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " "work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`工作中心`：如果设备在工作中心使用，请在此处指定；设备也可以通过导航到:menuselection:`维护 --> 设备 --> " "工作中心`，选择一个工作中心或使用:guilabel:`创建`按钮创建一个新的工作中心，然后点击工作中心表单上的:guilabel:`设备`选项卡，将设备分配到工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "完整配置的新设备表格示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "包括其他产品信息" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "表格底部的 :guilabel:`产品信息` 标签可用于提供有关设备的更多详细信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "guilabel:`供应商`：设备的供应商" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr ":guilabel:`供应商参考`：分配给供应商的参考编码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`型号`：设备的具体型号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`序列号`：设备的唯一序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`生效日期`：设备开始使用的日期；用于计算：abbr:`MTBF（平均故障间隔时间）` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr ":guilabel:`成本`：购买设备价格" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr ":guilabel:`保修到期日`：设备保修到期的日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "新设备的产品信息选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "添加维护详情" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr ":guilabel:`维护`选项卡包含对维护团队有用的信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr ":guilabel:`预防维护频率`：指定维护应该以多频繁的间隔进行，以预防设备故障。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr ":guilabel:`维护时间`：当设备出现故障时，修复设备所需的时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr ":guilabel:`预期平均故障间隔时间`：设备在发生故障前的平均运行时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "新设备的维护选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:80 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" " Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`维护`选项卡还包括:guilabel:`平均故障间隔时间`、:guilabel:`预计下次故障`、:guilabel:`最近故障`和:guilabel:`平均修复时间`部分。如果存在维护请求，这些值将根据维护请求自动计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:86 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "要查看某设备的维护申请，请进入该设备的页面，选择表格右上角的 :guilabel:`维护`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "制造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " "manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" "**Odoo " "制造**帮助制造商安排、计划和处理生产订单。利用工作中心控制面板，将平板电脑放在车间，实时控制工单，并允许员工触发维护操作、反馈回路、质量问题等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "`Odoo教程：MRP `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "`Odoo教程：条形码扫描器 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr ":doc:`物联网盒子（MES）`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "制造工作流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "物料清单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " "It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" "物料清单*（简称*BoM*）是一份文件，其中规定了制造或交付成品所需的每个组件的数量。它还可以包括完成一个生产流程所需的各种操作和各个步骤指南。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" " :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 制造中，每个产品可链接多个 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`，因此即使是产品变体也可拥有自己量身定制的 " ":abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "正确设置:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`有助于优化生产流程，节省时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "创建物料清单（BoM）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "最简单的 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`设置是没有操作或指令，只有组件。在这种情况下，只需使用*制造订单*来管理生产。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " "of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" "要在 :guilabel:`制造` 模块中创建:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`，请转到 :menuselection:`产品 --> " "物料清单`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`创建`。然后，指定 :guilabel:`产品`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "也可以直接从产品表单中创建 :guilabel:`产品`字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" " to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " "product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " "quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " "beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " "Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" "对于标准的:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，请将 :guilabel:`BoM 类型`设置为 :guilabel:`制造该产品`。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`添加行`，指定构成最终产品生产的各种组件及其各自的数量。新组件可通过 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 快速创建，也可预先在 " ":menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> 产品 --> 创建` 中创建。最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 完成创建 " ":`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "制定物料清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "为产品变体指定物料清单（BoM）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "还可将:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`分配给特定的 *产品型号*，有两种设置选项可供选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "要将 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 分配给产品变体，必须已在产品表单上配置了产品的变体属性。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" " :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " "specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " "on Variants` column." msgstr "" "第一种方法是创建一个新的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，并指定 :guilabel:`产品变体`，从而为每个变体创建一个 " ":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。第二种方法是创建一个包含所有组件的主:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，并使用 :guilabel:`应用于变体` " "列指定每个组件适用于哪个变体。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "物料清单中的产品变体。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "设置操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" " this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Operations`." msgstr "" "在 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`中添加 :guilabel:`操作` 以指定生产指令并登记操作所花费的时间。要使用此功能，首先在 " ":menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 操作` 中启用 :guilabel:`工作订单` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " "operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " "name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " "components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" "然后，在新建:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`时，点击:guilabel:`操作` 选项卡并点击:guilabel:`添加行` 添加新操作。在 " ":guilabel:`创建操作` 框中，给操作命名，指定 :guilabel:`工作中心` 和持续时间设置。与组件一样，Odoo 提供了在 " ":guilabel:`应用于变体` 字段中指定产品变体的选项，因此操作仅适用于该变体。最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" " new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " "Operations` feature." msgstr "" "每个操作都是唯一的，因为它总是只与一个:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 相关联。在配置新的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 时，可使用 " ":guilabel:`复制现有操作` 功能重复使用操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "复制现有操作功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "在物料清单（BoM）中添加副产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " "the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" "*副产品*是指在生产过程中，除了:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`中的主产品之外产生的剩余产品。与主产品不同，:abbr:`物料清单`上可以有不止一种副产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" "要将副产品添加到:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，首先在 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 操作` 中启用 " ":guilabel:`副产品` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " "operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "启用该功能后，您可以通过点击 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡并点击 " ":guilabel:`添加行`，将副产品添加到:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。然后，为副产品命名，并标明 :guilabel:`数量` 和 " ":guilabel:`计量单位`。如果 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 已配置操作，请在 :guilabel:`在运行中生产` " "字段中准确说明副产品由哪项操作生产。最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" msgstr "制造产品配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " "be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " "route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " "steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" "要在 Odoo *制造* " "中制造产品，必须正确配置产品。这包括启用*制造*路径和为产品配置物料清单（BoM）。完成这些步骤后，就可以在创建新的制造订单时选择该产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" msgstr "激活制造路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16 msgid "" "The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." " To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" " --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "在每个产品的产品页面上都可以激活“制造”路径。要执行此操作，首先导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> " "产品`。然后，选择一个现有产品，或点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" "在产品页面，选择 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，然后启用 :guilabel:`路径` 部分中的 :guilabel:`制造` 复选框。这告诉 " "Odoo 可以制造该产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "产品页面库存选项卡上的“制造”路径。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "配置物料清单（BoM）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "接下来，必须为产品配置 |BOM|，以便 Odoo 知道产品是如何生产的。BOM 是生产产品所需的组件和操作的列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " "product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " "new |BOM|." msgstr "" "要为特定产品创建 |BOM|，请导航至:menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择产品。在产品页面，点击页面顶部的 " ":guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后选择 :guilabel:`新建` 以配置新的 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "产品页面上的“物料清单”智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" "在 |BOM| 上，:guilabel:`产品` 字段会自动填充产品。在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中，指定 BoM 生产的单位数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " ":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " "all components have been added." msgstr "" "选择 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡并点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，在 |BOM| 中添加一个组件。从 :guilabel:`组件` " "下拉菜单中选择一个组件，然后在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入数量。继续在新行中添加组件，直到添加完所有组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "物料清单上的组件选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " ":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " "(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " "be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" "接下来，选择 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡。点击:guilabel:`添加行`，弹出 :guilabel:`创建操作`窗口。在 " ":guilabel:`操作` 字段中，指定要添加的操作名称（如装配、切割等）。从 :guilabel:`工作中心` " "下拉菜单中选择执行操作的工作中心。最后，点击:guilabel:`保存并关闭` 完成添加操作，或点击 :guilabel:`保存并新建` 添加更多操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" "只有启用 :guilabel:`工作中心` 设置后，才会显示 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡。要执行此操作，请导航至 " ":menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后启用 :guilabel:`工作中心` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "物料清单上的操作选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " "to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" "上节提供了创建基本 |BOM| 的说明，以便在 Odoo 中生产产品。然而，这并不是对配置 |BOM| " "时所有可用选项的详尽总结。有关物料清单的更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`创建物料清单 ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "使用套装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " "manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，*套件*是一种可生产和销售的物料清单（BoM）。套件是出售给客户的一套未组装组件。它们可以作为独立产品销售，但也是管理更复杂物料清单（BoMs）的有用工具。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "要使用、制造和销售工具包，需要同时安装 :guilabel:`制造` 和 :guilabel:`库存` 应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "将套件创建为产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "要将工具包用作可销售的产品，或仅仅用作组件组织工具，首先应将工具包作为产品来创建。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "要创建套件产品，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " ":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " "stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" "然后，为新套件产品指定一个名称。接下来，在 :guilabel:`常规信息` 选项卡下，将 :guilabel:`产品类型` 设为 " ":guilabel:`消耗品`。套件产品作为消耗品效果最好，因为套件的库存通常不会被追踪。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " "companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " ":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " "kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" "虽然套件几乎总是应设置为 :guilabel:`消耗品` ，但使用**Anglo-Saxon**会计制度的公司可能需要将工具包创建为 " ":guilabel:`可储存产品`。这是因为在处理工具包发票时，销售成本（COGS）将记入会计日记账。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "" "Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " "routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " "other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " "preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" "与可储存产品不同，:guilabel:`库存` 选项卡的:guilabel:`路径` 指定对套件并不重要，因为 Odoo " "使用套件各个组件的路径进行补货。套件产品的所有其他参数可根据偏好进行修改。准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "The kit's components must also be configured as products via " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "套件组件也必须通过 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 配置为产品。这些组件无需特殊配置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "设置套件 BoM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "在对套件产品及其组件进行全面配置后，可为套件产品创建一个新的:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " "field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" " previously configured kit product." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单`，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建`。在 " ":guilabel:`产品` 字段旁边，点击下拉菜单以显示产品列表，然后选择先前配置的套件产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." " Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" "然后，在 :guilabel:`BoM 类型` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`套件` " "选项。最后，在:guilabel:`组件`选项卡下，点击:guilabel:`添加行`，添加每个所需的组件，并在:guilabel:`数量`栏下指定其数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，保存新创建的:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "材料清单上的套件选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "如果套件仅用作可销售产品，则只需在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡下添加组件，无需配置生产操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "当套件作为产品销售时，它在报价单和销售订单上显示为一个单独的细列项目。但是，在交货单上，套件的每个组件都会列出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "使用套件管理复杂的 BoM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " "These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" " materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" " (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" "套件还用于管理多层次的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。这些产品包含作为组件的**其他** :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`产品，因此需要*嵌套*" " :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。将预配置套件并入多级:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，可更简洁地组织捆绑产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " "component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "要配置这种以套件为组件的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，请转到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "物料清单`，然后单击 :guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "" "Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " "list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`产品` 字段旁边，点击下拉菜单以显示产品列表，然后选择所需的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 产品。然后，在 " ":guilabel:`BoM 类型` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`制造该产品` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " "select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " "need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " "be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡下，点击 :guilabel:`添加行` " "并选择套件作为组件。将套件作为组件添加后，就无需单独添加套件的组件。任何 :guilabel:`BoM 类型` 都可用于上层产品的 " ":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "套件作为多级物料清单中的一个组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" msgstr "结构 & 成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" "To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " "material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" "要全面了解多级 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`组成部分，请点击 :guilabel:`结构与成本` 智能按钮。子级 " ":abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`可从该报告中展开和查看。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "结构和成本报告中的扩展工具包。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " "show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" "为具有多级 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`的产品创建制造单时，套件产品会自动展开以显示所有组件。套件的 " ":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`中的任何操作也会添加到制造单的工单列表中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " "sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" "components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" "assemblies." msgstr "" "套件主要用于将组件捆绑在一起进行组织或销售。要管理需要制造子组件的多级产品，请参阅 :doc:`此文档` " "有关子组件的内容。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" " immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " "manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " "for the remaining amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 msgid "" "In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " "manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" " tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " "additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 msgid "" "A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " "*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " "manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" " are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 msgid "" "Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " "five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " "manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " "*WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " "immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " "that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." " Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " "*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" " to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 msgid "" "If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 msgid "" "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " "that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " "initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " "created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" " into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " "immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " "yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 msgid "" "Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" " are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " "another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " "tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 msgid "" "In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " "enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " "This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " "from which the tablet view can be opened." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 msgid "" "To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" " the first work order to enter the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 msgid "" "Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " "the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 msgid "" "The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " "order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " "multiple work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 msgid "Single work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "" "If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " "order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" " MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " "still need to be manufactured is created automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " "reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 msgid "" "On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" " and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" " work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " "will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " "Close MO` after completing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " "the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " "view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " "backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " "the steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 msgid "Multiple work orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 msgid "" "If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " "complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." " This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " "the original order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 msgid "" "The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " "manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " "immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " "button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 msgid "" "To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " "the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " "order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " ":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 msgid "" "Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " "the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 msgid "" "If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " "click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" " orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " "the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " "view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " "backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " "tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 msgid "" "The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " "steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 msgid "" "It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " "order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." " Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " "backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 msgid "" "A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " "orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " "immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " "two of them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 msgid "" "As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " "painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " ":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " "work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " ":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " "Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 msgid "" "A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " "the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " ":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " "completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 msgid "" "Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " "remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " "complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" msgstr "一步制造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement " "of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory " "counts still update based on the number of components used and products " "manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not " "tracked." msgstr "" "Odoo *制造* 允许用户使用一步、两步或三步制造产品。使用一步制造时，Odoo " "会创建制造订单（MO），但不会生成将组件从库存移出或将成品移入库存的转账。库存计数仍会根据使用的组件和制造的产品数量进行更新，但不会追踪将组件和产品转入或转出库存的行为。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, " "allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change " "the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select" " a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen." msgstr "" "制造中使用的步数是在仓库级别设置的，允许每个仓库使用不同的步数。要更改特定仓库使用的步数，首先导航到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置" " --> 仓库`，然后从 :guilabel:`仓库` 屏幕选择一个仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three " "options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and " "then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and " "then store products (3 steps)`." msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`仓库配置` 选项卡上，找到 :guilabel:`制造` " "单选输入字段，并从以下三个选项中选择一个：:guilabel:`制造（1 步）`、:guilabel:`挑选组件然后制造（2 步）` " "或:guilabel:`挑选组件、制造然后存储产品（3 步）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." msgstr "仓库配置页面上的制造单选输入字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in " "Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to " ":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing " "`." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中制造产品之前，必须正确配置产品。有关如何进行配置的详细信息，请参阅有关如何 :ref:`为制造 " "` 配置产品的文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "Create manufacturing order" msgstr "创建制造订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38 msgid "" "To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" "要在 Odoo *制造* 中制造产品，首先导航到:menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`创建一个新的|MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" "在新的 |MO| 上，从 :guilabel:`产品` 下拉菜单中选择要生产的产品。guilabel:`物料清单` " "字段会自动填充相关的物料清单（BoM）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| " "can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the " ":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product." msgstr "" "如果一个产品配置了多个|BOM|，可在 :guilabel:`物料清单` " "字段中选择特定的|BOM|，:guilabel:`产品`字段会自动填充相关产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49 msgid "" "After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and " "operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations " "are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the " ":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "选择|BOM|后，:guilabel:`组件` 和:guilabel:`工单` 选项卡会自动填充 |BOM| 上指定的组件和操作。如果正在配置的 " "|MO| 需要其他组件或操作，请点击 :guilabel:`添加行` 将其添加到 :guilabel:`组件` 和 :guilabel:`工单` " "选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "Process manufacturing order" msgstr "处理制造订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79 msgid "" "An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from " "the work order tablet view." msgstr "完成其 :guilabel:`工作订单` 标签下列出的所有工单后，就可以处理一个 |MO|。这可以在 |MO| 本身或工单平板视图中完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "Basic workflow" msgstr "基本工作流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|." msgstr "" "要从 |MO| 本身完成工单，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后选择一个 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" "在 |MO| 页面，选择 :guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡。一旦开始处理需要完成的第一个工单，请点击该工单的 :guilabel:`开始` " "按钮。然后，Odoo *制造* 会启动一个计时器，记录工单完成所需的时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单操作的开始按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96 msgid "" "When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that" " work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" "工单完成后，点击该工单的 :guilabel:`已完成` 按钮。对 :guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡上列出的每个工单重复同样的过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单操作的 “已完成” 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at " "the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the" " manufactured product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" "完成所有工单后，点击屏幕顶部的 :guilabel:`全部生产`，将 |MO| 标记为 :guilabel:`已完成`，并将生产的产品登记到库存中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107 msgid "Tablet view workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:116 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the " ":guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be " "processed. This opens the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:119 msgid "" "After opening the tablet view, Odoo *Manufacturing* automatically starts a " "timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to complete. After " "completing the work order, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in the " "top-right corner of the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` while there is at least one more work " "order left to complete opens a page that lists the next work order. Click on" " that work order to open it in the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:105 msgid "" "Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark " "as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`" " to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done` and register the manufactured " "product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:110 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| " "open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be " "closed later by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "管理产品变型Bom表" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " "the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " "a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" " :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" "Odoo " "允许同一产品的多个变体使用一份物料清单（BoM）。为具有变体的产品合并:abbr:`物料清单`，可避免管理多个:abbr:`物料清单`，从而节省时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "激活产品变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" " the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " "apply the setting." msgstr "" "要激活产品变体功能，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并向下滚动至 :guilabel:`产品` " "部分。然后，点击复选框启用 :guilabel:`变体` 选项。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 应用设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " ":doc:`product variants " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" "有关配置产品变量的更多信息，请参阅 " ":doc:`产品变体<.../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "从库存应用程序设置中选择 “变体”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" msgstr "创建自定义产品属性" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "激活产品变体功能后，在 :guilabel:`变体` 页面上创建和编辑产品属性。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`属性` 按钮可从 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 访问 " ":guilabel:`属性` 页面，或点击 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 属性` 访问 " ":guilabel:`属性` 页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "" "Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " "attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " "For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " "changes." msgstr "" "进入 :guilabel:`属性` 页面后，点击现有属性，或点击 :guilabel:`创建`，创建新属性。点击 :guilabel:`创建` " "会显示一个新的空白表单，用于自定义属性。对于现有属性，请点击其表单上的 :guilabel:`编辑` 进行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" "Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " ":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " "options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " "Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " "new value." msgstr "" "指定 :guilabel:`属性名称` 并从 :guilabel:`类别` 字段的下拉菜单中选择一个类别。然后，在 :guilabel:`显示类型` 和" " :guilabel:`变体创建模式` 字段旁边选择所需的选项。选择所需选项后，点击 :guilabel:`属性值` 标签下的 " ":guilabel:`添加行` 添加新值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "" "Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " "checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " "which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " "a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`值` 行中包含一个 :guilabel:`为自定义值` " "复选框。如果选中该复选框，该值将被视为自定义值，这样客户就可以在订购产品的自定义变体时输入特殊的自定义请求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." msgstr "产品变体属性配置屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." msgstr "添加所有所需:guilabel:`值`后，点击保存以保存新属性。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" msgstr "在产品表单上添加产品变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" "Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " "products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " "make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" "创建的属性可以应用于特定产品的特定变体。要将产品变体添加到产品，请通过转到:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "产品`导航到产品表单。要对产品进行更改，请点击:guilabel:`编辑`。然后，点击:guilabel:`变体`选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " "a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "在:guilabel:`属性` 标题下，点击 :guilabel:`添加行` 来添加新属性，然后从下拉菜单中选择要添加的属性。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " "choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " "them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " "added to the product." msgstr "" "然后，在 :guilabel:`值` " "标题下，点击下拉菜单以从现有值列表中进行选择。点击每个所需的值以添加它们，并对应添加到产品中的任何其他属性重复此过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "完成后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "包含值和属性的产品表单变体选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " "manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " "or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" ":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`具有多种内部制造变体的产品应设置 **0,0 重新订购规则**，或者将其补货路线设置为 *按订单补货（MTO）*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "应用BOM 组件至产品变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" "Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " "one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " "of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" "然后，创建一个新的:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`。或进入 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单` " "编辑现有的物料清单。然后，点击 :guilabel:`创建` 打开一个新的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 表单，从头开始配置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "" "Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" "down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " "product." msgstr "通过点击:guilabel:`产品`字段中的下拉菜单并选择所需的产品，将产品添加到:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "" "Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " "choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "然后，通过点击:guilabel:`组件` 选项卡的:guilabel:`组件` 部分下的:guilabel:`添加行` " "来添加组件，然后从下拉菜单中选择所需的组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "" "Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" " Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`数量` 和 :guilabel:`产品计量单位` 列中选择所需的值。然后，在 :guilabel:`在变体上应用` " "列中选择所需的值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " "product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " "the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" " field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " "menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" "在 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序中激活 :guilabel:`在变体上应用` 设置后，即可使用 :guilabel:`在变体上应用`" " 选项将组件分配到 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 上的特定产品变体。如果 :guilabel:`在变体上应用` " "字段没有立即显示，请从附加选项菜单（标题行右侧的三点图标）激活。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "附加选项菜单上的“应用于变体”选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "每个组件可分配给多个变体。未指定变体的组件将在产品的每个变体中使用。同样的原则也适用于配置操作和副产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" "When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " "assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" " :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " "used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" "在通过组件分配定义变体 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`时，:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`主要部分的 :guilabel:`产品变体` " "字段应留空。该字段*仅*用于创建专门用于一种产品变体的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "" "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "当对 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`进行了所有需要的配置后，点击表格顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "" "For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " "operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " "in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " "additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" "对于只适用于特定变体的组件，请选择组件应在哪些操作中消耗。如果 :guilabel:`操作中消耗` " "栏*不可见*，请从附加选项菜单（标题行右侧的三点图标）中激活。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" msgstr "销售和制造 BoM 产品的变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" "To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" " to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" " quotation." msgstr "" "要销售和制造 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`产品的变体，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建新报价单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" msgstr "销售 BoM 产品的变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " "the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." msgstr "进入空白的 :guilabel:`报价` 表单后，点击 :guilabel:`客户` 字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " ":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." msgstr "" "然后，在 :guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡下点击 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`，并从下拉菜单中选择先前创建的带有变体的:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`产品。这样会弹出一个 " ":guilabel:`配置产品` 窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" " correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " ":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " "to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" "在弹出窗口中，点击所需的属性选项，配置要生产产品的正确变体。然后，点击 `1` 旁边的绿色 :guilabel:`+` 或 :guilabel:`-` " "图标，根据需要更改要销售和生产的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." msgstr "配置用于选择变体属性的产品弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " "will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" "选择所有规格后，点击 :guilabel:`添加`。这将使弹出窗口变为第二个 :guilabel:`配置` " "弹窗，如果之前已创建了可选产品，则将显示这些产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " "and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" "然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存所有更改，并点击 :guilabel:`报价` 表单顶部的 " ":guilabel:`确认`，创建并确认新的销售订单（SO）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" msgstr "BoM 产品的制造变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" "一旦确认了:guilabel:`SO（销售订单）`，:guilabel:`制造`智能按钮将出现在:guilabel:`SO（销售订单）`表单的顶部。点击" " :guilabel:`制造` 智能按钮，打开 :guilabel:`制造订单` 表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "" "On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " "components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," " different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " ":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" "在该表单的 :guilabel:`组件` 标签下，列出了所选变体的相应组件。根据变体的不同，会列出不同的组件。要查看任何必须或可选的 " ":guilabel:`操作` 步骤，请点击:guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "" "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " "icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "要进入平板视图工单屏幕，请点击要完成的操作行右侧的 :guilabel:`平板图标`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "" "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " "progresses to complete the operation steps." msgstr "在平板视图中，随着操作的进行单击 :guilabel:`标记为已完成` 以完成操作步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " "manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "或者，点击生产订单表顶部的 :guilabel:`标记为已完成` 按钮，完成订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." msgstr "BoM 产品变体的生产订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " "the top of the page." msgstr "然后，通过页面顶部的面包屑导航回到 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "" "Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" "产品已生产完毕，请点击 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮将产品交付给客户。在 :guilabel:`订货订单` 表单中，点击 " ":guilabel:`验证`，然后点击 :guilabel:`应用`，以交付产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "" "To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " ":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " "invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" "要完成销售，请再次通过页面顶部的 :guilabel:`面包屑导航` 点击回到 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）` 。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`创建发票`，再次点击 :guilabel:`创建发票`，向客户开具订单发票。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "制造过程中的废料" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "" "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "在制造过程中，可能需要报废制造部件或成品。如果部件或产品损坏，或因其他原因无法使用，就有必要报废。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " "physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " "Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" "默认情况下，报废组件或成品会将其从物理库存中移除，并将其放置在名为*虚拟位置/报废*的虚拟位置中。虚拟位置**并非**物理空间，而是 Odoo " "中的一个名称，用于追踪不再属于实际库存的物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be " "scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be" " scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" "要查看每个报废项目的总量，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 位置`，然后从 :guilabel:`搜索...` " "栏移除 :guilabel:`内部` 筛选器，以显示所有虚拟位置。从列表中选择 :guilabel:`虚拟位置/废料` 位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "Scrap manufacturing components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to" " :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a " "manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a" " new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button " "appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` " "pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " "window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity" " in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap" " the component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "" "Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the " "components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished " "product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product " "cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" "After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the " "required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock " "count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the " "scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61 msgid "" "If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two " "units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the " "total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to " "manufacture the table plus two units scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68 msgid "" "Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do " "so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then " "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76 msgid "" "With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left" " of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the " ":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then " "appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84 msgid "" "Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and " "enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click " ":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "Scrap finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90 msgid "" "Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing " "order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, " "click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " "window appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94 msgid "" "Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they" " will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, " "the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished " "product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 msgid "" "The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to " "reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during " "manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped " "after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair " "will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "拆分和合并制造订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a" " single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, " "it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple " "units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single " "order." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "*制造*中，可以为单件物品或同一物品的多个单位创建生产订单。在一些情况下，可能需要将包含多个单位的生产订单拆分为两个或多个订单，或将两个或多个订单合并为一个订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "" "A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple " "units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As " "a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order" " contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" "制造订单只能包含一个产品的一个单位，或者多个单位使用相同的物料清单（BoM）的单一产品。因此，只有当每个订单都包含相同的产品，并且使用相同的 BoM " "进行制造时，才能合并制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" msgstr "拆分制造订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:19 msgid "" "To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the " ":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears " "with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" "要将一个制造订单拆分成多个订单，首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> " "制造订单`，然后选择一个制造订单。在页面顶部，:guilabel:`新建`按钮旁边会显示生产单的参考编号，旁边还有一个:guilabel:`⚙️（设置）`" " 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for " "the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`⚙️（设置）` 按钮打开生产单的常规设置，然后选择 :guilabel:`拆分`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上的设置和拆分按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up " "window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of " "manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then " "click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new " "manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the " ":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will " "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split " "into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` " "field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the " "reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "" "Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The " "reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "合并制造订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:54 msgid "" "To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating " "the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "" "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for" " each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "" "Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the " ":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select " ":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "" "The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The " "reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential " "number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "" "The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. " "Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a" " single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by " "the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the " "merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged " "are listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "" "Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create " "*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* " "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "管理半成品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " "product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " "(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " "(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" "*半成品*，又称*次组件*，是指用作另一产品物料清单（BoM）中的组件的制成品。半成品用于简化复杂的:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`或更准确地表示制造流程。包含半成品的:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`被称为*多级物料清单*，其中主要*顶级产品*及其次组件是有区别的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "配置半制成品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " "product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "要设置多级 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，必须配置顶级产品和半成品。因此，第一步是创建半成品及其:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`bill_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "半成品的物料清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "创建顶级物料清单（BoM）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "半成品配置完成后，导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> " "产品`。然后，:guilabel:`创建`顶层产品。根据需要配置产品规格，并确保 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " "to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" "配置顶级产品后，单击产品表单上的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建` 为该产品创建一个 " ":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`顶级产品。然后，只需将半成品以及任何其他必要的组件添加到此 BoM（物料清单）即可。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "顶级产品的物料清单，包含次装配组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "管理生产计划" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "有多种方法可以管理具有多级:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`的产品的制造订单自动化。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " "products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" "半成品专门用于管理具有多级 BoM 的可制造产品。 如果创建 BoM 只是为了组织组件或捆绑可销售产品，则使用 " ":doc:`套件` 是更合适的选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "确认主产品制造订单后自动触发半成品制造订单，有两种选择：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "**选项 1（推荐）：** 为半成品创建 *重新订购规则*，并将最小和最大所需库存数量设置为`0`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "**选项 2：** 在半成品产品表单的库存选项卡下激活按订单补货（MTO）和制造路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " "Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" " allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." " The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" "方案 1 比方案 2 " "更灵活，因此推荐。重新订购规则并不直接将需求与补货联系起来，因此允许取消保留库存并在必要时将其重定向到其他订单。按订单补货（MTO）路线在半成品和顶级产品之间创建了专有链接，专门为已确认的顶级制造订单预留数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "无论选择哪种方法，在开始制造顶级产品之前都必须完全制造出半成品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "顶级产品的制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "外包制造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" "Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " "easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "将公司的部分或全部生产需求外包并不容易。要使其正常工作，您必须：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" msgstr "管理分包商的原材料库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" msgstr "在正确的时间将原材料运送给分包商" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 msgid "Control incoming goods quality" msgstr "控制进货质量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "Control subcontractors bills" msgstr "控制分包商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "这是转包制造“C”的例子，它是用原材料“A”和“B”生产的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" "With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "通过其MRP分包功能，Odoo可以帮助您轻松处理此流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "要使用转包功能，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置并勾选 *转包* 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "要定义一个产品是否必须分包，使用类型 *分包* 的 *物料清单(BoM)* 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " "Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " "subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" "要创建新的*BoM*，请转至：菜单选择：`制造-->产品-->BoM表`，然后点击创建。然后，列出分包商制造产品所需的组件。出于成本核算目的，您可能希望注册所有组件，甚至是直接从分包商处采购的组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "将 *BoM类型* 设置为 *转包* 后，指定一个或多个转包商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "基本分包流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 msgid "" "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " "them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " "new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " "subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" "为了让您的分包商知道您需要多少产品，请创建并向他们发送采购订单（PO）。要执行此操作，请转到*采购*应用程序并创建新的采购订单。确保将采购订单发送给这些产品的*BoM*上定义为分包商的供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " "received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" msgstr "一旦*采购订单*被验证（1），就会创建一个待处理的收据。收到产品后，用实际收到的数量验证收据（2）。因此，Odoo为你做了以下事情：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" " the *BoM* and your input (3);" msgstr "根据*BoM*和您的输入（3），在分包商的位置消耗相应的组件；" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "在分包商位置（4）生产成品；" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "通过已验证的收据（5），将产品从该分包商的位置移动到您的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " "subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" "*采购订单*是可选的。如果您使用正确的分包商手动创建收据，则Odoo仍会执行所有移动。如果分包商没有为每个项目支付固定价格，而是为所用的时间和材料支付费用，则这可能很有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "库存计价" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "制成品“C”的成本定义为:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "**C = A + B + s**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" msgstr "与：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" msgstr "**A** :来自贵公司的原材料成本;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" msgstr "**B** :直接从采购的原材料成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" msgstr "分包商;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." msgstr "**s** :分包服务的成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " "inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " "stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " "Location*." msgstr "" "将原材料发送给您的分包商（**A**）不会影响库存估值，因为组件仍然作为您库存的一部分进行估值。这是通过将“分包位置”设置为“内部位置”来管理的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " "paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " "product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" " accounting." msgstr "" "然后，在产品C表格上设置的卖方价格必须是分包商为其零件和服务时间所必须支付的价格： ** B + s ** 。 产品成本必须为：**A + B + " "s** ，该产品在会计中的价值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" "Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "最后，分包商账单与采购订单匹配，建议价格来自成品C。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "如果不需要在你的分包商所在地管理原材料的补充，只需在分包商的价格中包括 **B** 的成本，并将产品从 *BoM* 中删除。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "如果从分包商处收到的产品包含跟踪部件，则需要在接收过程中指定其序列号或批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" "In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " "Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" "在这种情况下，在收到分包产品时，会出现一个*记录组件*按钮。单击它打开一个对话框，并记录部件的序列号/批号。如果还跟踪了成品，则其序列号/批号也可以在此处注册。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "出于审计目的，可以使用成品右侧的图标检查收据上记录的批号:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" "Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " "subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " "will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " "or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " "receiving your final product." msgstr "" "另请注意，如果已在非跟踪产品的分包BOM上选择了灵活消耗，则如果您希望在接收最终产品时在分包位置登记更多或更少的组件消耗，则记录组件选项也将可选地出现在每个移动行上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" "As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " "either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " "line hamburger menus." msgstr "正如你所看到的，这两种非追溯产品的接收可以通过选择“设置数量”选项或通过移动线汉堡菜单来执行" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" msgstr "分包商的自动化补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" "There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " "subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " "on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " "Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " "trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " "subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" "在购买最终产品时，有两种方法可以自动向分包商供应原材料。选择的方法取决于您是否希望物料通过仓库运输。这两种方法都被描述为拉动式机制，因为它们的触发器是分包商的初始采购订单，这在分包地点产生了对原材料的需求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" "If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " "warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " "shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " "route should also be activated." msgstr "如果您从自己的仓库向分包商供应原材料，则必须激活“按订单再供应分包商”路线，如下所示。如果这是您从供应商处购买的组件，则还应激活购买路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" "Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " "must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " "for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " "the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " "this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " "subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" "现在，如果您希望您的供应商直接为您的分包商补货，您必须选择“Dropship Subcontractor on " "Order”选项。为了使此选项在产品表单上处于活动状态，您必须首先从 :menuselection:“Purchase --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Dropshipping”激活 dropship " "选项。验证分包商的采购订单后，此路线将创建从您的供应商到该分包商的托运 RFQ。然后，您只需要查看并验证它。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " "is a buy route already." msgstr "请注意，在这种情况下不选择购买路线，因为运输路线已经是购买路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" "Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " "subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " "locations`." msgstr "最后，如果要跟踪分包地点的这些原材料库存，则必须激活*多位置*:菜单选择:`库存->配置->设置->库存位置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." msgstr "从位置表单中，您就可以访问当前的库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" msgstr "手动补给" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." msgstr "您也可以选择手动补充分包商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" "If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " "convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " "*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " "you are delivering to." msgstr "如果您想在方便时将组件发送给您的分包商，请从 *库存* 应用中选择“再供应分包商”操作类型，然后创建一个拣货，指定您要交付给哪个分包商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " "subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" " the delivery address." msgstr "或者，您还可以手动要求您的供应商通过创建直销型PO来补给您的分包商，并将您的分包商设置为交货地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" msgstr "三步制造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick " "components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished " "products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of " "components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" "Odoo *制造* 允许用户使用一个、两个或三个步骤制造产品。使用三步制造法时，Odoo " "会创建分拣组件转移、制造订单（MO）和存储成品转移，并根据取出的组件和创建的成品数量更新库存计数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" "在新的 |MO| 上，从 :guilabel:`产品` " "下拉菜单中选择要生产的产品。guilabel:`物料清单'字段会自动填充相关的物料清单（BoM）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "最后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" msgstr "处理组件领料调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the " ":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: " "*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store " "finished products transfer)." msgstr "" "确认三步 |MO| 后，页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`转移` " "智能按钮。点击该按钮，进入|MO|的:guilabel:`转移`页面。该页面列出了两种传输方式： *WH/PC/XXXXX* （拣选组件转移）和 " "*WH/SFP/XXXXX* （存储成品转移）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the " "|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the " "locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" "选择 :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX`，打开 |MO| 的拣选组件传输。该传送用于跟踪部件从存放地点到用于制造产品的地点的移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "" "After transferring the components out of their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" "将组件从存储位置转移出来后，点击转移顶部的 :guilabel:`验证`，然后在弹出的 :guilabel:`立即转移?`窗口中点击 " ":guilabel:`应用`。这样做会将传输标记为 :guilabel:`完成`，并更新库存计数，以反映传输的组件数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " "breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "最后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` 面包屑导航，返回 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "要从 |MO| 本身完成工单，首先要导航到:menuselection:`制造-->操作-->制造单`，然后选择一个制造单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "生产单上工单的开始按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "生产单上工单的“完成”按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark " "as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`" " to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the manufactured " "product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" "一旦 |MO| 最终工单完成，除:guilabel:`标记为完成并关闭 MO`按钮外，平板视图上还会出现一个:guilabel:`标记为完成并关闭 " "MO`按钮。单击 :guilabel:`标记为已完成并关闭 MO` 将 |MO| 标记为 :guilabel:`已完成`，并将生产的产品登记到库存中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:135 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete the final work order while keeping the |MO| " "open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be " "closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the" " |MO|." msgstr "" "也可以通过单击 :guilabel:`标记为已完成`，在打开 |MO| 的同时完成最终工单。在这种情况下，可在稍后单击 |MO| " "上的:guilabel:`生产全部`按钮关闭 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 msgid "Process finished product transfer" msgstr "加工成品转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:142 msgid "" "After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page " "by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This " "time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products " "transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products " "from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they " "are stored." msgstr "" "完成 |MO| 后，点击订单顶部的 :guilabel:`转移` 按钮返回订单的 :guilabel:`转移` 页面。这次，选择 " ":guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` 打开商店成品转移。此转移用于追踪成品从生产地到存储地的移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:147 msgid "" "After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" "将成品转移到存储位置后，点击转移顶部的 :guilabel:`验证'，然后在弹出的 :guilabel:` 立即转移?`窗口中点击 " ":guilabel:`应用`。这样做会将转移标记为 :guilabel:`完成`，并更新库存计数以反映转移的成品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" msgstr "两步制造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not " "generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. " "Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, " "but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" "Odoo *制造* 允许用户使用一步、两步或三步制造产品。使用两步制造时，Odoo " "会创建制造订单（MO）和拣选组件转移，但不会生成成品入库转移。库存计数仍会根据制造产品的数量进行更新，但不会追踪将产品转入或转出库存的行为。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "" "After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components " "transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of " "components from the locations where they are stored to the location where " "they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" "确认两步 |MO| 后，页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`转移` 智能按钮。点击该按钮可打开 |MO| 的 " "“拾取组件转移”。此传输用于追踪部件从存放地点到用于制造产品地点的移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" "在 |MO| 页面，选择 :guilabel:`工单` 选项卡。一旦开始处理需要完成的第一个工单，请单击该操作的 :guilabel:`开始` " "按钮。然后，Odoo *制造* 会启动一个计时器，记录工单完成所需的时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "生产单上工单的开始按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上工单的完成按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then select the :guilabel:`📱" " (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be processed. This " "opens the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:131 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| " "open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be " "closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" msgstr "使用主生产排程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:7 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." msgstr "主生产排程(MPS)是根据你的需求预测计划生产的有用工具。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产排程功能，然后点击保存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:17 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." msgstr "在MPS设置中，您可以定义MPS的时间范围（月/周/天）以及您随时要显示的时段数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " "click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" "现在，转到：菜单选择:`计划->主生产计划`，然后点击*添加产品*。您现在可以定义您的安全库存目标（=在此期间结束时您想要拥有的库存）以及每个期间必须或可以补充的最小和最大数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "" "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " "by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" " quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" " to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" "在MPS视图中，您可以通过单击*行*来决定要显示哪些信息。例如，*实际需求*将显示您在此期间已经订购了多少产品，或者*可以承诺*，在同一时期仍然可以销售的产品（您计划补充的产品-" "已经销售的产品在此期间）。如果你喜欢，你也可以决定隐藏行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" msgstr "估计需求并发起补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:40 msgid "" "The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " "in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " "demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" "下一步是估计所选时期的需求。这是在*预测需求*行中完成的。您可以随时轻松地将需求预测与实际需求（=确认销售额）进行比较。成品的需求预测将影响其组件的间接需求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "" "Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " "different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" " supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" "一旦确定了预测需求，将自动计算不同时期的补充数量。您应该根据交货时间（供应商交货时间或制造交货时间）启动的补充信息然后以绿色显示。您现在可以点击补充按钮启动补充。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:54 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "根据产品的配置（采购或制造），系统将创建报价请求或制造订单。只需点击*实际补货*单元格，即可轻松访问这些信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:61 msgid "" "In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " "cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "如果您手动编辑*建议补货*数量，单元格左侧会出现一个小十字。如果您想回到Odoo给出的自动计算值，只需单击交叉点。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "Cells color signification" msgstr "单元格颜色的含义" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:69 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "作为*建议补充*线的一部分的单元格可以根据情况采取不同的颜色：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr " **** ：考虑到需求预测和间接需求预测，为达到预期安全库存量需要补货的产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量仍匹配当前数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过高。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过低。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:80 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "*已预测库存*行也可包含红色单元格，意思是该周期内的库存将为负值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" msgstr "如果我低估了需求怎么办？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:86 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "你仍可增加需求预测。它将影响补货数量。单元格将变为橙色，你可发起新补货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" msgstr "如果我高估了需求怎么办？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些询价单或制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" msgstr "如果我在MPS中错误添加了产品怎么办？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "你可点击产品名称右侧的小垃圾箱，即可从MPS中删除该产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" msgstr "使用工作中心管理工作订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" " centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " "orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " "materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " "specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" "Odoo " "制造应用程序允许在特定工作中心执行工作订单。为产品创建制造订单时，产品物料清单（BoM）的操作选项卡中列出的任何工作订单也将自动创建，并分配到指定的工作中心。可以通过选择" " :menuselection:`操作 --> 工作订单` 在 制造模块中管理工作订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" " be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" "为了使用工作中心，必须首先启用工作订单功能。要执行次操作，请转到:guilabel:`制造`模块，选择:menuselection:`配置 --> " "设置`，然后激活:guilabel:`工单`旁边的复选框。然后可以通过选择:menuselection:`配置 --> 工作中心`来创建和管理工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" msgstr "创建工作中心" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" "Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`制造`模块中，选择:menuselection:`配置 --> 工作中心 --> 创建`。然后可以填写工作中心表格，如下所示：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr ":guilabel:`工作中心名称`：为工作中心提供一个简洁的名称，描述它将用于的操作类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr ":guilabel:`替代工作中心`：指定主工作中心不可用时要执行操作的替代工作中心" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr ":guilabel:`代码`：为工作中心分配参考代码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr ":guilabel:`工作时间`：定义工作中心每周可以使用的小时数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：选择工作中心所属公司" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "完整配置的工作中心表格示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" msgstr "设定工作中心生产力标准" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "工作中心表单上的 :guilabel:`一般信息` 选项卡允许为工作中心指定生产率目标：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " "work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`时间效率`：用于计算工单在工作中心的预期持续时间；例如，一个工单正常需要一小时，效率设置为200%，则工单需要30分钟" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr ":guilabel:`容量`：工作中心可以同时执行的操作数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr ":guilabel:`OEE 目标`：工作中心效率目标" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr ":guilabel:`生产前时间`：开工前所需的设置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr ":guilabel:`生产后时间`：工作完成后所需的故障或清理时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr ":guilabel:`每小时成本`：工作中心运行一小时的成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr ":guilabel:`分析帐户`：记录工作中心成本的帐户" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "工作中心表格的一般信息选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" msgstr "将设备分配到工作中心" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "" "Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`设备` 选项卡，可以将特定设备分配到工作中心。添加的每件设备都将显示以下信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`设备名称`：设备的名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`技术人员`：负责维修设备的技术人员" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr ":guilabel:`设备类别`：设备所属类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr ":guilabel:`MTBF`：平均故障间隔时间；该设备在发生故障之前的平均运行时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr ":guilabel:`MTTR`：平均恢复时间；设备再次全面运行所需的平均时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr ":guilabel:`预计下一次故障`：估计下一次设备故障何时发生" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "工作中心表单的设备选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`、:guilabel:`MTTR` 和 :guilabel:`预计下一次故障`根据过去的故障数据（如有）自动计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "整合 IoT 设备" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr ":guilabel:`IoT 触发器` 选项卡可以将:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`设备与工作中心整合：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`设备`：指定要触发的 IoT 设备" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr ":guilabel:`密钥`：设备的安全密钥" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`操作`：触发的 IoT 设备操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "工作中心表单的物联网触发器选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "使用案例：配置替代工作中心" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "当一个工作中心处于满负荷状态时，它不能接受任何新的工单。与其等待工作中心空闲下来，不如指定一个替代工作中心来执行多余的工单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" " ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" "首先创建一个新的工作中心。配置 :guilabel:`设备` " "选项卡，使其拥有与主工作中心相同的所有设备。这将确保两个工作中心可以执行相同的任务。导航到主工作中心，并在 :guilabel:`替代工作中心` " "选择字段中包含新工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " "the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" "现在，创建一个新的制造订单，在其中一个操作中使用主工作中心。主工作中心将自动在 :guilabel:`工作订单` " "选项卡中被选中。确认制造订单后，点击表格左上角的 :guilabel:`计划` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "点击计划按钮，自动选择可用的工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "如果主工作中心的容量已满，则为操作选择的工作中心将自动更改为替代工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "自动选择替代工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "监控工作中心表现" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" "单个工作中心表现可通过选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "工作中心`，并点击工作中心来查看。可以在表格右上方查看显示工作中心性能的各种指标：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr ":guilabel:`OEE`：总体有效效率，即工作中心充分发挥生产力的时间百分比" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr ":guilabel:`丢失`：因停工而损失的时间量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr ":guilabel:`负荷`：完成当前工作所需的时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr ":guilabel:`绩效`：实际工作时间，以预期时间的百分比表示" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" msgstr "使用 “休假时间” 使工作中心不可用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " "specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，*工作中心* 用于在特定地点执行生产操作。但是，如果某个工作中心因某种原因无法使用，工单就会开始堆积在该工作中心，直到它再次投入使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 msgid "" "As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " "that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that " "are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work " "center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that " "manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " "available again." msgstr "" "因此，有必要在 Odoo 中停用工作中心，以便平台将新工单路由到可运行的替代工作中心。使用 Odoo *休假* " "可以将工作中心指定为在设定时间内不可用。这样做可确保生产操作能够继续进行，直到受影响的工作中心再次可用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 msgid "" "Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " "must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " ":ref:`developer mode `. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`" " smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" "up window." msgstr "" "在将工作中心指定为不可用之前，必须正确配置 Odoo 平台。首先，必须启用 :ref:`开发者模式`。这将允许 " ":guilabel:`休假` 智能按钮出现在每个工作中心的 :guilabel:`工作时间` 弹出窗口中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 msgid "" "Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to " "the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" " under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." msgstr "" "进入:menuselection:`设置`，滚动到页面底部，点击:guilabel:`开发工具` 标题下的:guilabel:`激活开发者模式` " "，启用开发者模式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." msgstr "激活 “开发者模式” 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time " "off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. " "Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module " "should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " ":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." msgstr "" "接下来，安装 *休假* 应用程序。该应用程序用于为 Odoo 中的所有资源（包括员工和工作中心）分配休假时间。导航至 " ":menuselection:`应用程序`，然后在 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中输入`休假`。页面上应只显示 :guilabel:`休假` " "模块的卡片。点击卡片上的绿色 :guilabel:`安装` 按钮，安装应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off module installation card." msgstr "休假模块安装卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" "The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " "is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable" " and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If" " no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " "from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." msgstr "" "最后一步是正确配置工作中心。对于此工作流程，至少需要两个工作中心：一个工作中心不可用，另一个工作中心接收另一个工作中心无法接受的工单。如果没有配置第二个工作中心，Odoo" " 就无法将工单从不可用的工作中心路由出去，这些工单就会堆积在其队列中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." msgstr "要创建工作中心，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 工作中心 --> 创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 msgid "" "Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " "work center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" "确保两个工作中心的 :guilabel:`设备` 选项卡下都列出了相同的设备。这样可以确保在一个工作中心执行的操作也能在另一个工作中心执行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." msgstr "工作中心表格上的设备选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "" "For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work " "center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo " "knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " "unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" "对于即将不可用的工作中心，在 :guilabel:`替代工作中心` 下拉菜单中选择第二个工作中心。现在，当第一个工作中心因任何原因不可用时，Odoo " "知道要将工单发送到第二个工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "配置有替代工作中心的工作中心表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 msgid "Add time off for a work center" msgstr "为工作中心增加休假" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work " "center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and " "selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the " ":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" "配置完成后，现在可以将休假时间分配给将变为不可用的工作中心了。首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> " "工作中心`，然后选择受影响的工作中心。点击 :guilabel:`编辑`，然后点击 :guilabel:`工作时间` 下拉菜单旁边的 " ":guilabel:`（外部链接）` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "工作中心表格上的工作时间 “外部链接” 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 msgid "" "A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard " "working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other " "details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a " ":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " "taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" "弹出标题为 :guilabel:`打开：工作时间`。这里列出了工作中心的标准工作时间，以及其他各种详细信息。由于已启用开发人员模式，弹出窗口右上方有一个" " :guilabel:`休假` 按钮。点击它可进入 :guilabel:`给工作中心分配休假时间` 页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." msgstr "工作时间“弹出窗口中 “下班时间” 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On" " the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " "(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the " ":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End" " Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be " "unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " "logged in Odoo." msgstr "" "在此页面中，点击 :guilabel:`创建`，以配置新的超时工作条目。在请假表单中，注明关闭工作中心的 " ":guilabel:`原因`（损坏、维护等），选择受影响的工作中心作为 :guilabel:`资源` 资源，并选择 :guilabel:`开始日期` 和" " :guilabel:`结束日期` 指定工作中心不可用的时间段。点击 :guilabel:`保存`，工作中心的休假时间将记录在 Odoo 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "“休息资源分配” 表单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" msgstr "将订单转至其他工作中心" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button." msgstr "一旦某个工作中心处于指定的停工期内，发送到该工作中心的工单可使用 :guilabel:`计划` 按钮自动路由到其他工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting " ":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the " "manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the work order." msgstr "" "首先，通过选择 :menuselection:`操作 --> 制造订单 --> 创建`， 创建一个新的生产单。在制造单表格中，指定一个 " ":guilabel:`产品`，该产品的一个操作使用停用的工作中心。点击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认工单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 msgid "" "On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By " "default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work " "Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " "left of the page." msgstr "" "在已确认的工单上，选择 :guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡。默认情况下，在 :guilabel:`工作中心` " "列中指定了不可用的工作中心。页面左上角还有一个绿色的 :guilabel:`计划` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上的计划按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`计划`，:guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡下列出的工作中心将自动更改为替代工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " "button." msgstr "点击 “计划” 按钮后，选定的工作中心会自动更新。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " "recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking " "the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" "一旦停用工作中心的停工期结束，Odoo 就会识别该工作中心已恢复可用。此时，点击 :guilabel:`计划` " "按钮不会将工单路由到其他工作中心，除非第一个工作中心已满。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" msgstr "工单依赖" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:7 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be " "completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried" " out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order " "dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill" " of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur " "first." msgstr "" "在制造某些产品时，可能需要先完成特定操作，然后才能开始其他操作。为了确保操作以正确的顺序进行，Odoo *制造* " "具有*工作顺序依赖*设置。启用该设置后，物料清单（BoM）上的操作将被其他应先进行的操作*屏蔽*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" "The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable " "it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is " "not already active." msgstr "" "*工单依赖关系*设置默认未启用。要启用该设置，首先导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后，启用 " ":guilabel:`工作订单` 设置（如果尚未激活）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work " "Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order " "Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" "启用 :guilabel:`工作订单` 设置后，下方会出现 :guilabel:`工单依赖关` 设置。启用 " ":guilabel:`工作订单依赖`，然后点击 :guilabel:` 保存` 确认更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" msgstr "为 BoM 添加依赖项" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "" "Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "工单依赖关系配置在产品的|BOM|上。为此，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> 物料清单`，然后选择一个 " "|BOM|，或单击 :guilabel:`新建` 一个新的 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "在 |BOM| 中，点击 :guilabel:`杂项` 选项卡，然后启用 :guilabel:`操作依赖` 复选框。这样，:guilabel:`操作` " "选项卡的设置中就会出现一个新的:guilabel:`阻拦` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." msgstr "BoM 杂项选项卡上的“操作依赖”复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, " "click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field " "appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "接下来，点击 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡。在选项卡右上方，点击选项卡的 :guilabel:`设置` 按钮，然后启用 " ":guilabel:`阻拦` 复选框。这样，:guilabel:`操作` 选项卡上的每个操作都会出现:guilabel:`被阻拦`字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." msgstr "BoM 上操作选项卡的设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "" "In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, " "click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` " "pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the " "pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*" " the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" "在应被其他操作阻止的操作行中，点击 :guilabel:`被阻拦` 字段，弹出 :guilabel:`开启：操作`弹出窗口。在弹出窗口的 " ":guilabel:`被阻拦` 下拉字段中，选择必须在被阻拦的操作*之前*完成的阻拦操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." msgstr "BoM 上操作的“被阻拦”下拉字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" msgstr "利用依赖关系规划工单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:65 msgid "" "Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo " "*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on " "their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" "一旦在 |BOM| 上配置了工单依赖关系，Odoo *制造* 就能根据工单依赖关系计划何时安排工单。要计划制造订单的工单，首先要导航到 " ":menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order " "dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a " "|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "接下来，为产品选择一个制造订单，并在其 |BOM| 上设置工作订单依赖性，或者通过点击 :guilabel:`新建` " "来创建新的制造订单。如果创建新的制造订单，请选择 |BOM| 从物料清单下拉字段中配置工作订单依赖项，然后点击确认。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that " "are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the " ":guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" "确认制造订单后，选择 :guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡查看完成生产单所需的工单。在 :guilabel:`状态` " "部分，任何*未*被其他工单阻止的工单都会显示 `就绪` 标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "" "Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting " "for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, " "the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "被一个或多个工单阻拦的工单会显示 `等待另一个工单` 标签。一旦阻拦的工单完成，标签就会更新为 `就绪`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上工单的状态标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "" "To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and " "time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period " "specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that " "precedes it." msgstr "" "要计划制造订单的工单，请点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`计划` 按钮。这样，:guilabel:`工单` " "选项卡上每个工单的:guilabel:`计划开始日期` 字段将自动填入计划开始日期和时间。被阻拦的工单将在其前面工单的 :guilabel:`预期工期`" " 字段中指定的时间段结束时进行排程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "生产单上工单的计划开始日期字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "" "A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has " "two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of" " 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "为产品 A 创建了制造订单：切割和组装。每个操作的预期持续时间为 60 分钟，装配操作被切割操作阻塞。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 " "pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut " "operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is " "scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" "下午 1:30 点击生产订单的 :guilabel:`计划` 按钮，计划立即开始切割操作。由于切割操作的预期持续时间为 60 " "分钟，因此装配操作计划于下午 2:30 开始。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" msgstr "按工作中心进行规划" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:108 msgid "" "To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to " "the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This" " page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" "要查看工单计划的可视化表示方法，请通过 :menuselection:`制造 --> 计划 --> 按工作中心计划` 浏览 " ":guilabel:`工单计划` 页面。该页面显示为每个操作计划的所有工单时间轴。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "" "If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order " "that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking" " it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the " "blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "如果一个工单因另一个工单的完成而受阻，受阻的工单会显示为计划在受阻工单之后开始。此外，两个工单之间会有一个箭头，从受阻工单指向受阻工单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "连接受阻工单和受阻工单的箭头。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" msgstr "车间现场" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. " "*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders" " (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the " "amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It " "cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the " "*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "" "To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section " "at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "导航" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32 msgid "" "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected " "from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and " "displays information cards for |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "" "Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards " "for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be " "toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the " "navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that " "appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned" " to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on " "the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to" " the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each " "work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "" "To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply " "search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at " "the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching " "between the different module views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "" "On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the" " employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to " "sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of" " which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the " ":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or " "off." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every " "|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it " "has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "" "To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the " ":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it " "from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73 msgid "" "An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with " "options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "" "The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of" " units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun" " on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has " "begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for" " an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status " "updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "" "The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if" " any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. " "Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of " "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" "Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. " "To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`" " field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the" " line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created " "for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for " "10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records" " that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "" "The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. " "This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if " "there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work " "orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. " "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any " "required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade " "away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card " "disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they " "are found to be defective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123 msgid "" "By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for " "every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is " "considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, " "and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "" "To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of " "readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` " "filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134 msgid "" "A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees " "with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "" "The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that" " the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being " "produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the" " work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, " "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" "The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to " "complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on " "the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears." " Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line " "automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "" "Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`" " line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the" " step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "" "If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a " ":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order " "card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and " "the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the" " quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be " "closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work " "orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and " "causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is " "assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the" " work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears" " on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain " "open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is " "marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a " "different work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a " "change to the work order's instructions or steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be " "filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187 msgid "" "The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the" " *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every " "employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "" "To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's " "name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with " "their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "" "When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working " "on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is " "working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under " "their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "" "To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add " "Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from " "the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "" "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the " ":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed " "in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" msgstr "产品生命周期管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for" " testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept " "development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support " "stages." msgstr "" "Odoo *产品生命周期管理*（*PLM*）提供了一种系统化的方法，用于在概念开发、设计、制造、营销和上市后支持阶段对产品进行测试、协作和迭代。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "" "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." msgstr "有了审批，主要利益相关者就可以在实施前对变更进行审查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" msgstr "变更管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10 msgid "ECO type" msgstr "工程变更指令（ECO）类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12 msgid "" "An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize " "and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type" " separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and " "stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" "为*工程变更指定*（ECO）分配*ECO 类型*，以组织和追踪对产品和物料清单（BoMs）的变更。每种 |ECO| 类型在甘特视图中将 |ECO| " "分隔成一个项目，确保协作者和利益相关者**只**能查看和协助相关的 |BOM| 改进。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "" "For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product " "Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware " "Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in " "the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding " "unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" "例如，电子芯片制造商可能会使用 “新产品介绍”、“产品改进”、“组件变更”和“固件更新”等 |ECO| 类型。这样，设计师和工程师就可以专注于 " "“新产品介绍”和“产品改进”项目中的 |ECO|，避免无关的供应商变更或固件更新 |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" msgstr "创建 ECO 类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25 msgid "" "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "要访问和管理 ECO 类型，请导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 配置 --> ECO 类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "" "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO" " Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建新的 ECO 类型。在新的 :guilabel:`ECO 类型` 表格中，填写以下信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the" " |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`：|ECO| 类型的名称，它将组织项目中该*类型*的所有 |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted " "to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage " "of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`电子邮件别名`：如果填写了此可选字段，则向此电子邮件地址提交的电子邮件将自动在此 |ECO| 类型的最左级生成 |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "" "The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related " "|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field " "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" "“配方变更” |ECO| 类型用于在单个项目中组织和追踪相关的 |ECO|。配置 :guilabel:`电子邮件别名` 字段后，“配方更改” 项目中的 " "|ECO| 会发送到电子邮件地址“pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." msgstr "ECO 类型示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" msgstr "编辑 ECO 类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click " "on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" "通过导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 配置 --> ECO 类型` 页面，修改现有 |ECO| " "类型名称和电子邮件别名。在该页面中，从列表中点击所需的 |ECO| 类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "" "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and " ":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "在每个 |ECO| 类型的表单中，继续编辑 :guilabel:`名称` 和 :guilabel:`电子邮件别名` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" msgstr "阶段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59 msgid "" "Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to " "identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be " "applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" "在 |ECO| 类型的项目中，*阶段*就像里程碑，用于在准备应用更改之前确定 |ECO| " "的进度。（例如，“反馈”、“进行中”、“已批准”、“已完成”）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that " "changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews " "and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by " "enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on" " a production |BOM|." msgstr "" "此外，还可以在每个阶段添加所需的审批人，确保在审批人审查和批准 |ECO| 之前，不能对生产 |BOM| 进行更改。这样做可以防止生产 |BOM| " "上出现错误，因为在建议的更改应用到生产 |BOM| 上之前，至少要对其进行一次审核。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "" "For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which " "is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores " "|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next " "production |BOM|." msgstr "" "最佳做法是，至少应有一个 *验证* 阶段（该阶段要求有审批人）和一个 *关闭* 阶段（用于存储已取消或已批准用作下一个生产 |BOM| 的 |ECO| " "阶段）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" msgstr "创建阶段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended " "project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" "要添加阶段，请转到 :menuselection:`PLM` 应用程序，并从 :guilabel:`PLM 概览` 仪表板中为 |ECO| " "类型选择目标项目。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the " "|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text " "box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the " ":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" "然后，在 |ECO| 类型的 :guilabel:`工程变更指令` 项目管道上，点击 :guilabel:`+ 阶段` " "按钮。此操作将显示一个文本框，用于填写阶段名称。填写完毕后，点击 :guilabel:`添加` 按钮完成添加阶段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "" "A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in" " the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track " "unassigned tasks." msgstr "" "新的 “已分配” 阶段将已分配的 |ECO| 与 “新” 阶段中未分配的 |ECO| 区分开来。添加另一个阶段有助于产品经理追踪未分配的任务。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." msgstr "在项目中为 ECO 类型创建一个新阶段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" msgstr "验证阶段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93 msgid "" "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a " "kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "从 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 概览` 中单击一个 ECO 类型，打开该类型的 |ECOs| 看板视图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "" "To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select" " the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-" "up window." msgstr "" "要配置验证阶段，请将鼠标悬停在预定阶段上，然后选择 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标。然后，点击:guilabel:`编辑` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "" "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by " "checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." msgstr "在弹出的编辑阶段窗口中配置验证阶段，方法是选中 :guilabel:`允许应用变更` 的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer," " their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" "然后，点击:guilabel:`添加行`，在:guilabel:`审批人`部分添加审批人，并指定审查人的:guilabel:`角色`、:guilabel:`用户`和:guilabel:`审批类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "" "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval " "Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." msgstr "确保至少有一名审批人配置了 :guilabel:`审批类型`: :guilabel:`需要批准`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "" "The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the" " stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save " "& Close`." msgstr "在弹出窗口中指定的阶段丢弃 |ECO| 时，会自动通知列出的审批人。完成后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "" "In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage " "`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and " "selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" "在 |ECO| 类型 “新产品介绍”中，通过点击 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标并选择 :guilabel:`编辑` " "来配置验证阶段“已验证”。此操作将打开 :guilabel:`编辑：已验证` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "" "By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by " "this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the" " production |BOM|." msgstr "将“工程经理”添加为批准人后，只有经该用户批准的 |ECO| 才能进入下一阶段，并将更改应用于生产 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "" "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure " "proper behavior." msgstr "此外，请检查 :guilabel:`允许应用变更` 选项，以确保行为正确。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." msgstr "选中“允许应用变更”选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" msgstr "关闭阶段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129 msgid "" "Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up " "window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "打开 :guilabel:`编辑: [阶段]` 弹窗，配置关闭阶段。要执行此操作，请将鼠标悬停在预定阶段上，然后点击右上角出现的 " ":guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）`图标。然后，从下拉菜单中点击 :guilabel:`编辑`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`编辑: [阶段]` 弹窗中，选中 :guilabel:`折叠在看板视图中`、:guilabel:`允许应用变更` 和 " ":guilabel:`最后阶段` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "" "The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" "通过选中 :guilabel:`折叠在看板视图中`、:guilabel:`允许应用变更` 和 :guilabel:`最后阶段` " "选项，可配置关闭阶段“有效”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." msgstr "显示结束阶段的配置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" msgstr "工程变更指令" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" " change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " "`." msgstr "" "利用*工程变更指令*（*ECO*）追踪、实施和恢复对产品和物料清单进行的变更版本:ref:`bills of materials " "`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" msgstr "可创建工程变更指令：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." msgstr ":ref:`直接在 ECO 类型中 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an " "operation." msgstr "由操作员在操作的 :ref:`平板视图 ` 中执行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias " "`." msgstr "自动从提交到 :ref:`ECO 类型的电子邮件别名 ` 的反馈中获取。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" msgstr "创建 ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26 msgid "" "To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select " "the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. " "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`" " button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" "要创建新的 |ECO|，首先要导航到 *PLM* 应用程序。然后，选择用于跟踪变更进度的 |ECO| 类型卡。在 :guilabel:`工程变更指令` " "页面上，点击左上角的 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types ` to categorize " "and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| " "related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product " "introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance " "fulfillment." msgstr "" "了解如何创建新的 :ref:`ECO 类型 `，以分类和组织变更指令。这样做可确保员工只查看与其职责相关的 " "|ECO|，无论是涉及新产品介绍、有针对性的产品线更新还是法规合规性履行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" msgstr "在 |ECO| 表格中，填写以下相应字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." msgstr ":guilabel:`说明` 是对改进的简要概述。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the " "|ECOs|." msgstr ":guilabel:`类型`：指定用于组织 |ECO| 的 |ECO| 类型项目。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr ":guilabel:`应用于` 决定 |ECO| 是否更改 :guilabel:`物料清单` 或 :guilabel:`仅限产品`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." msgstr ":guilabel:`产品` 表示正在改进的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates" " if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If " "multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`物料清单` 指定已更改的 |BOM|。如果 :guilabel:`产品` 字段中的产品有一个现有的 |BOM| " "，它将自动填充。如果存在多个 |BOM|，请从下拉菜单中选择相应的单选选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the" " change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the " "change applies to all companies." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司` 字段用于多公司数据库。指定更改是否适用于特定公司的产品，如果更改适用于所有公司，则留空。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. " "(Optional)" msgstr ":guilabel:`负责人` 表示负责此 |ECO| 的受让人。（可选）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing " ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production " "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`生效` 指定 |ECO| 生效的时间。选择 :guilabel:`尽快` 意味着一旦授权用户 :ref:`applies the " "changes ` 应用了更改，|ECO| 就会应用到生产的 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" "On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific " "date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the" " |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" "另一方面，选择 :guilabel:`日期` 并设置一个特定日期，会留下一个日期，以便于追踪 |BOM| 的版本历史和用于生产的特定日期 |BOMs|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization." " Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`标签` 分配给 |ECO| 以确定优先级和组织。在字段中键入名称并从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`创建` " "来创建新标签。（可选）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." msgstr "填写 |ECO| 表单后，点击 :guilabel:`开始修订` 按钮开始执行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" msgstr "按 :guilabel:`开始修订` 后，会出现三个操作：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of " "the |BOM|." msgstr "出现 :guilabel:`文件` 智能按钮，存储 |BOM| 的相关文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version " "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" "生产 |BOM| 的副本存储在 |ECO| 新出现的 :guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮中。下一个可用的版本号（如 " "“V2”、“V3”......）也会被分配，以追踪所有 |BOM| 版本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right " "corner of the |ECO|." msgstr "|ECO| 的各个阶段:guilabel:`类型` 显示在 |ECO| 的右上角。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" "只有在 :guilabel:`应用` 字段中选择了 :guilabel:`物料清单` 单选按钮，并按下 :guilabel:`开始修订` " "按钮后，:guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮才可用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." msgstr "ECO 右上角有阶段概述，以及 *修订* 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" msgstr "更改组件" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82 msgid "" "To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo " "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" "要修改 |BOM| 中的组件，请点击 |ECO| 上的 :guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮，以访问 |BOM| 的新版本。Odoo 会用一个大的 " ":guilabel:`归档` 标签标记测试的 |BOM| 以区分非正式运行版本的 |BOM| 和当前版本的 |BOM| 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the " "product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" "点击产品 `[D_0045 Stool]` 的 |ECO| 的 :guilabel:`开始修订` 按钮后，点击 :guilabel:`修订` " "智能按钮更改产品的 |BOM|。这样做会打开已存档的 |BOM|，并用红色:guilabel:`已归档`标记。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." msgstr "显示已归档的物料清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the " "components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing " "components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, " "and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" "新的 |BOM| 中，在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡中，修改组件列表，改变现有组件的 :guilabel:`数量` ，使用 " ":guilabel:`添加行` 按钮添加新组件，使用 :guilabel:`️🗑️（垃圾桶）` 图标删除组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are " "reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." msgstr "在键盘 |BOM| 的第二版中，元件数量有所减少，并增加了一个元件 `稳定器`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." msgstr "使用 *修订* 智能按钮进入新的 BoM，对组件进行修改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 msgid "Compare changes" msgstr "比较变化" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| " "form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the" " current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" "变更完成后，点击左上角面包屑中的 `ECO00X`，回到 |ECO|。在 |ECO| 表单上，一个新的 :guilabel:`BoM 变更` " "标签会显示当前 |BOM| 和新版本之间的差异。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not " "in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both " "|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" "蓝色文字表示修订后的 |BOM| 中添加的新组件，而生产 |BOM| 中没有这些组件。黑色文本表示两个 |BOM| 共享的更新，红色文本表示修订后的 " "|BOM| 中删除的组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "" "Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** " "affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the " ":ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" "变更和测试都在修订后的 |BOM| 中，**不会** 影响当前生产中使用的 |BOM|。也就是说，直到 :ref:`变更被应用 " "`之前，物料清单都不会受到影响。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard" " |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." msgstr "在 |ECO| 的:guilabel:`BoM 变更` 选项卡中查看当前键盘 |BOM| 和修订后键盘 |BOM| 之间的差异摘要。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." msgstr "在*BoM 变更* 选项卡中查看组件变更的摘要。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" msgstr "变更操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134 msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "要修改 |BOM| 中的操作，请点击 |ECO| 上的 :guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮，访问存档的新版本 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view " "and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which " "opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" "在新版 |BOM| 中，切换到 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡可查看和编辑 |BOM| 操作。要进行更改，请选择每个操作，然后打开相应的 " ":guilabel:`打开： 操作` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" "默认情况下，:guilabel:`操作` 选项卡 *不* 可用。要启用它，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，然后选中 :guilabel:`工作订单` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "" "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up" " window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." msgstr "更改 :guilabel:`打开：操作` 弹出窗口，完成后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and " "remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`添加一行` 按钮创建新操作，点击 :guilabel:`归档操作` 按钮删除新操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." msgstr "更改完成后，点击左上角面包屑中的 `ECO00X`，回到 |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the " "differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "在 |ECO| 表单上，新的 :guilabel:`操作变更` 标签会显示当前生产 |BOM| 和新版本之间的差异。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not " "yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by " "both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised " "|BOM|." msgstr "" "蓝色文字表示在修订后的 |BOM| 中添加的新操作，而这些操作在生产的 |BOM| 中还不存在。黑色文字表示两个 |BOM| " "共享的更新，红色文字表示修订后的 |BOM| 中删除的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "" "Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in" " production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" "对 |ECO| 中的 |BOM| 的修改，**不会** 影响生产中使用的 |BOM|。也就是说，直到 :ref:`变更被应用 " "` 之前，物料清单都不会收到影响。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the " "columns in the table, reflect the following information:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`操作变更` 选项卡中，表格列下的每行详细信息都反映了以下信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." msgstr ":guilabel:`操作`：已修改的操作的名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the " "operation includes detailed instructions." msgstr ":guilabel:`步骤`：指定了质量控制检查点，当操作包含详细说明时，这一检查点会显示出来。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "" "To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: " "Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart " "button displayed at the top." msgstr "" "要检查说明，请点击 |BOM| 的 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡中的操作行项目。然后，在弹出的 :guilabel:`打开：操作` " "弹出窗口中，查找顶部显示的 :guilabel:`说明` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed " ":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." msgstr "`装配` 操作包含了 10 个详细的操作说明，需要完成这些说明才能完成整个操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "显示 *说明* 智能按钮可检查操作是否有附加说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further " "instructions in the operation." msgstr ":guilabel:`步骤类型` 详细说明质量控制类型，以便在操作中进一步说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the " "revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can " "be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`类型` 与彩色文本相对应，用于说明修改后的 |BOM| 与生产时的 |BOM| 有何不同。操作更改类型可以是 " ":guilabel:`添加`、:guilabel:`删除` 或 :guilabel:`更新`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is " "performed." msgstr ":guilabel:`工作中心` 指定执行操作的工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-" "up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`手动持续时间变更` 指更改:guilabel:`打开：操作` 弹出窗口中的:guilabel:`默认持续时间` " "字段，该字段指定了完成操作的预期时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the" " revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`操作变更` 选项卡中，将生产的 |BOM| 与修改后的 |ECO| 中的 |BOM| 进行比较。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "" "In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the " ":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the " "expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the " ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" "在修改后的 |BOM| 中，在 :guilabel:`工作中心` `装配线 1` 添加了一个新的 `装配线` :guilabel:`操作`。此外，根据 " ":guilabel:`手动更改持续时间` 的规定，该操作的预期持续时间为 `20.00` 分钟。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "" "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point " "instructions are added:" msgstr "为补充 `装配` 操作，增加了两个质量控制点指令：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "" "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to " ":guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" "首先是 :guilabel:`步骤` `QCP00039` ，这是一个 :guilabel:`步骤类型` 用来 :guilabel:`注册生产` " "的组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "" "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step" " Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "第二个 :guilabel:`步骤` 是 `QCP00034`，其 :guilabel:`步骤类型` 为 `指示`，提供额外的组装细节。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." msgstr "在 |ECO| 中显示 *操作变更* 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" msgstr "应用更改" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" "After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage " "`, which are stages that require approval before the " "revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" "验证更改后，将 |ECO| 移至 :ref:`验证阶段 `，这些阶段需要获得批准，才能将修改后的更改应用到生产 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "" "Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button " "becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved " "to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original " "production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" "审批人接受更改后，:guilabel:`应用更改`按钮就可用了。点击此按钮，|ECO| 将自动进入关闭阶段。更改应用后，原生产 |BOM| " "将归档，修改后的 |BOM| 将成为新的生产 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" msgstr "验证更改" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234 msgid "" "To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" "为确保更改生效，请从刚才按下 :guilabel:`应用更改` 按钮的 |ECO| 中，通过点击 :guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮返回到已修订的 " "|BOM| 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." msgstr "在修订后的 |BOM| 中，删除了红色的 :guilabel:`已存档` 标记。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "" "To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the " "product." msgstr "要进一步验证更改，请进入 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 检查生产 |BOM| 并选择产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" " tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the " "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" "然后，在产品表单中点击 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，并从列表中选择 |BOM|。在|BOM|的:guilabel:`杂项` " "选项卡中，:guilabel:`版本` 字段将更新为与最新|ECO|的:guilabel:`修订版` 智能按钮上显示的版本号一致。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "" "After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard " "`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| " "in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number " "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" "应用 :ref:`键盘 ` 的 |ECO| 更改后，在 :guilabel:`杂项` " "选项卡中查看当前键盘 |BOM| " "的版本。这里，:guilabel:`版本`数字已更新为`2`，与|ECO|的:guilabel:`修订`智能按钮中显示的`V2`相匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." msgstr "在 \"杂项\" 选项卡中查看当前的 *BOM* 版本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" msgstr "从平板电脑视图创建 ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while " "performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "操作员在*制造*应用程序中执行制造订单（MO）时，可直接建议更清晰的操作指令。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` " "icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" "要以这种方式创建 |ECO|，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`。然后，选择所需的 " ":abbr:`MO（制造订单）`，并切换到 :guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡。然后，点击所需工单的 :guilabel:`📱（手机）` " "图标，打开操作的*平板视图*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In " "Progress` status." msgstr "" "图标:guilabel:`📱（手机）` **仅**适用于状态为:guilabel:`已确认` 或:guilabel:`进行中` " "的:abbr:`MO（制造订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." msgstr "找到每个操作的平板电脑图标，最右边第二个。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "" "Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three " "horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens " "the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." " Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" "接下来，点击操作平板视图中的:guilabel:`☰（三条横线）`图标，添加一个指导步骤。这样就会打开 :abbr:`MO （制造订单）`的 " ":guilabel:`菜单` 操作项目。然后，点击 :guilabel:`增加一个步骤` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in " "tablet view." msgstr "点击平板电脑视图中的三条横线图标，打开*添加步骤*弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "" "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where " "the proposed changes are submitted." msgstr "点击该按钮后，会弹出一个 :guilabel:`添加步骤` 窗口，在此提交建议的更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the" " :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in " "greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. " "Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`标题` 字段中，输入简短的步骤说明。然后，在 :guilabel:`说明` 文本字段中，输入更详细的步骤说明。可选择在 " ":guilabel:`文档` 字段中添加图片。完成后，点击 :guilabel:`启动变更` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "" "To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in " "the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional " "quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" "要提议对损坏的组件进行额外检查，请在弹出的 :guilabel:`添加步骤` 窗口中输入详细信息。这样就创建了一个说明质量控制点，将在下一节中进行审查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control " "point." msgstr "填写*添加步骤*表格，建议增加一个质量控制点。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "" "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| " "is created with the following information:" msgstr "根据 :guilabel:`添加步骤` 弹出窗口中的输入，将创建包含以下信息的 |ECO|" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." msgstr ":guilabel:`描述`是操作名称，后面是:abbr:`MO（制造订单）`编号，以供参考。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." msgstr "|ECO| :guilabel:`类型`会自动分配给`BOM 变更`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are " "automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`产品` 和 :guilabel:`物料清单` 字段根据 :abbr:`MO （制造订单）` 中使用的 |BOM| 自动填充。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." msgstr ":guilabel:`负责人` 是提交反馈的操作员。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" msgstr "查看 ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316 msgid "" "To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X " "Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes " "created from the tablet view." msgstr "" "要查看建议的更改，请导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 概览`。在 `BOM 更新` |ECO| " "类型卡片中，:guilabel:`X 工程变更` 按钮表示从平板视图创建的操作更改数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban " "view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`" " stage." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`X 工程变更` 按钮，打开 |ECO| 类型的看板视图。要查看建议，请在`新建`阶段选择一个 |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "" "On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the " ":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" "在 |ECO| 中，查看 :guilabel:`操作变更` 选项卡中建议更改的摘要。点击:guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮，导航到修订后的 " "|BOM| 并更详细地查看建议更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" "An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step " "from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for" " the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, " "`Keyboard`." msgstr "" "一名操作员建议，在对产品`键盘`的:abbr:`MO（制造订单）``WH/MO/00010`执行`组装开关`操作时，从平板视图添加一个步骤，以检查是否有破损的组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "" "Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` " "ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| " "created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" "然后，在 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 概览` 中导航到 `BOM 变更` ECO 类型，就可以查看创建的 " "|ECO|。默认情况下，从平板视图创建的 |ECO| 会在 `新建`阶段生成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the " "suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further " "clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr " :guilabel:`负责人`字段会分配给提出建议的操作员，以便修改 |BOM| 的员工向提出变更的人进一步了解情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." msgstr "在“BOM变更”的 ECO 类型中找到处于*新*阶段的新 ECO。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select " "the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of " ":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction " "titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the" " line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" "在修改后的 |BOM| 中，切换到 :guilabel:`操作` 标签，然后选择 :guilabel:`☰ （三条横线）` " "图标。这样就会打开执行操作的:guilabel:`步骤` 列表，最新的指令标题为` 新步骤建议：`，后面是用户输入的标题。单击细列项目，查看建议的修改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." msgstr "BoM *操作* 选项卡中的“显示说明”图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "" "On the :ref:`quality control point ` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately " "filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" "在 :ref:` 质量控制点`表单中，确保准确填写以下表单字段，以便为操作员提供详细说明：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new " "instruction." msgstr ":guilabel:`标题`：重新命名，以简明扼要地描述新指令。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this " "instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for " "this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of " "the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Control per`：使用下拉菜单，确定该指令是广泛适用于 :guilabel:`产品`，还是仅*适用于该 " ":guilabel:`操作`，或产品的特定 :guilabel:`数量`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the " "worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, " "or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`类型`：控制点类型分类。从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`说明` 以详细说明员工的指令。要接收员工的输入，请选择 " ":guilabel:`拍照`、:guilabel:`登记消耗的材料`、:guilabel:`打印标签` 或其他 :ref:`质量检查选项 " "`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure quality control points `" msgstr ":ref:`配置质量控制点 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369 msgid "" "Once the quality control point is configured, return to the " ":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality" " control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "配置好质量控制点后，使用面包屑返回 :guilabel:`步骤` 列表。最后，将最后一个质量控制行项目拖动到预定的说明顺序。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "" "Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking " "and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second " "position." msgstr "拖动并重新排列 `检查断开的开关` 指令，方法是单击并拖动其 “6 点” 图标，将其从底部移动到第二个位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far " "left." msgstr "选择最左侧的 “6 点” 图标，拖动并重新排列指令。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" msgstr "版本控制" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10 msgid "" "Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions " "of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component " "details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of" " the production |BOM|." msgstr "" "使用 Odoo " "的*产品生命周期管理（PLM）*来管理以前版本的物料清单（BoM）。存储以前的装配说明、组件细节和过去的产品设计文件，同时将过去的细节保留在生产物料清单之外。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "" "Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use " "*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls " "or customer complaints." msgstr "" "需要时，可轻松恢复到以前的 |BOM| 版本。此外，还可使用 *PLM* 追踪在特定日期哪个 |BOM| 版本处于活动状态，以处理召回或客户投诉。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "" "Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for " "organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing " "operations." msgstr "每个 BOM 版本都存储在*工程变更单*（ECO）中，以便在不影响正常生产运营的情况下进行有组织的测试和改进。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" msgstr ":ref:`工程变更指令 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24 msgid "Current BoM version" msgstr "当前物料清单版本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26 msgid "" "To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select " "the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the " ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` " "of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" "要查看生产中使用的 |BOM| 当前版本，请进入:menuselection:`PLM 应用程序--> 主数据--> 物料清单`，并从列表中选择所需 " "|BOM|。然后，切换到 :guilabel:`杂项` 选项卡，在该选项卡中显示当前使用的 |BOM| :guilabel:`版本`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "" "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr "也可从 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单` 访问 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." msgstr "在 “杂项” 选项卡中显示当前版本的 BOM。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" msgstr "版本历史" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42 msgid "" "To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" "要管理 |BOM| 的所有以前、当前和未来版本，首先要导航到:menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "物料清单`，然后点击所需的 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "" "From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to " "list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the" " top right corner." msgstr "" "在 |BOM| 页面，点击 :guilabel:`ECO` 智能按钮，然后选择右上角的 :guilabel:`≣（四条横线）`图标，切换到列表视图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the " "*PLM* app is installed." msgstr "只有安装了 *PLM* 应用程序，|BOM| 上才会显示 :guilabel:`ECO` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." msgstr "在 BoM 上显示 ECO 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "" "In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the " "top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a " "drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" "在产品的 |ECO| 列表中，导航到顶部的搜索栏，然后单击右侧的 :guilabel:`▼ （向下箭头）` 图标，进入 :guilabel:`筛选器` " "下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "" "Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" "然后，按 :guilabel:`已完成` |ECO| 筛选，以查看：|BOM| 修订历史、应用更改的 :guilabel:`负责` 用户，以及 " "|BOM| 的 :guilabel:`有效日期`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files " "associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "点击每个 |ECO| 查看过去的组件、操作和与 |BOM| 相关的设计文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." msgstr "显示产品 BoM 的 ECO 修订历史。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` " "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" "如果 :guilabel:`有效日期` 字段为空，|ECO|的 :guilabel:`有效` 日期将自动设置为 " ":guilabel:`尽快`，|BOM|的修订历史中不会记录任何日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." msgstr "物料清单生效日期列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "" "A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the " "chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing" " stage `." msgstr "" "检查 |BOM| 启用时间的一种变通方法是导航到沟通栏，并将鼠标悬停在 |ECO| 移至 :ref:`结束阶段 ` 的时间上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" msgstr "设计文件" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design " "material to the |BOM| itself." msgstr "将计算机辅助设计（CAD）文件、PDF 文件、图像或其他设计资料附加到 |BOM| 本身。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of " "Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the " "*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 主数据 --> 物料清单`，然后选择所需的 |BOM|。在 |BOM|" " 上，导航到*沟通栏*，然后点击 :guilabel:`📎（回形针）`图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "" "The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` " "section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` " "button." msgstr "与 |BOM| 相关的文件显示在 :guilabel:`文件` 部分。要添加更多设计文件，请选择 :guilabel:`附加文件` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." msgstr "在沟通栏中显示回形针图标，以便将文件附加到 BoM。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" msgstr "在 ECO 中管理设计文件" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "" "Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and " "applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. " "Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the " "|ECO|." msgstr "" "在 |ECO| 中添加、修改和删除文件。一旦 |ECO| 被批准和应用，新文件就会自动链接到生产的 |BOM|。存档文件会从 |BOM| " "中移除，但仍可在 |ECO| 中访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "" "To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, " "open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` " "smart button." msgstr "" "要管理 |ECO| 中的设计文件，首先导航到:menuselection:`PLM 应用程序-->更改`并选择所需的|ECO|。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`文件` 智能按钮，打开 :guilabel:`附件` 页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "" "Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`" " icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, " "or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are " "contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once" " the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" "将鼠标悬停在每个附件上，显示 :guilabel:`︙（三个竖点）` 图标。在此处，选择是否 " ":guilabel:`编辑`、:guilabel:`删除`或 :guilabel:`下载`该文件。对这些文件所做的任何更改都包含在 |ECO| " "中，只有在应用 :ref:`更改已应用 ` 后才会应用到正式运行 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "" "In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original " "`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the " ":guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" "在 `创建 60% 键盘` |ECO|中，设计文件来自原始的 `100% 键盘` |BOM|。要替换键盘 PDF，首先选择 :guilabel:`文件`" " 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." msgstr "从活动 ECO 显示 *文档* 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard " "manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` " "icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`附件` 页面上，将鼠标悬停在 `100% 键盘手册.pdf` 设计文件上，然后点击 :guilabel:`︙ " "（三个竖点）`图标。然后，点击 :guilabel:`移除` 选项将文件存档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "" "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`" " button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" "接下来，在同一个 :guilabel:`附件` 页面上，点击 :guilabel:`上传` 按钮，上传新的设计文件，文件名为 `60% 键盘手册`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" "从 *文档* 智能按钮查看 *附件* 页面。显示一个已存档附件和\n" "一个新添加的附件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "" "Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed " "in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the" " archival occurred." msgstr "已存档文件**不会**被永久删除 - 它们仍可在上一个 |ECO| 中访问，或作为存档文件在最新的 |ECO| 中访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" msgstr "应用变基" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142 msgid "" "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same " "product." msgstr "Odoo 简化了为同一产品合并多份 |ECO| 的冲突解决流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "" "Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| " "are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous" " production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`" " tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" "在其他 |ECOs| 正在修改先前版本时更新生产 |BOM| 可能会发生冲突。新的生产 |BOM| 和以前的生产 |BOM| 之间的差异会显示在 " ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` 选项卡中，只有在这种情况下才可见。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "" "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply " "Rebase` button." msgstr "要解决冲突并保留 |ECO| 更改，请点击 :guilabel:`应用变基` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "" "Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| " "version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added," " and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has " "become `6`." msgstr "" "当前 BOM 版本为 5 时，创建了两个 ECO，ECO0011 和 ECO0012。在ECO0011 中，添加了一个新组件 Space " "stabilizer，并应用了这些变更。这意味着当前 BOM 版本变为了 6。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." msgstr "对 ECO 进行更改，以更新生产 BOM。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "" "This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the " ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space " "stabilizer`." msgstr "" "这意味着 `ECO0012` 正在修改一个过时的 |BOM|。如 :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` " "选项卡所示，|BOM| 缺少了 `Space stabilizer` 组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "" "To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur " "in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the " "previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to " "`ECO0012`." msgstr "" "为确保 `ECO0012` 内的变更发生时，能保留在 `ECO0011` 套用的变更，请点击 :guilabel:`套用变基` 按鈕，套用先前的 " "|ECO| 变更，此操作不会影响已经对 `ECO0012` 所作的变更。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production " "BOM." msgstr "点击 *应用变基* 按钮更新物料清单，使其与生产物料清单相匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" msgstr "项目管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Approvals" msgstr "审批" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10 msgid "" "Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to " "stages of :ref:`engineering change orders ` (ECOs) under review. " "Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. " "Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and " "premature actions." msgstr "" "通过为正在接收审查的 :ref:`工程变更指令 " "`（ECO）的阶段指定审批人，自动通知利益相关者和管理人员。只有在指定的审批人接受变更后，才能应用变更。批准流程可确保团队成员进行审查，防止错误和过早行动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" msgstr ":ref:`阶段配置 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19 msgid "Add approver" msgstr "添加审批人" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21 msgid "" "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on " "the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" "要添加审批人，首先进入 :menuselection:`产品生命周期应用程序`，然后点击 ECO 类型的项目卡，打开 |ECO| 的甘特图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended " "stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`工程变更指令` 页面上，将鼠标悬停在预定阶段上，然后选择 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标。然后点击 " ":guilabel:`编辑` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "" "Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign" " them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, " "where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is" " updated." msgstr "" "审批人可以添加到任何阶段，但强烈建议将他们分配到 *验证* 阶段，该阶段位于 *关闭* 阶段之前，在该阶段应用 |ECO| 并更新 : " "abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 版本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "" "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for " "more information." msgstr "有关更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`阶段类型 ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a " "line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the " "approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering " "Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "在弹出的 :guilabel:`编辑` 阶段窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`批准` 下的 :guilabel:`添加一行` 按钮。然后，在 " ":guilabel:`角色` 下键入审批人的职位（或头衔）（如 `工程经理`、`质量小组`等），并从下拉菜单中选择相关的 :guilabel:`用户` " "。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to " "approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or " ":guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" "接下来，将 :guilabel:`批准类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`需要批准`、:guilabel:`批准，但可选` " "或:guilabel:`仅限评论`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "" "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in " "the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "在 `新产品介绍 ECO` 类型的 `验证` 阶段，将 `CTO`、“Mitchell 管理员” 指定为 |ECO| 的必备审批人。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "" "Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply" " changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to " ":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments " "only`, respectively." msgstr "" "要对 |ECO| 进行更改，**不** 需要质量团队和市场营销团队的批准，因为它们的 :guilabel:`批准类型` 分别设置为 " ":guilabel:`批准，但可选` 和 :guilabel:`仅限评论`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "" "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" " "stage." msgstr "在“已验证”阶段设置“必须批准”ECO 的审批人。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" msgstr "管理审批" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59 msgid "" "Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which " "shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" "审批人可以通过导航到 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序`，查看 ECO " "类型的卡片，其中显示了分配给他们的未完成任务数量，从而轻松追踪待办事项审批情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" msgstr "以下是 ECO 项目卡上每个按钮的作用：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress" " |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the " ":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`#工程变更` 按钮显示该 ECO 类型的进行中 ECO 的计数。点击该按钮可打开 :guilabel:`工程变更单` " "页面的甘特图视图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must " "accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval " "or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`我的验证` 显示审批人必须接受或拒绝的 |ECO| 计数。点击此按钮会显示待审批或已拒绝的 |ECO| （标记为红色 " ":guilabel:`已锁定` 状态）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting " "approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending " "|ECOs|." msgstr ":guilabel:`所有验证` 按钮显示等待审批或被审批人拒绝的 |ECO| 数量。点击该按钮可显示这些待审批的 |ECO。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to " "apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, " "and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr ":guilabel:`应用` 显示用户需要应用更改的 |ECO| 计数。点击该按钮可显示验证阶段所有需要批准和应用更改的 |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "" "|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been " "approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form " "view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" "标有绿色 :guilabel:`已完成` 阶段的 |ECO| 已经通过审批，用户只需点击 |ECO| 进入表单视图，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`应用更改` 按钮即可。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of " "ECOs." msgstr "显示待验证次数和按钮，以打开筛选后的 ECO 列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" msgstr "批准 ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86 msgid "" "Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the " "assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" "以指定审批人身份登录时，导航到验证阶段的 |ECO| 查看 :guilabel:`批准`、:guilabel:`拒绝` 和 " ":guilabel:`应用更改` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "" "To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes`." msgstr "" "要批准 |ECO|，并将更改应用到生产中的 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`，请点击 :guilabel:`批准`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`应用更改`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs" " the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" "请注意，除非先点击了 :guilabel:`批准` 按钮，否则 :guilabel:`应用更改` " "按钮**不会**工作。此外，聊天记录中会记录点击这些按钮的历史。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required " "to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying" " changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" "当 :guilabel:`批准类型` **未**设置为 :guilabel:`需要批准`时，在使用 :guilabel:`应用变更` " "按钮应用更改之前，无需相关用户的批准。因此，无需先点击 :guilabel:`批准` 按钮，:guilabel:`应用变更` 按钮**将直接生效**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" msgstr "自动活动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104 msgid "" "When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is " "automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers " "receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the " ":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" "当 |ECO| 进入验证阶段时，会自动为指定的审批人创建一个计划活动来审核 |ECO|。审批者将在其活动收件箱中收到通知，可通过页面顶部的 " ":guilabel:` 🕘（时钟）` 图标访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "" "In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` " "notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, " ":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons" " shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" "在待办任务列表中，:guilabel:`工程变更指令（ECO）` 通知显示标记为:guilabel:`逾期`、:guilabel:`今日` " "和:guilabel:`未来`的活动数量。点击每个按钮可显示相应 |ECO| 的筛选甘特图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "" "Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " "icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there " "are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" "已计划的活动在 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标上显示为数字，当前有 `5` 个 |ECO| 正在等待今天的审批。目前，有 `0` " ":guilabel:`延期` 或 :guilabel:`未来的` |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." msgstr "显示用户的预定审批通知。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "" "By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO " "Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon" " to view additional information, including the approval's " ":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the " "due date." msgstr "" "点击待处理的 |ECO|，:guilabel:`ECO 批准` 的 *计划活动* 将记录在沟通栏中。点击 :guilabel:`i（信息）` " "图标查看更多信息，包括审批的 :guilabel:`创建` 日期、审批人 :guilabel:`分配给` 和到期日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." msgstr "显示计划批准 ECO 的其他详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" msgstr "后续活动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132 msgid "" "When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for " "required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with " "deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" "当 |ECO| 被拒绝时，需要将任务分配给项目成员，以便在 |ECO| 批准前进行必要的修改。要创建有截止日期的任务，请导航到被拒绝的 |ECO| " "表单，然后转到沟通栏。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned " "Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up " "window for creating tasks." msgstr "在沟通栏 :guilabel:`计划活动` 部分选择 :guilabel:`标记完成` 按钮关闭活动，并打开用于创建任务的弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "显示 *标记已完成* 窗口，以显示 *已完成 & 安排下一步*、*已完成* 和 *丢弃* 按钮，从而关闭计划的活动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` " "to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the " ":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for " "completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` " "field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`标记已完成`窗口中，点击:guilabel:`完成并安排下一步`打开新的:guilabel:`安排活动`窗口。接下来，设置 " ":guilabel:`分配给` 团队成员和完成更改的 :guilabel:`截止日期`。在 :guilabel:`摘要` " "字段和文本框中提供任务详细信息。点击:guilabel:`日程表` 按钮关闭窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "" "After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. " "Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and " "returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` " "task is created for the approver." msgstr "" "关闭窗口后，在 |ECO| 表单上，将 |ECO| 向后移动一个阶段。这样做可确保团队成员完成更改并将 |ECO| 返回验证阶段时，为审批者创建一个新的" " :guilabel:`ECO 批准` 任务。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "" "The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the " "|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver " "to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button " "creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" "审批者为 |ECO| 的 :guilabel:`负责人`，即 `Laurie Poiret` 创建一个活动，详细说明审批者:guilabel:`接受` " "|ECO| 所需的更改。点击 :guilabel:`日程表` 按钮，为 Laurie 创建活动计划，到期日期为`08/15/2023`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." msgstr "创建一个计划活动，对已拒绝的 ECO 进行后续更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "采购" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "**Odoo 采购**有助于追踪采购协议、报价单和采购订单。了解如何监控采购招标、自动补货和跟进订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程: 采购 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高级" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "分析你的采购情况" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" "If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " "track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " "better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " "your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " "negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" "如果您的公司经常采购产品，您有几个理由来跟踪和分析您的绩效。收集到的见解可以帮助您更好地预测和计划未来的订单。例如，您可以评估您的业务是否依赖于特定供应商，并且数据可以帮助您就价格折扣进行谈判。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "生成自定义报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " "reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " "performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " "presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" "转到*报告*访问采购分析。只需访问报告仪表板，您就可以快速了解实际性能。默认情况下，报告仪表板显示一个折线图，显示每天采购订单的未征税数量，下面是关键指标和枢轴表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 采购中的报告仪表板" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " "features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "虽然最初提供的数据很有用，但您可以使用多种工具和功能来获取有关采购的更多见解。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "使用过滤器选择所需的数据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" "Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " "*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " "orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " "the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " "filters are:" msgstr "" "Odoo提供了几个默认过滤器，您可以通过单击*过滤器*来使用和组合。当您选择一个或多个过滤器时，Odoo会查找与您选择的至少一个过滤器匹配的所有订单，并使用数据填充图表，关键指标和枢轴表。预先配置的过滤器是：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" msgstr "全部*询价单*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" msgstr "所有*采购订单*，取消的除外" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " "previous year, canceled purchase orders included" msgstr "*去年确认日期*包括去年确认的所有订单，包括已取消的采购订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " "orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "*订单日期*包括所有订单-报价和购买订单请求（包括已取消的订单）-取决于创建日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " "depending on their date of confirmation" msgstr "*确认日期*包括所有已确认的订单，包括已取消的订单，具体取决于确认日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 msgid "" "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " "least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." msgstr "当您必须选择一个时段时，您可以使用多年，并且至少选择一年，多个季度和最近三个月。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" " feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "如果您使用*订单日期*或*确认日期*过滤器，*比较*功能显示在*过滤器*旁边。它使您能够比较您过滤的时间段与前一个时间段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 采购中的报告筛选器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "添加自定义过滤器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" " customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " ":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " "filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " "click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " "simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " "filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" "由于有 31 种筛选选项可供选择，您自定义数据集的可能性几乎是无限的。转到:menuselection:“Filters --> Add Custom " "Filter”，指定筛选选项应满足的条件（例如*等于*、*包含*等），然后单击*应用*。如果您想选择同时匹配多个条件的订单（*and* " "运算符），请重复该过程以添加另一个自定义过滤器。如果您想使用 *or* 运算符，请不要单击 *应用*，而是单击 *Add a " "condition*。添加所有所需的筛选选项后，单击*应用*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 采购中的自定义报告筛选器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" " on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " "customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " "can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" "为避免每次都必须重新创建自定义过滤器，请单击以下选项保存它们：菜单选择:`收藏->保存当前搜索->保存`。然后，可以通过单击*文件夹*访问自定义的搜索过滤器，甚至可以在打开报告仪表板时将其设置为默认过滤器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "准确衡量你需要什么" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " "prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " "presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " "both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" "在选择要测量的内容之前，您需要决定是更喜欢使用图表视图还是数据透视视图。默认情况下，仪表板显示两个视图。但是，您选择的度量不会应用于这两个视图。您可以通过单击仪表板右上角的图标来单独访问每个视图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中切换报告视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "可视化数据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " "three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " "but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" "通过选择三个图表中的一个，只需单击即可变换主图形：条形图、直线图或饼图。有十四种不同的测量方法可用，但一次只能使用一种。但是，您可以使用19个*组*中的一个或多个*组*对度量值进行分组。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 采购中的报告图表视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " "group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " "additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " "bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " "displayed." msgstr "" "对于条形图和折线图，选定的度量值是y轴，您选择的第一个组用于创建x轴。添加更多组会添加其他线条（折线图）或将条形图转换为堆叠条形图。对于饼图，选择的组越多，显示的切片越多。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Explore your data" msgstr "浏览您的数据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " "Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " "at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " "*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " "column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" "透视表视图使您能够非常详细地研究数据。与图形视图不同，透视表允许您同时添加几个度量。通过单击*Measures*或*Total*列中的**+**符号，您可以添加任意数量的措施，每个措施分配到一个新列。通过点击*Total*行中的**+**符号，您可以添加*Groups*。如果您单击一个组的**+**符号，您可以添加子组，等等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 采购中的数据透视表视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "您可以在电子表格应用程序中直接插入透视表的数据，或将其导出为Excel文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "管理交易" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " "vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. " "Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " "same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 msgid "" "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "通过简化订购流程，一揽子订单不仅能节省时间，还能节省资金，因为在与供应商谈判批量价格时，一揽子订单会更有优势。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "创建新的一揽子订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to " "be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " "well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 msgid "" "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> " "blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " "a new blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be " "configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " "agreement must follow:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific " "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket " "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either " "once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " "drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this" " exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " "currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement " "will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not " "expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be " "placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order " "form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate " "the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products " "included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the" " blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is " "created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field" " on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this " "blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to " "any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order." " By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is" " listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " "can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "新增产品的一揽子订单采购协议。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 msgid "" "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the " "quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), " "and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " "products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices " "must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit " "Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the" " price will remain **0**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 msgid "" "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " "orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal " "link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where " ":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 msgid "" "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " "Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection " "Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated " "for the type of selection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, " "multiple purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how " "product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this " "purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and " ":guilabel:`Quantities` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "包干订单的采购协议类型编辑屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr "可以为 :guilabel:`行` 激活两个选项：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket" " order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " "quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry " "over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 msgid "" "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "此外，:guilabel:`数量` 有两个可激活的选项：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the " "product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and " "selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, " "but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be " "manually set by the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 msgid "" "Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via" " the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket " "order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase " "agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to " "*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new" " :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " "prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "创建并确认一揽子订单后，仍可对产品、数量和价格进行编辑、添加或从采购协议中删除。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 msgid "" "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " "from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-" "populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this " "new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via " "the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 msgid "" "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New " "Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending " "on the settings configured on the blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 msgid "" "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" " by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "从一揽子订单中复制产品和规则的新报价单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the " "blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the " "blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` " "listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the " "form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase " "order that was just created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "一揽子订单表中的 RFQ 和订单智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要创建新的:abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购` 应用程序，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and " "click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` " "(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected " "Arrival` date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 msgid "" "Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the" " drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new " "name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement," " and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form," " as well as the product information entered on the product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 msgid "" "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" " by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 msgid "" "To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket " "order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" msgstr "一揽子订单和补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 msgid "" "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO " "(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated " "replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information " "about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the " ":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is" " used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be " "replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "带有与一揽子订单相关联的补货协议的产品表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" msgstr "为多个供应商创建备选报价单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at " "the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods " "or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and " "fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" "有时，公司可能希望同时向多个供应商询价，邀请这些供应商同时提交类似商品或服务的报价。这有助于公司根据具体业务需求选择最便宜（和最快捷）的供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation " "(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " "the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be " "compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from " "which vendors." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，可以通过为不同供应商添加备选询价单（RFQ）来实现这一目的。一旦收到每个供应商的回复，就可以比较每个:abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`中的产品系列，并决定从哪个供应商处购买哪些产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 msgid "" "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" " by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." msgstr "" "有时也称为*招标*，这一流程主要由公共部门的组织使用，在进行采购时受到法律约束。不过，私营公司也可以使用:abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`来有效地管理资金支出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr ":doc:`blanket_orders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" msgstr "配置采购协议设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a " "quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in " "the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " "*blanket orders*." msgstr "" "要直接从报价单创建备选的:abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`，首先需要在*采购*应用程序的设置中启用*采购协议*功能。要执行此操作，请进入 " ":menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`，在 :guilabel:`订单` 部分下，点击 :guilabel:`采购协议` " "旁边的复选框。这样做将启用创建替代 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）` 功能，以及创建 *空白订单*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "在采购应用程序设置中启用采购协议。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 msgid "" "To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery " "lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To " "do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product to edit. From the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-" "down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and " "set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. " "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item." msgstr "" "为节省招标时间，可在产品表单的 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡中设置自定义供应商、价格和交货周期。要执行此操作，请导航至 " ":menuselection:`采购 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择要编辑的产品。在产品表单中点击 :guilabel:`采购选项卡`，然后点击" " :guilabel:`添加行`。从下拉菜单中，在 :guilabel:`供应商` 列下选择要设置的供应商，并根据需要设置 :guilabel:`价格`" " 和 :guilabel:`交货周期`。点击 :guilabel:`其他选项（两点）` 图标，可为该行项目添加其他可见性选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "创建一个:abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" " :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" "然后，在 :guilabel:`RFQ（询价单）` 中添加信息：从 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段旁边的下拉菜单中添加供应商，并点击 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`，从 :guilabel:`产品` " "列的下拉菜单中选择产品。然后，在:guilabel:`数量`栏中设置所需的购买数量，并根据需要在:guilabel:`单价`栏中更改购买价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of " "Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " "date." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`其他选项（双点）` 图标可为该行项目添加更多可见性选项。重复这些步骤可添加任意选项，包括购买产品的 " ":guilabel:`UoM` （计量单位）和 :guilabel:`预计到达`日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns" " the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and " "sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`通过电子邮件发送`。这将弹出 :guilabel:`撰写电子邮件` " "窗口，可在其中自定义发送给供应商的信息。准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`发送`。这将把 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）` " "变成采购订单（PO），并向采购订单表格上列出的供应商发送电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." msgstr "撰写和发送报价电子邮件弹窗。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 msgid "" "Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their " "past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best " "offers for them." msgstr "" "向每个供应商发送电子邮件在创建替代性报价单（RFQ）时非常有用，因为供应商可以确认他们过去的价格现在是否仍然有效，这可以帮助公司选择最合适的报价。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 msgid "" "Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor," " alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent " "to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and " "other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " "alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "弹出招标窗口，创建替代报价。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 msgid "" "From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next" " to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 msgid "" "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" " by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO" " (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative" " quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 msgid "" "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new" " purchase order form is already populated with the same products, " "quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " "alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the " "purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in" " the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " "product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product " "form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " "manually, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window " "to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the " ":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 msgid "" "If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 msgid "" "This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities " "of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the " "product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-" "down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "空白替代引号，面包屑导航中包含替代品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the" " message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`" " to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 msgid "" "From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` " "tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the " ":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the" " :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and " ":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 msgid "" "Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under " "the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link " "quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also" " be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately " "at first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an " "email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other " "orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created " "previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 msgid "" "This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. " "Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click " ":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 msgid "" "If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous " ":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking " ":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the " "pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 msgid "Compare product lines" msgstr "比较产品明细行" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 msgid "" "When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as " "alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which " "vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, " "go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations " "created previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to" " a Compare Order Lines page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "比较产品明细行页面，获取备选 RFQ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 msgid "" "The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. " "Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is" " displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 msgid "" "Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which " "products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, " "RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; " "the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the " "order, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 msgid "" "To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click " ":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This " "removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the " ":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the " "purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" " is changed to **0**, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" "Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, " "individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all" " the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "取消（或保留）替代品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 msgid "" "Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors " "provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders" " from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost " "set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they " "can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired " "purchase orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "在采购应用程序概览中取消报价。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 msgid "" "To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click " "into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be " "clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative " "purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative " "purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional " "product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` is open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 msgid "" "To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all " "details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` " "when finished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "保留或取消弹出的备选 RFQ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click " ":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for " "now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 msgid "" "Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be " "ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and " "listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` " "column at the far right of their rows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 msgid "" "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " "be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received " "into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15 msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "账单控制政策" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by " "vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The " "policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be " "applied to any new product created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12 msgid "" "To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to" " the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill " "Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The " "definition of each policy is as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " "order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " "used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " "total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are " "used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a" " vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." msgstr "账单控制策略草稿账单错误消息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31 msgid "" "If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill " "control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab " "in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control " "policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" "要完成一个使用*订购数量*账单控制策略的示例工作流程，首先进入:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，向下滚动到:guilabel:`发票`部分，并选择:guilabel:`订购数量`。然后，:guilabel:`保存`更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, " "the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any " "products actually being received." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`采购` 应用程序中，创建一个新的:abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`。填写询价单上的信息，在发票行添加产品，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`确认订单`。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`创建账单`。由于政策设置为*订购数量*，因此在创建账单草稿后，可立即对其进行确认，而无需实际收到任何产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 msgid "Example flow: Received quantities" msgstr "流程示例：收到数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control" " policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" "要完成一个使用*收到数量*票据控制策略的示例工作流程，首先进入:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，向下滚动到:guilabel:`发票`部分，并选择:guilabel:`收到数量`。然后，:guilabel:`保存`更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`" " column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and " ":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to " "*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " "some of the quantities are received." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`采购` 应用程序中，创建一个新的 :`RFQ（询价单）`。填写询价单上的信息，在发票行添加产品，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`确认订单`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`智能收据按钮`。设置 :guilabel:`已完成` 列中的数量与 " ":guilabel:` 需求` 列中的数量一致，然后 :guilabel:`验证` 更改。然后，在采购订单中点击 :guilabel:`创建账单` 和 " ":guilabel:`确认`。由于策略设置为*收到数量*，因此*只有*收到至少部分数量时，才能确认账单草稿。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 msgid "3-way matching" msgstr "3方匹配" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 msgid "" "Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only " "paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have " "actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 msgid "" "3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is " "set to *received quantities*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "使用三方核对功能支付供应商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the " ":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When " "a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, " "since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included " "in a purchase order have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" "If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been " "received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the " "draft vendor bill." msgstr "如果采购订单中的产品总量尚未收到，Odoo 只将*已收到*的产品列入供应商账单草稿。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91 msgid "" "Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price " "of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If " "this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to " ":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but " "doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " "a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" "可对账单草稿进行编辑，以增加账单数量、更改账单中产品的价格以及在账单中添加其他产品。如果这样做，:guilabel:`应支付`字段状态将设置为:guilabel:`异常`。这表示" " Odoo 注意到差异，但不会阻止更改或显示错误消息，因为对账单草稿进行更改可能有正当理由。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 msgid "" "Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green " ":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be" " set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" "一旦登记了供应商账单的付款并显示绿色的 :guilabel:`已付款`横幅，:guilabel:`应付款` 字段状态将设为 :guilabel:`否`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo." " However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" "账单上的 :guilabel:`应付款` 状态由 Odoo 自动设置。不过，也可通过点击 :guilabel:`其他信息` " "选项卡内该字段的下拉菜单手动更改状态。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "查看采购订单的帐单状态" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108 msgid "" "When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be " "viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order " "form." msgstr "采购订单确认后，其 :guilabel:`账单状态` 可在采购订单表的 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡下查看。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order billing status." msgstr "采购订单账单状态。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115 msgid "" "Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` " "could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control " "policy used." msgstr "下面列出了 :guilabel:`账单状态` 可以显示的不同状态以及显示时间，具体取决于所使用的账单控制策略。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`" msgstr ":guilabel:`账单状态`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid "**Conditions**" msgstr " **** " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On received quantities*" msgstr "*收到的数量*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On ordered quantities*" msgstr "*订购的数量*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`" msgstr ":guilabel:`无需列入账单`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "采购订单已确认；未收到任何产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "*Not applicable*" msgstr "*不适用*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；未创建票据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "订单已确认" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；已创建账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "已创建账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" msgstr "管理供应商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7 msgid "" "A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a " "company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive" " from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services " "purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " "process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app" " settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go " "to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a " "policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of " "the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** " "are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control " "policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a " "product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Control policy field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 msgid "" "*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of " "the products included in the purchase order have actually been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" " the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " "create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on " "the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is " "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," " add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> " "Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment " ":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; " "and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " "banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " "vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the " "customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods " "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " "policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before " "proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" " cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " "Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " "included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " ":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor " "bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click " ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" "也可直接从 *会计* 应用程序创建供应商账单，**无需**先创建采购订单。要执行此操作，进入 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> " "供应商 --> 订单`，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建`。这样就会显示一个空白的供应商账单明细表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any " "other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the bill." msgstr "" "在空白供应商账单明细表中，在 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段中添加供应商，并通过点击:guilabel:`添加行` 在 " ":guilabel:`产品` 行（位于:guilabel:`发票行` 选项卡下）添加产品。然后，在 :guilabel:`账单日期` " "字段中添加账单日期和其他必要信息。最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认账单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" " :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This " "selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or " ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " "or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process " "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " "field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and " "choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to " ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" " all tied to their appropriate vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "配置重新订购规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " "minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " "rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" " a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" " below a set threshold." msgstr "" "对于某些产品，有必要确保随时都有最低库存量。通过为产品添加重新订购规则，可以实现重新订购流程的自动化，从而在库存量低于设定阈值时自动创建采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "必须安装 *库存* 模块才能使用重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "配置产品以重新订购" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " "be added to them." msgstr "必须以特定方式配置产品，才能为其添加重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " ":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " "Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " "Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " "into it's product form." msgstr "" "从 :menuselection:`库存`、:menuselection:`制造`、:menuselection:`采购`或 " ":menuselection:`销售` 模块开始，导航至 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品` 并点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`，以创建新产品。或者，查找数据库中已存在的产品，然后点击产品表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " "be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" "接下来，在产品表单中，选中 :guilabel:`可以采购` 选项，在 :guilabel:`产品名称` " "字段下启用重新订购。最后，在:guilabel:`常规信息`选项卡下将:guilabel:`产品类型`设置为`可储存产品`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置产品以便重新订购。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" msgstr "为产品添加重新排序规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "" "After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " "by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " "that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" "正确配置产品后，可通过选择产品表单顶部现在可见的 :guilabel:`重新排序规则` 选项卡，然后点击:guilabel:`重新排序规则` 面板上的 " ":guilabel:`创建` 来添加重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "从 Odoo 产品页面访问产品的重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "" "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " "orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "创建后，可通过定义以下字段配置重新订购规则，以自动生成订购单：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" " once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr ":guilabel:`位置` 指定收到订购数量并将其入库后的存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " "while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`最小数量` 设置重新订购规则的下限，而 :guilabel:`最大数量` " "设置上限。如果库存低于最小数量，将创建新的采购订单，以补充到最大数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " "set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " "created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" "如果 :guilabel:`最小数量` 设置为 `5`，:guilabel:`最大数量` 设置为 " "`25`，并且现有库存数量下降到四个，将创建一个包含该产品 21 个单位的采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " "ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " "this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " "resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " "Quantity` field." msgstr "" "可以对 :guilabel:`多个数量` 进行配置，使产品只能按一定数量分批订购。根据输入的数量，这可能导致创建的采购订单会使库存超过 " ":guilabel:`最大数量` 字段中指定的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" "如果 :guilabel:`最大数量` 设置为`100`，但 :guilabel:`多个数量` 设置为分批订购产品`200`，则将创建一个包含该产品 " "200 个单位的采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" " be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " "it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " "non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UoM` " "指定订购数量的计量单位。对于离散产品，应设置为`单位`。但是，对于水或砖块等非离散产品，也可以设置为`体积`或`重量`等计量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" msgstr "使用排程器手动触发重新排序规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" "Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " "runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" "up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" "重新订购规则将由调度程序自动触发，调度程序默认每天运行一次。要手动触发重新订购规则，请导航到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 -->" " 运行调度程序`。在弹出窗口中点击 :guilabel:`运行调度程序` 确认手动操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " "actions." msgstr "手动触发重新订购规则也会触发任何其他计划的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" msgstr "管理重新订购规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" "To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " "product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " "top of the form." msgstr "要管理单个产品的重新订购规则，请导航至该产品页面的表单，然后选择表单顶部的 :guilabel:`重新订购规则` 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "" "To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" " dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " "data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " "are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" "要管理每个产品的所有重新排序规则，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 重新订购规则`。通过该仪表板，可执行 Odoo " "中的典型批量操作，如导出数据或归档不再需要的规则。此外，表单上的 :guilabel:`筛选项`，:guilabel:`分组方式` " "或三点式菜单可用于搜索和/或组织所需的重新订购规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" msgstr "以不同于销售的计量单位购买" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" " unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " "between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " "convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " "product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" "当您购买产品时，您的供应商可能会使用与您销售产品时不同的计量单位。这可能会造成销售代表和采购代表之间的混淆。每次手动转换计量值也很耗时。使用Odoo，您可以配置产品一次，并让Odoo处理转换。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "考虑以下示例：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "你从美国供应商那里购买橙汁，他们使用 **** 。但是，您的客户是欧洲人，使用 ****。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "你从供应商那里以 ** **形式购买窗帘，然后用 **方米 **客户出售。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "启用度量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "打开销售应用程序，进入：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`。在“产品目录”下，启用*度量单位*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "在 Odoo 销售中启用计量单位选项" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "指定销售和采购计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "标准计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" "默认情况下，数据库中有多种度量单位可用。每个都属于五个预先配置的度量单位类别之一：*长度/距离*、*单位*、*体积*、*重量*和*工作时间*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "您可以创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别（请参见下一节）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " "product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" " tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" "要为销售和购买指定不同的计量单位，请打开购买应用程序并转到:menuselection:“Products --> " "Products”。创建产品或选择现有产品。在产品的 *General Information* " "选项卡下，首先选择要用于销售（以及其他应用程序，例如库存）的 *Unit of Measure*。然后，选择要用于采购的 *Purchase Unit " "of Measure*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" "回到第一个例子，如果您以 **仑 **价格从供应商处购买橙汁，并以 ** " "**价格出售给客户，首先选择*L*（升）作为*计量单位*，选择*gal（US）*（加仑）作为*购买计量单位*，然后单击*保存*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置产品的计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "有时，您需要创建自己的单位和类别，这可能是因为度量值未在Odoo中预先配置，也可能是因为这些单位彼此不相关（例如，千克和厘米）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" "如果您以第二个示例为例，从供应商处以 ** **形式购买窗帘，并使用 **方米 " "**售卷件，则需要创建一个新的*度量单位类别*，以便将两个度量单位关联起来。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位类别`。单击*创建*并命名类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中创建新的计量单位类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "下一步是创建两个度量单位。为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" " the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" " *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " "the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" "首先，通过单击*创建*，创建用作参考点的度量单位，以转换为类别内的其他度量单位。命名单位并选择刚刚创建的度量单位类别。对于*类型*，选择此类别类型的*参考度量单位*。输入要使用的*舍入精度*。由Odoo计算的量始终是该值的倍数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "在示例中，由于您不能购买少于 1 卷并且不会使用卷的分数作为计量单位，因此您可以输入1。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中创建新的参考计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" " than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " "Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" "如果使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，则可能会出现警告消息，说明其高于*小数精度*，并且可能导致不一致。如果希望使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，请首先激活：ref:`开发者模式`，然后转到：菜单选择：`设置-->技术-->数据库结-->小数精度，选择*乘积度量单位*并相应地编辑*位*。例如，如果要使用0.00001的舍入精度，请将*位*设置为5。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "接下来，创建第二个度量单位，命名它，并选择与参考单位相同的度量单位类别。作为*类型*，根据您的情况选择*小于*或*大于参考测量单位*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "由于卷帘等于100平方米，因此应选择“较小”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "接下来，您需要输入参考单位和第二个单位之间的*比率*。如果第二个单位较小，则*比值*应大于1。如果第二个单位较大，则比值应小于1。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "对于卷帘，比率应设置为100。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中创建第二个计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "您现在可以像使用Odoo的标准测量单位一样配置您的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中使用您自己的单位设置产品的计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:7 msgid "Quality" msgstr "质量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:9 msgid "" "**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " "processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " "inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "**Odoo 品控** 帮助确保整个生产流程和库存移动过程中的产品质量。进行质量检查，自动控制质量检验频率，并在出现问题时创建质量警报。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 教程：质量概述 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" msgstr "质量检查类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3 msgid "Instructions quality check" msgstr "指令质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types" " that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows" " the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check." msgstr "" "在奥杜*质量*中，*说明*检查是质量检查类型之一，可在创建新的质量检查或质量控制点（QCP）时选择。*说明*检查包括一个文本输入字段，允许创建者提供如何完成检查的说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:11 msgid "" "For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points " "`." msgstr "" "有关如何配置质量检查或 |QCP| 的完整概述，请参阅 :ref:`质量检查` 和 :ref:`质量控制点` " "文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:16 msgid "Process an Instructions quality check" msgstr "处理说明质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:18 msgid "" "There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed." " If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or " "work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a" " check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "*说明*质量检查有多种处理方式。如果质量检查分配给特定的制造单、库存单或工单，则可在订单上处理检查。另外，也可以在检查页面处理检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:23 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" msgstr "质量检查页面的流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:25 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" "要从检查页面处理*说明*质量检查，首先导航到 :menuselection:`质量-->质量控制-->质量检查`，然后选择一项质量检查。按照 " ":guilabel:`说明` 指示完成检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:29 msgid "" "If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the" " quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" "如果产品通过检查，请单击质量检查表上方的 :guilabel:`通过` 按钮。如果产品未通过检查，请点击 :guilabel:`未通过` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:33 msgid "Process quality check on an order" msgstr "对订单进行流程质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:35 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for" " which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "要对订单进行*说明*质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作" " --> 制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。库存订单可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 :guilabel:`# " "待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:42 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button " "to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality " "checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" "在选定的制造或库存订单上，订单上方会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查` 按钮。点击该按钮可打开:guilabel:`质量检查` " "弹窗，处理为订单创建的任何质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "制造或库存订单上的质量检查弹窗。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:50 msgid "" "To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions " "detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed." msgstr "" "要完成*说明*质量检查，请按照 :guilabel:`质量检查`弹窗中的详细说明进行操作。最后，单击 :guilabel:`验证`，确认检查已完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:54 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the " "manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated." msgstr "" "如果在质量检查过程中发现问题或缺陷，可能需要创建质量警报以通知质量团队。要执行此操作，请单击:guilabel:`质量警报`按钮，该按钮会在检查验证后出现在制造或库存订单的顶部。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page." " For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" "点击:guilabel:`质量警报` 可在新页面上打开质量警报表单。有关如何填写质量警报表单的完整指南，请查看 :ref:`quality alerts" " ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:63 msgid "Process work order quality check" msgstr "处理工单质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:65 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a " "specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order " "Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an " "*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather" " than the manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:70 msgid "" "Quality checks configured for work orders must be completed from the tablet " "view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that " "includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet" " view for that work order by clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on " "the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Instructions* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching" " the check, the instructions for how to complete it will appear at the top " "of the screen. Follow the instructions, then click :guilabel:`Next` to move " "on to the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "An Instructions check for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button in the tablet view, and then select " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up" " window, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete guide to " "quality alert creation, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3 msgid "Measure quality check" msgstr "测量质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that " "can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point " "(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a " "product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, " "the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* " "value." msgstr "" "在 Odoo *品控*中，*测量*检查是创建新质量检查或质量控制点（QCP）时可选择的质量检查类型之一。*测量* 检查提示用户测量产品的某个方面，并在 " "Odoo 中记录测量结果。若要通过质量检查，记录的测量值必须在某个*标准值的*公差*范围内。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" msgstr "创建测量质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A " "single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be " "configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "创建 *测量* 质量检查有两种不同的方法。可以手动创建单个检查。或者，也可以配置一个 |QCP| 按预定时间间隔自动创建检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" "本文档仅详细介绍 *测量* 质量检查和 |QCPs| 特有的配置选项。要全面了解创建单个检查或 |QCP| 时可用的所有配置选项，请参阅 " ":ref:`质量检查` 和 " ":ref:`质量控制点` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:26 msgid "Quality check" msgstr "质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" "要创建单个 *测量* 质量检查，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。填写新的质量检查表如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中，选择 :guilabel:`测量` 质量检查类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the check." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队` 下拉字段中，选择负责管理检查的质量小组。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:35 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`备注` 标签页的 :guilabel:`指令` 文本框中，输入如何拍摄照片的指示。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "为测量质量检查配置的质量检查表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:43 msgid "Quality control point (QCP)" msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:45 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`," " and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" "要创建自动生成 *测量* 质量检查的 |QCP| ，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 控制点`，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。填写新的 |QCP| 表格如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:49 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: " ":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中，选择 :guilabel:`测量` 质量检查类型。这样会出现两个新字段： :guilabel:`标准` 和" " :guilabel:`容差`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:52 msgid "" "Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the " "ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-" "entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used." msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`标准` 字段的第一个文本输入字段记录产品应符合的理想测量值。使用第二个文本输入字段指定应使用的测量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:55 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` " "and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum " "acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum " "acceptable measurement." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`容差` 字段有两个子字段：:guilabel:`从` 和 :guilabel:`至`。使用 :guilabel:`从` " "字段指定可接受的最小测量值，使用 :guilabel:`至` 字段指定可接受的最大测量值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队` 下拉字段中，选择负责管理由 |QCP| 创建的检查的质量团队。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:61 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "measurement should be taken." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`指令` 文本字段中，输入如何进行测量的指令。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "QCP 表格配置用于创建测量质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:69 msgid "Process a Measure quality check" msgstr "处理测量质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:63 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be " "processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" "创建*测量*质量检查后，可通过多种方式进行处理。如果质量检查被分配给特定的库存、制造或工单，则可在工单上处理检查。另外，也可以在检查页面上处理检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:71 msgid "From the check's page" msgstr "从检查页面处理检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:78 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to take the measurement." msgstr "" "要从检查页面处理 *测量* 质量检查，首先导航到 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后选择一项质量检查。按照" " :guilabel:`指令` 的说明进行测量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:82 msgid "" "After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click " ":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check." msgstr "" "测量后，在质量检查表格的 :guilabel:`测量` 字段中记录测量值。要手动通过或不通过检查，请点击检查左上角的 :guilabel:`通过` 或 " ":guilabel:`失败`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:86 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* " "and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the" " top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the " "check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*," " or *Failed* if the value is outside of it." msgstr "" "或者，如果质量检查被分配给一个已指定 *标准* 和 *偏差* 值的 |QCP| ，请点击检查左上角的 " ":guilabel:`测量`。如果记录的值在指定的*公差*范围内，则会自动将检查标记为*通过*；如果记录的值在*公差*范围外，则会自动将检查标记为*失败*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:87 msgid "On an order" msgstr "在工单上处理检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:94 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing " "order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "要对订单进行 *测量* 质量检查，请选择需要检查的制造订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> " "操作 --> 制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 " ":guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:96 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the " "button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all " "of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" "在选定的生产或库存订单上，页面顶部会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查`按钮。点击该按钮可打开弹出式 :guilabel:`质量检查` " "窗口，显示该订单所需的所有质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:105 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, " "then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:113 msgid "" "If the value entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can " "then be processed as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:117 msgid "" "However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-" "up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the " "pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units " "and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions " "entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the " "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:127 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`" " pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:185 msgid "" "If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` " "instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were " "listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:136 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:193 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:120 msgid "On a work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality " "check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing" " order as a whole." msgstr "" "在配置生产过程中触发的 |QCP| 时，也可在 |QCP| 表单的 " ":guilabel:`工单操作`字段中指定特定工单。如果指定了工单，就会为该特定工单而不是整个生产单创建*测量*质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:151 msgid "" "*Measure* quality checks created for work orders must be processed from the " "tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " "--> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that " "includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet" " view for that work order by selecting the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and " "then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:157 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Measure* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching the " "check, the instructions for how to take the measurement appear at the top of" " the screen. Enter the measured value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field above" " the instructions, and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A Measure quality check in the Manufacturing tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:166 msgid "" "If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " tablet view moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if the " "measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a pop-up window " "appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:171 msgid "" "The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a " "warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should " "be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions entered in the" " :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-" "up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm " "Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:180 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled " ":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measurement in the " ":guilabel:`Measure` field, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "check, and move on to the next step of the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:189 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(three horizontal lines)` button, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up" " window appears, from which a quality alert can be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types " "that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the " "creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "创建 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查有两种不同的方法。可以手动创建单个检查。或者，也可以配置一个 |QCP| 按预定时间间隔自动创建检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" "本文档仅详细介绍 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查和 |QCP| 特有的配置选项。要全面了解创建单个检查或 |QCP| 时可用的所有配置选项，请参阅 " ":ref:`质量检查` 和 :ref:`质量控制点 " "` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" "要创建单个 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查，请导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。填写新的质量检查表如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` " "quality check type." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中，选择 :guilabel:`合格 - 不合格` 质量检查类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria " "that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`备注`选项卡的 :guilabel:`说明` 文本字段中，输入如何完成质量检查的说明，以及检查通过必须满足的标准。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "为 “合格 - 不合格”质量检查配置的质量检查表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:43 msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)" msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically," " begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" "要创建自动生成 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查的 |QCP|，首先导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> " "控制点`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。填写新的 |QCP| 表格如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:53 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to " "complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check " "to pass." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`说明` 文本字段中，输入如何完成质量检查的说明，以及检查通过必须满足的标准。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail " "quality check." msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）表单配置用于创建 “合格-不合格” 质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:61 msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "处理 “合格-不合格” 质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:70 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" "要从检查页面处理*测量*质量检查，首先导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后选择一项质量检查。按照 " ":guilabel:`说明` 指示完成检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:74 msgid "" "If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at " "the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "如果符合检查标准，请点击页面左上角的 :guilabel:`合格` 按钮。如果不符合条件，请点击 :guilabel:`不合格` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:80 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing" " order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "要对订单进行 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 " ":menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单` 并单击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 " ":menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:87 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" "在选定的生产或库存订单上，订单顶部会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查`按钮。点击该按钮可打开弹出式 :guilabel:`质量检查` " "窗口，显示该订单所需的所有质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:91 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on " "the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check " "is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If " "the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" "要处理 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查，请按照 :guilabel:`质量检查` 弹出窗口上的说明进行操作。如果符合检查标准，请单击窗口底部的 " ":guilabel:`合格` 按钮。如果不符合标准，请单击 :guilabel:`不合格` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory " "order." msgstr "在生产或库存订单上弹出 “合格 - 不合格” 质量检查窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:99 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert " "forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:108 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" "在配置生产过程中触发的 |QCP| 时，也可在 |QCP| 表单的 :guilabel:`工单操作` " "字段中指定特定工单。如果指定了工单，则会为该特定工单而不是整个生产单创建 *通过 - 未通过* 质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:113 msgid "" "*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders must be processed " "from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality " "check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` " "button on the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:119 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Pass - Fail* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching " "the check, follow the instructions that appear at the top of the screen. If " "the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the " "top-right of the screen. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check for a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:128 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(menu)` button in the tablet view, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up" " window appears, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete " "guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on " ":ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check " "types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality " "control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be " "attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:13 msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:15 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:19 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:28 msgid "" "To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:49 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture` quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:45 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that will generate *Take a Picture* quality checks " "automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50 msgid "" "If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears " "after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a" " device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information " "about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on " ":ref:`adding new equipment " "`." msgstr "" "如果安装了 *维护保养* 应用程序，则在选择 *Take a Picture* 检查类型后会出现 :guilabel:`设备` " "字段。使用此字段指定用于拍摄质量检查图片的设备。有关在 *维护保养* 应用程序中管理设备的信息，请参阅 :ref:`增加新设备 " "` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:56 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "picture should be taken." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`说明` 文本框中，输入如何拍摄照片的说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture " "quality check." msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）表单配置用于创建 “拍照” 质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:64 msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "处理拍照质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:66 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks " "can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" "创建*拍照*质量检查后，可通过多种方式进行处理。如果质量检查被分配给特定的库存、制造或工单，则可在工单上处理检查。或者，也可以在检查页面上处理检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:73 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture." msgstr "" "要从检查页面处理*拍照*质量检查，首先导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后选择质量检查。按照 " ":guilabel:`指令` 说明拍照。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:77 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open " "the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, " "select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" "拍照后，确保照片存储在用于处理质量检查的设备（电脑、平板电脑等）上。然后，单击:guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 部分中的 " ":guilabel:`图片` 按钮，打开设备的文件管理器。在文件管理器中，导航到图片，选择图片，然后单击 :guilabel:`打开` 以附加图片。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "拍照质量检查上的编辑按钮（铅笔）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:89 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), " "for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "要对订单进行*拍照*质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作" " --> 制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 " ":guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:100 msgid "" "Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown " "on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" "按照 :guilabel:`质量检查` 弹出窗口中显示的详细说明进行拍照。拍照后，确保照片存储在用于处理质量检查的设备上（电脑、平板电脑等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:104 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`" " section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to" " the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to" " complete the quality check." msgstr "" "然后，点击 :guilabel:`图片` 部分中的 :guilabel:`拍照` 按钮打开设备的文件管理器。在文件管理器中，导航到图片，选择图片并点击 " ":guilabel:`打开` 以附加图片。最后，在弹出的 :guilabel:`质量检查` 窗口中点击 :guilabel:`验证`，以完成质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory" " order." msgstr "在制造或库存订单上弹出 “拍照质量检查” 窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:113 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality " "alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality " "alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" "如果必须创建质量警报，请点击 :guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮，该按钮在检查验证后出现在生产单或库存单的顶部。点击 " ":guilabel:`质量警报` 会在新页面上打开质量警报表单。有关如何填写质量警报表单的完整指南，请查看 :ref:`质量警报 " "` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:122 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" "在配置生产过程中触发的 |QCP| 时，也可在 |QCP| 表单的 " ":guilabel:`工单操作`字段中指定特定工单。如果指定了工单，就会为该特定工单而不是整个生产单创建*拍照*质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:127 msgid "" "*Take a Picture* quality checks created for work orders must be completed " "from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality " "check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` " "button on the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Take a Picture* quality check step is reached. Upon " "reaching the check, follow the instructions for how to take the picture, " "which appear at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:137 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the work order (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` button to open the device's file manager. In the " "file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open`" " to attach it. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the quality " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check for a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:146 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(three horizontal lines)` button in the tablet view, and selecting " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A " ":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window appears, from which a quality alert" " can be created. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert " "forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:153 msgid "Review a picture attached to a check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:155 msgid "" "After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by " "quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select " "a quality check to review." msgstr "" "检查附加图片后，质量小组成员或其他用户可对其进行审查。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> " "质量检查`，然后选择要审查的质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:159 msgid "" "The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the " "quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` " "button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check " "fails." msgstr "" "所附图片将显示在质量检查表单的 :guilabel:`图片` 部分。查看图片后，如果检查通过，请点击 :guilabel:`通过` " "按钮；如果检查失败，请点击 :guilabel:`失败` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Create quality alerts" msgstr "创建质量警报" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:7 msgid "" "Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " "checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " "quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " "Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " "detected by automated processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:18 msgid "" "In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" " the *Quality* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:21 msgid "" "A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" " create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " "quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24 msgid "" "To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " "module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " "Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " "alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " "created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " "the quality issue, if applicable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " "originated" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " "alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" " alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " "ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 msgid "" "The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " "information to quality teams:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " "occurring in the future" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " "that produces the product, and the date assigned" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:58 msgid "" "Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " "order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " "view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " "and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "Access the work order menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66 msgid "" "The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " "section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:73 msgid "" "By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " "of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " "stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " "Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " "calendar, and pivot table views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" "Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " "Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " "found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" msgstr "质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:8 msgid "" "Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " "to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" " for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " "operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "质量检查是由员工进行的人工检查，用于确保产品质量。在 Odoo 中，可对单个产品或同一库存操作或生产订单中的多个产品进行质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:12 msgid "" "Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" " automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " "|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" " processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " "explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" "使用质量控制点（QCP）可以定期自动创建质量检查。通过 |QCP| " "创建的质量检查会出现在生产或库存订单上，处理订单的员工会被提示完成这些检查。有关如何创建和配置 |QCP| 的完整解释，请参阅 :ref:`质量控制点 " "` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:18 msgid "" "While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " "is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" " manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " "will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " "unprompted." msgstr "" "虽然质量检查通常由 |QCP| " "自动创建，但也可以手动创建单个质量检查。如果员工想安排只进行一次的质量检查，或者想在没有提示的情况下注册质量检查，手动创建检查就非常有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:24 msgid "Manual quality check" msgstr "人工质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:26 msgid "" "To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " "from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" "要手动创建单个质量检查，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。在质量检查表单中，首先从 :guilabel:`Control per` 下拉菜单中选择一个选项：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" " order) and all products within it." msgstr ":guilabel:`操作` 请求检查整个操作（例如送货单）及其中的所有产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " "part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr ":guilabel:`产品` 要求对操作中的每个产品单位（例如，交货单中的每个产品单位）进行检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " "is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " "delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" " a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " "for." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`数量`要求对操作中的每一数量的产品进行检查（例如，对交货单中的五单位产品进行一次检查）。选择 :guilabel:`数量` " "还会导致出现 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 下拉字段，可从中选择应进行质量检查的特定批次或序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:39 msgid "" "Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " "menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" "down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " "the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" "接下来，从 :guilabel:`拣货` 下拉菜单中选择库存操作，或从 :guilabel:`生产订单` 下拉菜单中选择生产订单。这是必要的，因为 " "Odoo 需要知道质量检查是针对哪个操作进行的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:43 msgid "" "If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " "the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " "check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" " to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" "如果要将质量检查分配给特定的 |QCP|，请从 :guilabel:`控制点` 下拉菜单中选择。如果质量检查是手动创建的，但仍应被识别为属于某个特定的 " "|QCP|，这将非常有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:47 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr "从 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中选择质量检查类型：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " "the quality check." msgstr ":guilabel:`说明` 提供如何进行质量检查的具体说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " "before the check can be completed." msgstr ":guilabel:`拍照` 要求在完成支票之前在支票上附加一张照片。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " "certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr ":guilabel:`通过 - 不通过` 用于被检查产品必须满足特定条件才能通过检查的情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:54 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " "appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " "completed." msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`测量` 会出现 :guilabel:`测量` 输入框，必须在其中输入测量值才能完成检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:56 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" "down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " "filled out to complete the check." msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`工作表` 会导致出现 :guilabel:`质量模板` 下拉字段。用它来选择完成检查必须填写的质量工作表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:59 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " "for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " "that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队` 字段中，选择负责质量检查的质量小组。在 :guilabel:`公司` 字段中，选择拥有被检查产品的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " "picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" " relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " "created, etc.)." msgstr "" "在表格底部的 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡上，在 :guilabel:`说明` 文本输入框中输入任何相关说明（例如，'附上产品图片'）。在 " ":guilabel:`说明` 文本输入框中输入质量检查的相关信息（创建人、创建原因等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " "or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" "最后，如果立即处理检查，则在检查通过时点击屏幕左上角的 :guilabel:`通过` 按钮，在检查失败时点击 :guilabel:`不通过` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "填写质量检查表，选择合格-不合格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:75 msgid "Process quality check" msgstr "处理质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:77 msgid "" "Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " "from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " "Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " "operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:82 msgid "" "It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " "assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " "operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " ":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " "quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" "无法手动创建分配给特定工单操作的单一质量检查。工单操作的质量检查只能由 |QCP| 创建。有关如何配置为特定工单操作创建质量检查的 |QCP| " "的信息，请参阅 :ref:`质量控制点 ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:89 msgid "Quality check page" msgstr "质量检查页面" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:91 msgid "" "To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" " the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " "check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" " tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" "要从检查页面处理质量检查，首先导航到 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量检查 --> 质量检查`，然后选择要处理的检查。按照页面底部 " ":guilabel:`说明` 标签的 :guilabel:`说明` 字段中列出的说明完成检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:96 msgid "" "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" " the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "如果质量检查通过，请点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`通过` 按钮。如果检查失败，请点击 :guilabel:`不通过` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:100 msgid "Quality check on order" msgstr "订单质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:102 msgid "" "To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " "order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " "Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "要对订单进行质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> " "制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 :guilabel:`# " "待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:108 msgid "" "On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" "在选定的库存或生产订单上，订单顶部会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查`按钮。点击该按钮可打开弹出式 :guilabel:`质量检查` " "窗口，显示该订单所需的所有质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:112 msgid "" "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " "window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " "clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " "window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " "appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" "按照 :guilabel:`质量检查` 弹出窗口上的说明操作。如果正在处理 “通过-不通过” 检查，请点击弹出窗口底部的 :guilabel:`通过` " "或 :guilabel:`不通过` 完成检查。对于所有其他质量检查类型，会出现 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮。点击该按钮完成检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上弹出的“质量检查”窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:122 msgid "Quality check on work order" msgstr "工作订单质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:124 msgid "" "To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " "requires the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" " at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " "complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " "top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " "button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " "next step of the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Quality control points" msgstr "质量控制点" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create " ":doc:`quality checks ` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| " "can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations " "(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " "operations." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，*质量控制点*（QCP）用于在预定时间间隔内自动创建 :doc:`质量检查`。可以配置质量控制点 " "|QCP| 来创建针对特定操作（制造、交付等）以及这些操作中的特定产品的质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" "Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " "inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "使用 |QCs| 可以让质量团队确保定期检查产品，查看是否存在缺陷和其他问题。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "配置质量控制点" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要创建新的 |QCP| ，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 控制点`，然后单击 :guilabel:`新建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " "makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "开始填写新 |QCP| 时，请输入唯一的 :guilabel:`标题`，使 |QCP| 容易识别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| " "should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " "select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`产品` 字段中，选择 |QCP| 应适用的一个或多个产品。如果 |QCP| 应适用于整个产品类别，请在 " ":guilabel:`产品类别` 字段中选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should " "trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " "created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`运营` 字段中，选择应触发 |QCP| 的操作。例如，在 :guilabel:`运营` 字段中选择 " ":guilabel:`制造`选项，将为新的制造订单（MO）创建质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" "When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and " ":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left " "blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " "specified operation(s)." msgstr "" "创建新的 |QCP| 时，必须在 :guilabel:`运营` " "字段中列出至少一项操作。但是，:guilabel:`产品`和:guilabel:`产品类别`字段可以留空。如果留空，|QCP| " "将为指定操作的每个实例生成质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled " ":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work " "order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " "manufacturing operation in general." msgstr "" "如果在 :guilabel:`操作` 字段中选择了 :guilabel:`制造`操作，则其下方会出现一个新字段，标题为 " ":guilabel:`工单操作`。从该字段中选择特定工单，为该操作而非一般制造操作生成质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47 msgid "" "For example, a |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the " "`Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is " "confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check " "specifically for the `Assembly` operation." msgstr "" "例如，可以配置一个 " "|QCP|，用于为`咖啡桌`产品的`组装`工单创建质量检查。然后，如果为`咖啡桌`确认了一个新的制造订单，该质量控制点将专门为`组装`操作创建一个质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, " "as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: one check is requested for each *unique* product " "included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for " "one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " "products are included in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: a check is requested for a certain percentage of items" " within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the " ":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical " "value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " "checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of " "the |QCP| are met." msgstr ":guilabel:`全部`：每次满足 |QCP| 条件时都会请求质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Randomly`: a quality check is randomly requested for a certain " "percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " "of Transfers` field that appears below." msgstr ":guilabel:`随机`：对一定比例的操作随机请求质量检查，可在下面显示的 :guilabel:`每 #% 的转账` 字段中指定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Periodically`: a quality check is requested once every set period" " of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field " "below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " ":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`定期`：要求每隔一段时间进行一次质量检查，具体方法是在下面的字段中输入数值，并选择 " ":guilabel:`日`、:guilabel:`周`或 :guilabel:` 月`作为所需的时间间隔。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should" " be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" " depends upon the type of quality check selected:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`类型` 字段中，指定应执行的质量检查类型。处理由 |QCP| 创建的质量检查的方法，取决于所选的质量检查类型：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " "complete the quality check." msgstr ":guilabel:`说明` 检查提供如何完成质量检查的具体说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " "uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr ":guilabel:`拍照` 检查要求上传产品图片，供指定的品控小组稍后审查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to " "confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " "manufacturing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " "for the check to pass." msgstr ":guilabel:`通过 - 未通过` 检查指定一个标准，产品必须满足该标准才能通过检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the " "product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " "pass." msgstr ":guilabel:`测量`检查提示员工记录产品的测量值，测量值必须在标准值的公差范围内，检查才能通过。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be " "filled out by the employee processing the check." msgstr ":guilabel:`工作表` 支票提供一个交互式工作表，必须由处理支票的员工填写。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91 msgid "" "An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." msgstr "*指令*检查与 MO 工单上的步骤相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93 msgid "" "When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a" " |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* " "check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " "like receipts." msgstr "" "当在工单中添加一个步骤时，Odoo 会将其作为 |QCP| " "储存在质量应用程序中。可以手动创建*说明*检查类型的|QCP|，甚至可以将其分配给制造以外的操作，如收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97 msgid "" "However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " "purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." msgstr "不过，在创建专门用于质量控制的控制点时，使用不同的检查类型可能更有效。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible " "for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific " "quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`团队` 字段中，指定负责管理 |QCP| 及其创建的质量检查的质量团队。如果特定质量小组成员负责 |QCP| ，请在 " ":guilabel:`负责人` 字段中选择他们。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the " "location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " "checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`步骤文档` 字段中有两个选项，用于指定指导文档的位置，详细说明如何完成由 |QCP| 创建的质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is " "included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" " page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." msgstr "" "如果文档包含在工单的说明工作表中，请选择 :guilabel:`操作工作表的特定页码`，然后在下面显示的 " ":guilabel:`工作表页码`字段中输入页码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." msgstr "如果文件应包含在 |QCP| 底部的 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡中，请选择 :guilabel:`定制`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " "instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "在表格底部的 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡中，输入如何完成 |QCP| 创建的质量检查的说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step " "Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, " "either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's " "file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " "document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" "如果在上述 :guilabel:`步骤文档` 字段中选择了 :guilabel:`自定义` 选项，则可在此选项卡中附加文件。要执行此操作，请选择 " ":guilabel:`上传文件` 按钮打开设备的文件管理器，然后选择文件，或在 :guilabel:`Google 幻灯片链接` 字段中添加 " "Google 幻灯片文档的链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to " "do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" " the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about " "the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this " "tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " "the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr ""